Docstoc

SPS14027 I-84 Pendleton to North Powder _revised

Document Sample
SPS14027 I-84 Pendleton to North Powder _revised Powered By Docstoc
					                      BID BOOKLET
            FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION




   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
              SALEM, OREGON




                Grading, Structures, and Paving

                I-84: Pendleton – North Powder

                          Bundle 205

                   Old Oregon Trail Highway

                  Umatilla & Union Counties

                        March 23, 2006




CLASS OF PROJECT IM-OTIA-S006(063)
CLASS OF WORK Bridges and Structures
BID OF
                                  DESCRIPTION OF WORK


                               Grading, Structures, and Paving
                               I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
                                          Bundle 205
                                  Old Oregon Trail Highway
                                  Umatilla & Union Countiesy


                          TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read at the Oregon Department of
Transportation, 455 Airport Road SE, Bldg. E, Salem, Oregon 97301-5348, at 9:00 a.m. on
the 23rd day of March, 2006. Submit all Bids to this address prior to 9:00 a.m. on the
above date.

                                 COMPLETION TIME LIMIT

The completion dates allowed are given in the following paragraphs (1), (2) and (3)There
are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

   (1) Interim Completion Duration - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract
   to remove and replace existing bridge 07292B and reopen Eastbound Old Oregon Trail
   Highway (I-84) to two traffic lanes within 20 Calendar Days but not later than October
   31, 2006. For purposes of 00180.50(h-1, h-2 and h-3), 00180.86, 00198, and
   00220.40(g), recording of the elapse of Calendar Days will begin on the first day of Full
   Closure, as described in 00180.86(a), of the existing Eastbound I-84 traffic lanes as
   described in 00220.40(g) below. See Section 00198 for Incentive and 00180.86 for
   Disincentive.

   (2) Interim Completion Date - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract               Formatted: Font: Bold
   related to construction of Bridge No. 20228, except for __________________, not later
   than ____________________.November 21, 2006.

   (3) Final Completion Date -        Complete all Work to be done under the Contract not      Formatted: Font: Bold
   later than October 5, 2007.



                                    CLASS OF PROJECT

This is a (Federal-Aid) (State) Project.


                                      CLASS OF WORK


The Class of Work for this Project is: Bridges and Structures.
                         APPLICABLE SPECIAL PROVISIONS


The Special Provisions booklet applicable to the above-described work, for which Bids will
be opened at the time and place stated above, is that which contains the exact information
as shown above on this page.

Bidders are cautioned against basing their Bids on a booklet bearing any different
description, date(s), class of project, or class or work.
                                                 Formatted: Underline


           SPECIAL PROVISIONS
     FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION




OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
           SALEM, OREGON




         Grading, Structures, and Paving

          I-84: Pendleton – North Powder

                   Bundle 205

            Old Oregon Trail Highway

            Umatilla & Union Counties

                 March 23, 2006


            Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting            Formatted: Underline

    State Archives Building, 800 Summer St. NE   Formatted: Centered


                 Salem, Oregon

              11 AM March 10, 2006
                                                 Formatted: Font: 11 pt, Not Bold
                                                 Formatted: Left
                                  DESCRIPTION OF WORK


                               Grading, Structures, and Paving
                           I-84: Pendleton – North PowderSection
                                         Bundle 205
                                  Old Oregon Trail Highway
                                 Umatilla & Union Countiesy


                          TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read at the Oregon Department of
Transportation, 455 Airport Road SE, Bldg. E, Salem, Oregon 97301-5348, at 9:00 a.m. on
the 23rd day of March, 2006.


                                 COMPLETION TIME LIMIT


The completion dates allowed are given in the following paragraphs (1), (2) and (3):
There are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

   (1) Interim Completion Duration - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract
   to remove and replace existing bridge 07292B and reopen Eastbound Old Oregon Trail
   Highway (I-84) to two traffic lanes within 20 Calendar Days but not later than October
   31, 2006. For purposes of 00180.50(h-1, h-2 and h-3), 00180.86, 00198, and
   00220.40(g), recording of the elapse of Calendar Days will begin on the first day of Full
   Closure, as described in 00180.86(a), of the existing Eastbound I-84 traffic lanes as
   described in 00220.40(g) below. See Section 00198 for Incentive and 00180.86 for
   Disincentive.

   (2) Interim Completion Date - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract               Formatted: Font: Bold
   related to construction of Bridge No. 20228 not later than November 21, 2006.               Formatted: Not Highlight

   (3) Final Completion Date – Complete all Work to be done under the Contract not
   later than October 5, 2007.




                                    CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a (Federal-Aid) (State) Project.


                                      CLASS OF WORK




                                                                                          1
The Class of Work for this Project is: Bridges and Structures.



                                PROJECT INFORMATION


Information pertaining to this Project may be obtained from the following:


Larry Lewter, Project Manager, Oregon Bridge Delivery Partners, 1165 Union Street NE
Suite 200, Salem 97301; Phone 503-602-1062, FAX 503-587-3630.




                                                                                  2
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                         TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS


REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS (FHWA-1273)
INDIAN PREFERENCE IN EMPLOYMENT ON FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS
INDIAN EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE GOAL AND COMPLIANCE FEE
TERO CODE
DBE SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS and MWESB
SUPPLEMENTAL ASPIRATIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS (WDP)
DBE GOAL / MWESB TARGET (WDP)
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN AND MINORITIES (WDP)
ON-THE-JOB / APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING (WDP)
RAILROAD CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
PROJECT WAGE RATES
WORK TO BE DONE .............................................................................................................. 1
SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
             DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................ 2
SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES ................................. 2
SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT .......................................... 3
SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................... 3
SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK .......................................................................... 434
SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS ................................................................... 646
SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS ................................................................... 656
SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.................................. 656
SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ................................................. 10710
SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES....................................... 171417
SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT ....................................................................................... 181418
SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK .................................................... 211621
SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK ................................. 211621
SECTION 00198 - INCENTIVES FOR EARLY COMPLETION ................................... 221622
SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS........................... 221622
SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION ............................................................................... 231723
SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC ............................. 231723
SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL............................................... 271927
SECTION 00230 - TEMPORARY DETOURS .............................................................. 392839
SECTION 00254 - TEMPORARY WORK ACCESS ..................................................... 402940
SECTION 00280 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ........................................ 423042
SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ................................................ 453145
SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK .............................................. 573858
SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS................ 775778
SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING ........................................................ 775778
SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK ................................................................................. 785779
SECTION 00331 - SUBGRADE STABILIZATION ........................................................ 815982
SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE ............................................ 826184
SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL........................................................................ 836285
SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL .............................. 846386
SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES ............................................................................... 916693
SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE.............................. 976899
SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS ....................................... 9869100
SECTION 00540 - CONCRETE BRIDGES ................................................................ 9869100


                                                               i
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS................ 11081112
SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES .............................................. 11181113
SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS ................................................................... 11383115
SECTION 00585 - EXPANSION JOINTS ................................................................. 11384115
SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS ........................................................................... 11484116
SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING STEEL STRUCTURES .............. 11585117
SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS ................................................................... 12489126
SECTION 00640 - AGGREGATE BASE AND SHOULDERS .................................. 13093132
SECTION 00744 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) PAVEMENT...... 13194133
SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) ........................... 13497137
SECTION 00755 - CONTINUOUSLY REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT.. 151110154
SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL ................................................................ 152111155
SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS .............. 152111155
SECTION 00861 - PAINTED PERMANENT PAVEMENT STRIPING ................... 152111155
SECTION 00940 - SIGNS ....................................................................................... 154113157
SECTION 01030 - SEEDING .................................................................................. 159114162
SECTION 01050 - FENCES .................................................................................... 163115166
SECTION 02001 - CONCRETE .............................................................................. 164116167
SECTION 02010 - PORTLAND CEMENT .............................................................. 166118169
SECTION 02030 - MODIFIERS .............................................................................. 167119170
SECTION 02050 - CURING MATERIALS .............................................................. 167119170
SECTION 02190 - PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF TIMBER .......................... 168119171
SECTION 02210 - COATING MATERIALS FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE ...... 168120171
SECTION 02320 - GEOSYNTHETICS ................................................................... 169120172
SECTION 02440 - JOINT MATERIALS .................................................................. 169121172
SECTION 02520 - STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES ............................................. 169121172
SECTION 02530 - STRUCTURAL STEEL ............................................................. 171121174
SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE ................................................................. 171121174
SECTION 02910 - SIGN MATERIALS .................................................................... 171121174

PLANS
BID SCHEDULE




                                                          ii
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                 iii
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                   SPECIAL PROVISION

         INDIAN PREFERENCE IN EMPLOYMENT ON FEDERAL-AID HIGHWAY
                 PROJECTS ON AND NEAR INDIAN RESERVATIONS

                                       April 22, 2004

PURPOSE

The purpose of this special provision is to outline the "Tribal Employment Rights Office
(TERO) Indian Preference in Employment" requirements and procedures to be followed by
The Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation, the Oregon Department of
Transportation, and all Contractors or subcontractors engaged in highway construction
work that is under contract with the Oregon Department of Transportation on federal-aid
highway projects that are located on and near the Umatilla Indian Reservation.

BACKGROUND

The United States Code (USC), Title 23, Section 140 was amended by the 1987
reauthorization of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act by adding paragraph (d)
"Indian Employment and Contracting" concerning preferential employment of Indians living
on or near a reservation on federal-aid projects and contracts on Indian reservation roads.
It was further amended by Section 1026 of the Intermodel Surface Transportation Efficiency
Act of 1991 (ISTEA) to include "States may implement a preference for employment of
Indians on projects carried out under this title near Indian reservations." (As defined in the
Tribal Employment Rights Office Code, Chapter I, Section E., the term “Indian” means “any
person enrolled in a federally recognized tribe and recognized by the United States
pursuant to its trust responsibility to American Indians”.

AUTHORITY

The Oregon Department of Transportation (State) acknowledges the inherent sovereign
authority of The Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation to promulgate and
enforce the TERO Code within the boundaries of the Umatilla Indian Reservation and
acknowledges Title 23, Section 140(d) of the USC.

The current TERO Code of the Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation and
its compliance requirements and procedures are incorporated herein and made part of this
special provision.

APPLICABILITY

Eligible projects for Indian Employment preference consideration under this special
provision are those projects which are on roads termed "Indian Reservation Road"
according to USC Title 23, Section 101(d)(12) and on roads near the boundaries of
reservations and other Indian lands. Roads "near" The Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla
Indian Reservation (Tribes) are those within 60 miles of the diminished reservation
boundaries.




Indian Preference in Employment                                                       Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

All Indians are eligible for Indian preference without regard to tribal affiliation or place of
enrollment. However, recruiting efforts will be targeted toward those living on or near the
Umatilla Indian Reservation.

Employers with collective bargaining agreements with a union are responsible for informing
such unions of this requirement.

INDIAN PREFERENCE GOAL

The Indian Employment Preference goal is indicated in the project Special Provisions.

Classifications for Indian Preference goal consideration are:

            Carpenter
            Laborer
            Equipment Operator
            Cement Masons
            Truck Drivers
            Electricians
            Ironworkers

Classification shall be according to requirements for certified payrolls.

Goals will apply to total project work hours and will not be applied individually to the
Contractor and subcontractors. Goals do not apply to number of persons employed at any
given period of time.

These Indian employment goals are for the Contractor's work force who are other than core
crew members. A Contractor's core crew is composed of full-time employed individuals
necessary to satisfy his/her reasonable needs for supervisory or special experienced
personnel to assure an efficient execution of the contract work. Indian employees of the
Contractor shall be included in the core crew, regardless of job function, to avoid the
unintended results of having a Contractor lay-off or terminate an Indian employee to hire
another under this provision.

In setting these employment goals, consideration has been given to the availability of skilled
and unskilled Indian workers, the type of work to be performed, the Contractor's
employment requirements, the need for new hires, and unemployment rates prevailing
among non-Indians. Consideration has also been given to the employment goals for
minorities and women established for the area by the U.S. Department of Labor's Office of
Federal Contract Compliance Programs pursuant to Chapter 41, Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 60.4.

These goals may only be changed by the Oregon Department of Transportation after
consultation with the Tribes and the Contractor, and after consideration of the good faith
efforts of the Contractor together with the ability of the Tribes to refer workers in numbers
and in time for the Contractor to meet the goals and to perform the work.




Indian Preference in Employment                                                        Page 2
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

If the Tribes are unable to provide sufficient qualified or qualifiable applicants to meet the
employment goal within 48 hours of the placement of a job order by the Contractor, the
Contractor, ensuring nondiscrimination and providing equal employment opportunity, may
recruit from other sources off the Umatilla Indian Reservation. The Contractor shall give full
consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the Tribes. The Contractor is not
required to employ any applicant who, in the Contractor's opinion, is not qualified to perform
the classification of work required.

FRINGE BENEFITS

All fringe benefits for Indian workers referred by the Tribal Employment Rights Office shall
be paid in cash. Indian workers who are union members will have the option of fringe
benefits in cash or paid into a bonafide plan or program. However, this does not change
any agreements between Indian union members and their respective unions.

PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

The preconstruction conference will be the forum for finalizing all compliance agreements
and requirements between the Tribes and the Contractor and subcontractor(s) and to
answer any questions regarding Indian Preference and applicable special provisions.

MANDATORY TERO WORKSHOP

The Tribal Employment Rights Office of the Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian
Reservation agrees to conduct mandatory prebid quarterly TERO/MOU workshops, and
shall issue certificates of completion to those Contractors who sign in, attend, and
participate. Contractors must have a certificate in order to be eligible to bid on ODOT
Contracts that require compliance with these TERO/MOU requirements. The certificate will
be good for 2 years with an updated renewal every biennium.

COMPLIANCE

The State will follow normal contract compliance procedures to effect compliance. The
State may elect to invite the Tribes to assist their monitoring efforts in all or any part of its
compliance process. The State will review the Contractor's employment practices and take
appropriate enforcement actions when the goal is not reached after consideration of good
faith efforts. See the "ON-SITE WORK FORCE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
FOR WOMEN AND MINORITIES SPECIAL PROVISIONS" or contact the Tribal
Employment Rights Office for sanctions that may be imposed for failure to meet these
goals.

COMPLIANCE FEE

A compliance fee will be charged to the contractor. The compliance fee is indicated in the
project Special Provisions.

                                            *********




Indian Preference in Employment                                                          Page 3
                                   INDIAN GOALS

                                         AND

                                 COMPLIANCE FEE




        The assigned Indian Employment Preference goal for this Project is 20 %           Formatted: Font: Bold, Underline



Bridge No. 09523/A and Bridge No. 09525/A are located within the Confederated Tribes of
   the Umatilla Indian Reservation. The Indian Preference Subcontracting goal for these
                                      bridges is 15 %                                     Formatted: Font: Bold



               The assigned Compliance Fee for this Project is $21,500.                   Formatted: Font: Bold, Underline
STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                        JULY 1999 COMPILATION


                                                                         Formatted: Footer distance from edge: 0.5"




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE
             CODE



                CONFEDERATED TRIBES
                             OF THE
          UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
   STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                           JULY 1999 COMPILATION


                 TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE
                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER I        GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................1
     Section A   Title. ................................................................................................................1
     Section B   Purpose ........................................................................................................... 1
     Section C   Statement of Policy .........................................................................................1
     Section D   Jurisdiction ...................................................................................................... 1
     Section E   Definitions ....................................................................................................... 2
CHAPTER II       TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE ...................................................3
     Section A   Program Manager ...........................................................................................3
     Section B   General Authorities .........................................................................................3
     Section C   Specific Authorities .........................................................................................3
CHAPTER III      TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS PROGRAM. ............................................. 4
     Section A   Scope ..............................................................................................................4
     Section B   Compliance Agreement ..................................................................................4
     Section C   Job Qualifications and Personnel Requirements ........................................... 5
     Section D   Tribal Hiring Hall .............................................................................................5
     Section E   Training ........................................................................................................... 5
     Section F   Unions ............................................................................................................. 5
     Section G   Contractors and Subcontractors..................................................................... 5
     Section H   Preference in Contracting and Subcontracting ..............................................6
     Section I   Layoffs ............................................................................................................ 6
     Section J   Promotion........................................................................................................ 6
     Section K   Compliance Fees ............................................................................................6
     Section L   One Site Inspections ......................................................................................7
CHAPTER IV       VIOLATION PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 7
     Section A   Investigation by the Program Manager ..........................................................7
     Section B   Issuance of Citation ........................................................................................7
     Section C   Program Manager Hiring ................................................................................7
     Section D   Emergency Relief ...........................................................................................8
     Section E   Appeals ........................................................................................................... 8
     Section F   Individual Complaint Procedure ..................................................................... 8
CHAPTER V        PENALTIES .................................................................................................... 8
     Section A   Penalties for Violation .....................................................................................8
     Section B   Monetary Fines ...............................................................................................9
     Section C   Enforcement.................................................................................................... 9
CHAPTER VI       TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE COMMISSION ..........................9
     Section A   Establishment ................................................................................................. 9
CHAPTER VII      SCOPE OF COMMISSION HEARINGS ......................................................10
CHAPTER VIII     COMMISSION HEARING PROCEDURES ..................................................10
CHAPTER IX       TRIBAL COURT ENFORCEMENT AND JUDICIAL REVIEW.....................11
APPENDIX A       LEGISLATIVE HISTORY AND EDITORIAL CHANGES




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                                                         PAGE i
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


                      TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE
CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION A. TITLE
This Code shall be known as the Tribal Employment Rights Office Code.
SECTION B. PURPOSE
The purposes of this Code are:
1.     To ensure compliance by employers on the Umatilla Indian Reservation with federal and
       tribal laws that are intended to prevent employment related discrimination against
       American Indians;
2.     To ensure compliance by employers on the Umatilla Indian Reservation with federal and
       tribal laws that are intended to give preference in employment, contracting and sub-
       contracting, and training to American Indians; and
3.     To ensure the maximum utilization of Indian workers in all employment opportunities on
       and near the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
SECTION C. STATEMENT OF POLICY
The Board of Trustees of the Umatilla Confederated Tribes finds that:
1.     Jobs in the private employment sector on and near the Umatilla Indian Reservation are
       an important resource for Indians residing on and near the reservation.
2.     This Code is consistent and supplemental to existing federal and tribal law prohibiting
       employment discrimination against Indians and providing employment and contract
       preference to Indian employees and Indian-owned enterprises.
3.     Indian unemployment on the Umatilla Indian Reservation continues to be a problem of
       sufficient magnitude to warrant the enactment and implementation of this Code which is
       designed to improve employment opportunities for Indians living on and near the
       reservation.
SECTION D. JURISDICTION
1.     This Code shall apply to all employers located or engaged in business on the Umatilla
       Indian Reservation. It shall not apply to any direct employment by the Umatilla Tribe or
       by federal, state or other governments; however, contractors and subcontractors of
       these entities shall be subject to the Code.
2.     This Code is not intended to preempt or interfere with the rights or obligations set forth
       in the Tribes' Personnel Policies and Procedures or the Umatilla Tribal Police
       Department Manual. Neither the tribe nor the Umatilla Tribal Police Department are
       subject to the provisions of this Code. Employees of the Tribe and the Tribal Police
       Department shall be limited to the rights and remedies provided in the duly adopted
       manuals or procedures enacted by the tribe for those employees. This Code shall not
       apply to or be enforced against Tribal Enterprises including, but not limited to: Wildhorse
       Gaming Resort, Wildhorse Hotel, Wildhorse Golf Course, Wildhorse RV Park, and the
       Tamustalik Cultural Institute. Preference in employment shall be afforded at each Tribal
       Enterprise in Personnel Manuals developed for each enterprise.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                     PAGE 1
      STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                              JULY 1999 COMPILATION


3.      Contract disputes are contractual and will not be within TERO's scope of work or cause
        for contractor operation shutdown. Contract disputes shall be resolved through specified
        contract procedures for such disputes or through a court of competent jurisdiction.
SECTION E. DEFINITIONS
1.      BOARD OF TRUSTEES - Shall mean the governing body of the Confederated Tribes of
        the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
2.      COMMISSION - the term "Commission" shall mean the Umatilla Tribal Employment
        Rights Commission.
3.      COMMISSIONER - the term "Commissioner" shall mean a member of the Umatilla
        Tribal Rights Commission.
4.      COMMISSION CHAIRPERSON - the term "Chairperson" shall mean the Chairperson of
        the Commission which shall be elected by the Commission on an annual basis. The
        Chairperson of the Commission shall preside at all meetings of the Commission.
5.      COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT - A certification signed by employers and the Tribal
        Employment Rights Office (TERO), setting forth how each employer will meet In
        Preference hiring goals and that they will comply fully with the TERO Code. The
        "Compliance Agreement" must be executed prior to commencement of any portion of a
        contract or sub-contract within the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
6.      CORE CREW - The essential, permanent employees of employer. The employees must
        have been regular employees for at least six (6) months. "Core Crew" requests must be
        submitted in writing , with rationale for each position before start of any project work,
        and approved by TERO Program Manager.
7.      EMPLOYER - Shall mean any person, company, contractor, subcontractor or other
        entity located or engaged in work on the Umatilla Indian Reservation. The term
        "employer" shall include contractors and subcontractors of state, county, tribal and all
        governmental agencies. The term shall not mean or include the Umatilla Tribe, federal,
        state or governmental agencies when they are employers.
8.      ENGAGED IN WORK ON THE RESERVATION - An employer is "engaged in work on
        the reservation" if during any portion of a business enterprise or specific project,
        contract or subcontract, he or any of his employees spends time performing work within
        the exterior boundaries of the reservation.
9.      INDIAN - The term "Indian" shall mean any person enrolled in a federally recognized
        tribe and recognized by the United States pursuant to its trust responsibility to American
        Indians.
10.     INDIAN OWNED BUSINESS - A business that is at least 51 % operated and controlled
        by an Indian.
11.     INDIAN PREFERENCE - Shall mean a preference for Indians in all aspects of
        employment, including but not limited to: hiring, training, promotions, layoffs, contracting
        and subcontracting for work within the Umatilla Indian Reservation. Qualified, available
        Indians shall receive Indian Preference according to negotiated Compliance Plans.
12.     LOCATED ON THE RESERVATION - An employer is "located on the reservation" if
        during any portion of a business enterprise or specific contract or subcontract, he




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                       PAGE 2
      STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                              JULY 1999 COMPILATION


        maintains a temporary or permanent office or facility within the exterior boundaries of
        the reservations
13.     NEAR THE RESERVATION - Shall mean jobs within reasonable daily commuting
        distance of the reservation.
14.     OFFICE - Shall mean the Umatilla Tribal Employment Rights Office.
15.     PROGRAM MANAGER - Shall mean the Program Manager of the Umatilla Tribal
        Employment Rights Office.
16.     RESERVATION - Shall mean the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
17.     TRIBE - Shall mean the Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation of
        Oregon.
18.     TRIBAL COURT - Shall mean the Umatilla Tribal Court as established in the Tribal
        Criminal Code and Procedures, Part 1, Chapter 1, Sec. 1.

CHAPTER II. TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE
SECTION A. PROGRAM MANAGER
The Program Manager of the Tribal Employment Rights Office (TERO) shall be responsible for
administering the provisions of this Code; and provide direction, leadership & oversight to the
Compliance Officer.
SECTION B - GENERAL AUTHORITIES
The Program Manager of the TERO shall have the authority to hire staff, to obtain and expend
funds from tribal, federal, state, or other sources to carry out the purposes of this Code, to
establish employer record-keeping requirements, to consult with the TERO Commission on
policy issues related to the implementation of this Code, and to take such other actions as are
necessary for the fair and vigorous enforcement of this Code.
SECTION C - SPECIFIC AUTHORITIES
The Program Manager shall have the authority to:
1.      Investigate violations of the provisions of this Code;
2.      Impose penalties on employers who violate the provisions of the Code;
3.      Assist the Commission to develop and promulgate regulations necessary to implement
        the provisions of this Code;
4.      Develop and impose numerical hiring goals and timetables that reflect the available
        Indian labor pool and other employment opportunities for each craft and skill category.
5.      Require employers that have established training or apprentice programs to provide
        preference to Indians.
6.      Establish and maintain a tribal hiring hall that maintains a record of qualified,
        employable Indians that is to be used by employers to fill vacancies;




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                   PAGE 3
      STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                              JULY 1999 COMPILATION


7.      Prohibit any employer from imposing employment qualification criteria that serve as
        barriers to Indian employment unless the employer can demonstrate that such criteria
        are required by business necessity;
8.      To work cooperatively with other tribal programs, i.e. JTPA, to establish counseling and
        support programs for Indian workers to assist them in retaining employment;
9.      To enter into cooperative agreements with federal and state agencies to minimize
        employment discrimination on the reservation, to promote Indian Preference in hiring,
        training, and contracting and to otherwise ensure compliance with this Code;
10.     Through required Payroll Reports, to monitor wage scale and salaries to ensure
        equitable compensation of Indian workers.
11.     To assess fees on employers to support the operation of the Tribal Employment Rights
        Office.

CHAPTER III. TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS PROGRAM
SECTION A. SCOPE
All employers shall give preference to Indians in hiring, promotion, training and all other aspects
of employment, contracting and subcontracting, business opportunities and shall comply with
the terms of this Code and its implementing regulations and an Compliance Agreement
executed under this Code.
SECTION B. COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT
1.      Each employer shall be required to meet with the Program Manager at the TERO office
        and negotiate and execute a "Compliance Agreement" which sets forth:
        (a)    The minimum number of Indians the employer shall hire during any year that the
               employer is located or engaged in work on the reservation; numerical goals and
               timetables for each craft, skill area, job classification, etc., used by the employer
               including, but not limited to: general labor, skilled, administrative, supervisory,
               and professional categories;
        (b)    Wage scale provisions and salary compensation terms;
        (c)    The reporting requirements the employer shall provide the Program Manager on
               issues, including but not limited to: the frequency of reports, the number of
               Indians employed, a record of persons hired, fired or promoted during the
               reporting period, and an assessment of how close the employer is to meeting
               the hiring goals set forth in the Compliance Agreement.
2.      The numerical goals set forth in the Compliance Agreement shall be based upon
        surveys of the available Indian work force and of projected employment opportunities on
        the reservation.
3.      Compliance Agreements shall be reviewed annually and revised as necessary to reflect
        changes in the number of Indians available or changes in employer hiring plans.
4.      No employer who intends to engage in temporary business on the reservation shall
        commence work on the reservation until a Compliance Agreement has been negotiated
        and signed by both the Program Manager and the employer representative. An
        employer who has established a permanent place of business on the reservation shall
        negotiate and execute a Compliance Agreement within 30




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                       PAGE 4
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


       days from the date the employer receives notification from the Program Manager that a
       Compliance Agreement is required.
5.     Any violation of an executed Compliance Agreement shall be a violation of this Code.
6.     When the TERO Office is closed and an Indian worker is unable to continue working,
       emergency hires will be allowed, but such hires will be hired for 3 days only.
SECTION C. JOB QUALIFICATIONS AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
An employer shall not use qualification criteria or other personnel requirements that serve as
barriers to Indian employment unless the employer is able to demonstrate that such criteria or
requirements are required by business necessity. EEOC Guidelines shall be adopted on these
matters to the extent that they are appropriate. The Program manager shall be guided by the
guidelines but shall have the authority to impose additional requirements that are necessary in
order to address employment barriers that are unique to Indians.
SECTION D. TRIBAL HIRING HALL
1.     The Program Manager shall establish and maintain a hiring hall to assist employers in
       placing qualified Indians in job positions.
2.     An employer shall not hire a non-Indian in violation of the Compliance Agreement until
       the Program manager has certified within a reasonable time that no qualified Indian is
       available to fill the vacancy. For purposes of this section, "reasonable time" shall be
       defined as follows:
       (a)     Construction jobs - the Program manager shall have 48 hours from time of
               notice of manpower needs, to locate and refer a qualified Indian;
       (b)     All other employment - the Program manager shall have 5 working days to
               locate and refer a qualified Indian.
       The Program Manager may grant a waiver of a time period upon a showing by the
       employer that such time period imposes an undue burden upon the employer or his
       business.
SECTION E. TRAINING
1.     The Program Manager shall identify training programs necessary in order to increase
       the pool of qualified Indians for employment on the reservation.
2.     The Program Manager may initiate and sponsor training programs for employers to
       participate in, or the Program Manager may work with employers to establish and
       sponsor their own training programs to assist Indians to become qualified in the various
       job classifications used by employers.
3.     The ratio of Indian trainees to fully qualified workers shall be negotiated as part of the
       Compliance Agreement. For construction projects, the number of Indian trainees shall
       be no less than the minimum ratio established by the Department of Labor.
SECTION F. UNIONS
Employers with collective bargaining agreements with a union are responsible for informing
such unions of this Code and TERO rules and regulations. Unions will give absolute preference
to Indians in job referrals regardless of which referral list they are on. Temporary




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                    PAGE 5
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


Work Permits will be granted Indians who do not wish to join a union. Nothing herein shall
constitute official tribal recognition of any union or tribal endorsement of any union activities on
the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
SECTION G. CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Indian Preference requirements contained herein shall apply to all contractors and
subcontractors of an employer. The employer shall have the initial and primary responsibility for
ensuring that all contractors and subcontractors comply with these requirements and both the
employer and his contractors and subcontractors shall be subject to the penalties set forth
herein for failure to comply with the Code requirements.
SECTION H. PREFERENCE IN CONTRACTING AND SUBCONTRACTING
Each employer shall give preference to tribal-owned or Indian owned businesses in the award
of contracts or subcontracts, subject to federal laws. The Program Manager shall maintain a list
of tribal-owned and Indian-owned businesses which shall be supplied to the employers upon
request. Indian owned business shall be certified by the Tribe.
SECTION I. LAYOFFS
In all layoffs and reductions in force, no Indian worker shall be terminated if a non-Indian worker
in the same job classification is still employed. The non-Indian shall be terminated first if the
Indian possesses threshold qualifications for the job classification. If an employee lays off
workers by crews, all qualified Indian workers shall be transferred to crews to be retained so
long as non-Indians in the same job classification are employed elsewhere on the job site.
Exceptions may be non-Indians hired as "Core Crew", according to negotiated Compliance
Agreements.
SECTION J. PROMOTION
Each employer shall give Indians preferential consideration for all promotion opportunities and
shall encourage Indians to seek such opportunities. For each promotion or supervisory position
filled by a non-Indian, the employer shall file a report with the Program Manager stating what
efforts were made to inform Indian workers about the position, what Indians, if any, applied for
the position and if an Indian was not chosen, the reasons therefore.
SECTION K. COMPLIANCE FEES
The Program manager shall assess and collect a Compliance Fee based upon the following
schedule:
1.      Every employer with a contract in the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) or more
        shall pay a fee of 21/2% of the total amount of the contract. Such fee shall be paid by
        the employer prior to commencing work on the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
2.      Each employer with gross sales of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) or more shall pay an
        annual fee of 21/2% of the annual payroll of the employer. Such fee shall be paid
        quarterly on the 10th day following the end of each calendar quarter.
3.      Compliance Fees shall be used for TERO operating budget and the percentage shall be
        adjusted annually to remain consistent with the national average. The Compliance Fees
        program shall go through the Tribes' Annual Budget Process.
4.      The amount of Compliance Fee shall be at 1 % until December 31, 1996. Effective
        January 1, 1997 the amount shall be assessed at 21/2 for all applicable contractors and
        subcontractors.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                       PAGE 6
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


The Compliance Fee shall only be assessed against those employers who engage in contract
work or establish their business on the reservation after the enactment of this Code. This fee
shall not be assessed or collected from religious and non-profit employers. The Compliance
Fees shall be available to meet the operating costs of the TERO. The Program Manager shall
receive a copy of each Compliance Fee payment. The Program Manager shall be responsible
for collecting the fees and may establish such regulations as are necessary to insure a fair and
timely fee collection process. Projects beginning off and ending on, or beginning on and ending
off the reservation will be considered one hundred percent on-reservation, thus subject to the
full Compliance Fee. However, if fifty percent (50%) or more of the work is off-reservation, the
Program Manager is authorized to negotiate an appropriate Compliance Fee.
SECTION L. ON SITE INSPECTIONS
The Program Manager shall have the authority to make on-site inspections during regular
working hours in order to monitor an employer's adherence to the terms of this Code and the
employer's Compliance Agreement. The Program Manager shall have the right to inspect and
copy all relevant records of an employer, of any signatory union or subcontractor of an
employer, and shall have the right to speak to workers and to conduct an investigation on the
job site. All information collected by the Program Manager shall be kept confidential unless
disclosure is necessary or ordered as part of any federal or tribal judicial or administrative
proceeding.

CHAPTER IV. VIOLATION PROCEDURES
SECTION A. INVESTIGATION BY THE PROGRAM MANAGER
Whenever a violation of this Code or an Agreement negotiated hereunder has been alleged and
is brought to the attention of the Program Manager, the Compliance Officer shall initiate and
complete a prompt and thorough investigation of the alleged violation. The Program Manager or
Compliance Officer shall seek to achieve an informal settlement of the alleged violation, with a
written report of findings provided to the Commission.
SECTION B. ISSUANCE OF CITATION
1.     If the Program Manager determines that a violation of the Code or an Agreement
       negotiated hereunder exists, and an informal settlement cannot be achieved, the
       Program Manager shall issue a warning to the employer. This warning shall specify the
       nature of the violation and direct that the violation be corrected within three (3) days or
       sooner where warranted.
2.     If the violation is not corrected within the time specified, the Program Manager shall
       issue a citation to the employer which shall:
       (a)     Be in writing and in the name of the Confederated Tribes;
       (b)     State the name of the violator;
       (c)     Bear the signature of the Program Manager or his authorized representative;
       (d)     State the name and section number of the Code provision or Agreement
               violated;
       (e)     State a brief summary of facts constituting the violation; and
       (f)     State a time and place the employer must appear to answer to the violation at a
               Program Manager Hearing




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                     PAGE 7
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


SECTION C. PROGRAM MANAGER HEARING
The employer shall be entitled to a hearing before the Program Manager no later than 10
working days after receipt of a Citation. Hearing procedures shall comply with the requirements
of due process, but will not be bound by the formal rules of evidence. The employer shall be
entitled to present evidence and to call witnesses to demonstrate that the employer has
complied with the requirements of this Code or that the employer made a best effort to do so
and therefore should not be subject to sanctions. On the basis of evidence presented at the
hearing, and the information collected by the Office, the Program Manager shall determine
whether or not the employer complied with this Code. If the Program Manager determines that
the employer is out of compliance and has not made a best effort to comply, the Program
Manager shall impose one or more of the sanctions provided for in the Code, as appropriate,
and shall order the employer to take such corrective action as is necessary to remedy any harm
done to the Tribe or individual Indians by the employer's non-compliance. The Program
Manager shall send written notice to all parties within ten (10) days after its decision in the
matter.
SECTION D. EMERGENCY RELIEF
When the Program Manager determines that a violation has occurred that is of a critical nature
requiring immediate remedial action, the Program Manager may issue a citation without delay,
stating sanctions to be placed on an employer. An employer shall have the right to appeal to the
TERO Commission, any imposition of emergency sanctions on an employer by the Program
Manager. The TERO Commission shall schedule a hearing on any appeal of a decision by the
Program Manager granting emergency relief pursuant to this subsection within 7 working days.
SECTION E. APPEALS
Any person adversely affected by a decision of the Program Manager shall have the right to
appeal the decision to the TERO Commission in accordance with this Code.
SECTION F. INDIVIDUAL COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
1.     Any Indian who believes that an employer has failed to comply with the Code, or who
       believes that they have been discriminated against by an employer because they are
       Indian, may file a complaint with the Office. The complainant shall be responsible for
       providing the Office with evidence of the discriminatory practices. Upon receipt of a
       complaint supported by sufficient evidence of discrimination against an Indian
       complainant, the Office shall conduct an investigation of the charge and shall attempt to
       achieve an informal settlement of the matter. If voluntary conciliation cannot be
       achieved, the Program manager shall hold a hearing on the matter, shall make a
       determination on the validity of the charge, and shall order such relief as is necessary to
       make whole any Indian who is harmed by the employer's non-compliance or
       discriminatory behavior. The decision shall be in writing and shall be sent to all parties.
2.     In conducting the hearing, the Program Manager shall have the same powers, and shall
       be bound by the same hearing requirements as provided in Sections (D) and (E) of this
       Chapter.

CHAPTER V. PENALTIES
SECTION A. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION
Any employer who violates this Code or an agreement negotiated hereunder shall be subject to
penalties including, but not limited to:
1.     Denial of the right to commence or continue business on the reservation;




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                     PAGE 8
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


2.     Suspension of operations on the reservation;
3.     Payment of back pay and/or damages to compensate any injured party;
4.     An order to summarily remove employees hired in violation of this Code or Agreement
       negotiated hereunder;
5.     Imposition of monetary civil penalties; and
6.     An order specifying requirements for employment, promotion, and training Indians
       injured by the violation.
SECTION B. MONETARY FINES
The maximum monetary penalty that may be imposed for a violation is five hundred dollars
($500). For purposes of the imposition of penalties determined by the Court or sanction by the
Program Manager, each day during which a violation exists shall constitute a separate violation.
SECTION C. ENFORCEMENT
1.     The Program Manager shall be entitled to pursue the enforcement of any order of the
       TERO Commission or the Umatilla Tribal Court when necessary to collect penalties or to
       ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of any order issued by the Umatilla
       Tribal Court or the TERO Commission.
2.     Any cost associated with the enforcement of such Order issued pursuant to this Code
       shall be assessed on the employer that is out of compliance. These may include, but not
       be limited to: document reproduction costs, filing fees, attorney fees and costs incurred
       by TERO staff related to securing enforcement of the Order.
3.     Employers that do not comply with the provisions of this Code, and leave the reservation
       before enforcement penalties or an order by the Program Manager, the TERO
       Commission or the Umatilla Tribal Court, shall be denied the right of contracting or doing
       further business on the Umatilla Reservation.

CHAPTER VI. TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE COMMISSION
SECTION A. ESTABLISHMENT
The Tribal Employment Rights Office Commission is hereby established to perform the duties
and responsibilities set forth in this Code.
1.     Membership - the Commission shall be comprised of 5 members appointed by the
       Board of Trustees. The members shall hold office for a period of 1 and 2 years, terms to
       be determined by the Board of Trustees. There is no limitation on the number of terms a
       member may serve.
2.     Qualification - any Indian 18 years and older who works or resides on the Umatilla
       Reservation is qualified to be appointed to the Commission.
3.     Commission Chairperson - the Commission shall elect annually a Chairperson from its
       membership. The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the Commission and shall
       be authorized to sign required documents in accordance with the powers of the
       Commission.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                    PAGE 9
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


4.     Duties and Powers - the Commission shall be responsible for conducting hearings on
       Tribal Employment Rights matters in accordance with this Code. In addition to all
       specific powers set forth in this Code, the Commission shall also have the following
       powers:
       a.      Review Contractor applications for inclusion on TERO Indian Preference List.
               Certify that applicant is eligible to bid on Indian Preference Contracts.
       b.      Certify On-The-Job training hours as recorded by TERO staff for Tribal
               Apprenticeship Programs.
       c.      The TERO Commission may conduct on-site visits if such visits are a part of
               their investigation for the decision making process for appeals.
       d.      Develop procedures necessary to implement the provisions of this Code, that
               are consistent with this Code.
       e.      Conduct an annual review of the Code.
The Commission will hold regular meetings at 1:30 pm, on the first and third Tuesday of every
month. Times and procedures for hearings will be set as necessary, when an Appeal is filed on
a Sanction or decision of the Program Manager. The Commission shall attempt whenever
possible to execute its powers by consensus. If a consensus cannot be achieved, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the 5 Commissioners shall be required to take Commission
action. The Chairperson shall be entitled to vote on any decision or action. All written
agreements or plans, directives, complaints and appeals which the Commission authorized or
required to issue or file, shall bear the signature of at least 2 Commissioners. The Commission
will not supervise TERO Personnel.

CHAPTER VII. SCOPE OF COMMISSION HEARINGS
SECTION A.
Only actions of the TERO Program Manager on the issue of a Citation under Chapter IV.B,
granting Emergency Relief; under Chapter IV.D, any decision on an Individual Complaint filed
under Chapter IV.F; or a penalty imposed under Chapter V.A may be appealed to the
Commission.
SECTION B.
To initiate an Appeal the person appealing a sanction or decision of the Program Manager shall
file a written statement with the Commission, with a copy to the Program Manager, within 7
working, days of the receipt of the Program Manager's decision. The statement shall describe
the nature of the Program Manager's action and the relief requested of the Commission.
SECTION C.
Upon receipt of the written statement and response, the Commission shall establish a hearing
date, time and place and notify all concerned parties. Each party shall be responsible for
ensuring that appropriate witnesses attend the hearing. A hearing on an Appeal or a grant of
Emergency Relief pursuant to Chapter IV.D, shall be scheduled within 7 working days of the
filing of the Appeal. All other hearings shall be scheduled as soon as possible.

CHAPTER VIII. COMMISSION HEARING PROCEDURES
SECTION A.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                  PAGE 10
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


The hearing will be opened promptly, at the time specified by the Commission Chairperson.
SECTION B.
All requests for delay must be made in writing to the Commission 3 working days prior to the
hearing date.
SECTION C.
Only the complainant, the respondent, Commission and witness being examined and the
recorder will be in the hearing room at any one time. Both parties may have an attorney present,
but only as an advisor. The attorney may not cross-examine witnesses or the other party.
SECTION D.
Both parties will be afforded the opportunity to present opening statements with respect to what
they intend to present to the Commission.
SECTION E.
As presiding official, the Commission Chairperson will control the proceedings, and will take
whatever action is necessary to ensure an equitable and expeditious hearing. Parties will abide
by the presiding official's rulings. The Chairperson may limit the number of witnesses when
testimony would be unduly repetitious, and exclude any person from the hearing for
contemptuous misbehavior that obstructs the hearing.
SECTION F.
The Commission will render a decision within 10 working days from the date of the hearing. The
complainant and the respondent will be notified in writing of the Commission's decision.
SECTION G.
Hearings will be recorded. Any person wishing transcripts of the hearing shall bear the costs of
reproduction.

CHAPTER IX. TRIBAL COURT ENFORCEMENT AND JUDICIAL REVIEW
SECTION A. The Program Manager may file a petition in tribal court seeking:
1.     Enforcement of all or part of any order of the Commission which hasn't been appealed.
2.     Enforcement of all or part of any court order issued on appeal of a Commission
       decision.
3.     The petition shall contain all pertinent facts about the order, including a copy of the
       order, shall state which parts of the order need to be enforced and against whom, and
       shall set forth facts to show how the order is not being complied with. The Program
       Manager shall serve all parties to the proceeding with copies of the petition.
4.     Upon receipt of the petition, the court shall schedule a hearing and subpoena all
       necessary parties. The hearing shall be held within 10 days from the date the petition is
       filed.
5.     The Program Manager shall have the burden of proving to the court that either the
       Commission order or court order has not been complied with. The parties to the hearing




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                  PAGE 11
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


        on the petition may produce oral testimony or written documentation to support their
        case.
6.      The court shall render a decision on the petition filed by the Program Manager within 14
        working days and enter whatever order is necessary or appropriate.
SECTION B.
The Umatilla Tribal Court is hereby granted exclusive jurisdiction to hear, review, and decide
any issues regarding implementation, interpretation, or enforcement appeals under this Code.
The decision of the Tribal court shall be final and binding.
SECTION C.
In ruling on matters arising under this Code, the Court shall have the authority to assess and
collect civil penalties; to enjoin or mandate actions to enforce the revisions of this Code; and to
provide any other relief the Court deems lawful and equitable. Provided that, no money
damages may be claimed in any suit against the Tribe, the Tribal Employment Rights Office or
its officials engaged in their official duties under this Code.
SECTION D.
The Court shall be responsible for establishing rules and procedures necessary to hear and
adjudicate actions brought hereunder.
SECTION E.
Ruling on matters arising under this Code, the Tribal Court shall have the authority to assess
and collect civil penalties, to enjoin or mandate actions to enforce the provisions of this Code,
and to provide any other relief the Tribal Court deems lawful and equitable; provided that
nothing in this Code shall be construed as a waiver of the sovereign immunity of the
Confederated Tribes, nor of the tribal sovereign immunity possessed by the Tribal Employment
Rights Office or its officials engaged in their official duties under this Code. Accordingly, nothing
in this Code shall be construed as any authority for a claim for money damages against the
Confederated Tribes, the Tribal Employment Rights Office or TERO Officials acting pursuant to
their authority under this Code.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                       PAGE 12
   STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                           JULY 1999 COMPILATION




                                APPENDIX A
               LEGISLATIVE HISTORY AND EDITORIAL CHANGES




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                              APPENDIX A
     STATUTES of the CONFEDERATED TRIBES of the UMATILLA INDIAN RESERVATION
                             JULY 1999 COMPILATION


                       TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE
                    LEGISLATIVE HISTORY AND EDITORIAL CHANGES
The Board of Trustees of the Confederated Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation enacted
the Tribal Employment Rights Office Ordinance in Resolution 78-53 (August 7, 1978).
The Board enacted a revised Tribal Employment Rights Office (TERO) Ordinance in Resolution
82-64 (September 20, 1982). The revised ordinance included a new, 14 page TERO Guidelines
document. The revised Tribal Employment Rights Ordinance was amended three times, as
follows: Resolution 84-21 (February 15, 1984), Resolution 88-07 (November 5, 1987), and
Resolution 89-32 (April 5, 1989).
The Board enacted the second revised Tribal Employment Rights Office Ordinance in
Resolution 90-51 (September 19, 1990). In enacting the second revised Tribal Employment
Rights Office Ordinance, the Board explicitly repealed all prior resolutions concerning the
TERO, with the sole exception of Resolution 89-17. As the second revised Tribal Employment
Rights Office Ordinance did not contain the TERO Guidelines, these were repealed by
Resolution 90-51.
The Board enacted the third revised Tribal Employment Rights Office Ordinance in Resolution
96-67 (July 31, 1996). It has not been amended.
In Resolution 83-78 (September 7, 1983), the Board approved an agreement between the
Confederated Tribes and the Four Basic Trade Unions on compliance with the Tribal
Employment Rights Ordinance and Guidelines. This agreement reportedly terminated at the end
of five years and was not renewed.
In Resolution 89-17 (January 25, 1989), the Board approved a Memorandum of Understanding
with the State of Oregon Department of Transportation that ensured compliance with the Tribal
Employment Rights Ordinance whenever the Department of Transportation contracted to
perform highway construction activities on the Umatilla Indian Reservation. In Resolution 94-13
(February 22, 1994), the Board approved a new Memorandum of Understanding with the State
of Oregon Department of Transportation which superceded the 1989 Memorandum of
Understanding. This Memorandum of Understanding ensures compliance with the Tribal
Employment Rights Ordinance whenever the Department of Transportation contracts to perform
highway construction activities on the Umatilla Indian Reservation or within 60 miles of the
Reservation.
A fourth revision of this code has been proposed but has not yet been enacted by the Board of
Trustees. If it is enacted, it will be included in the next edition of Statutes of the Confederated
Tribes of the Umatilla Indian Reservation.
During preparation of this compilation, the following editorial changes were made to this code:
1.     The name was changed from "Tribal Employment Rights Office Ordinance" to "Tribal
       Employment Rights Office Code."




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                                 APPENDIX A
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                 DBE PARTICIPATION

                           ASSIGNED CONTRACT GOAL




               The assigned minimum goal for this Project is as follows:




                                   DBE __6___ %




A DBE Directory is available from the Office of Minority, Women and Emerging Small
Business (OMWESB) web site at http://imd10.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb or by
telephone at (503) 947-7976.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                       APPENDIX A
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                         MWESB

                  ASSIGNED CONTRACT ASPIRATIONAL TARGET




              The assigned aspirational target for this Project is as follows:




                     MWESB ASPIRATIONAL TARGET __4__ %




A Directory listing certified MBE, WBE, and ESB firms is available from the Office of
Minority,    Women      and    Emerging    Small     Business    (OMWESB)      web site
at http://imd10.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb or by telephone at (503) 947-7976.




TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE CODE                                             APPENDIX A
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving
Insert Project Name Here
Insert Type of Work Here
                                                                                                    Formatted: Header distance from edge: 0.5",
                                                                                                    Footer distance from edge: 0.5"


    FEDERAL ON-THE-JOB / APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING SPECIAL PROVISIONS


This special provision for On-the-Job Training supersedes subparagraph 6e of the
supplemental required contract provisions entitled "Affirmative Action Requirements for
Women and Minorities" and is in implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140(a). All other provisions
apply.

Section A: On-the-Job Training (OJT) Policy Statement

The Contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that, without
discrimination, minorities and women have the opportunity to compete for and participate as
trainees or apprentices and to develop as journey-level workers in the type of trade or job
classification employed. Contractors may use either a Bureau of Labor & Industries (BOLI)
apprenticeship or training program, or develop their own On-the-Job Training (OJT)
program approved by Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT) and Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA).

Section B: Affirmative Action Requirement

Training and upgrading minorities and women in highway construction trades is the primary
objective of these special provisions. This shall be accomplished by making systematic and
direct recruitment efforts through public and private sources that are likely to yield minorities
and women available for training on the work under this contract.

When filling these training positions, Contractors and subcontractors are encouraged to hire
women and minorities who have previously been approved to participate in the OJT
Program and have not yet completed their training, or who are currently registered in a
BOLI-approved apprenticeship or training program.

Whenever minorities or women are not placed in training positions, the Contractor shall
provide documented evidence of affirmative action recruitment efforts. ODOT will review
the Contractor’s recruitment efforts to determine whether the Contractor has satisfied the
Good Faith criteria specified in paragraph 6 of the supplemental required contract
provisions entitled "Affirmative Action Requirements for Women and Minorities."

Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union
with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, nor any agreement the
Contractor has with a joint apprenticeship and training committee, shall excuse the
Contractor’s obligations under these special provisions.

This training commitment is not intended, and shall not be used, to discriminate against any
applicant for training, whether members of a minority group or not.

Whenever trainees are terminated, the Contractor shall provide documented evidence to
the Project Manager that shows cause for the termination or voluntary separation.



OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                       Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving
Insert Project Name Here
Insert Type of Work Here

Section C: Assigned On-the-Job Training Positions

ODOT has established an OJT/apprenticeship goal of 10% for all qualified crafts listed in
Section D expected to be employed on this project. The number of trainees shall be
distributed among the qualified work classifications on the basis of the contractor’s needs
and the availability of journeyman in the various classifications.

Section D: Training Requirements

The intent of these provisions is to provide real and meaningful training in the construction
crafts. Off-site training is permissible only when it is an integral part of an approved training
program and does not comprise a significant part of the overall training.

Apprenticeships and OJT are permissible in the following crafts: equipment operator,
carpenter, cement mason, ironworker, truck driver, electrician and laborer. Apprenticeships
and OJT are also permissible in lower level management positions such as office engineers
and estimators where the training is oriented toward construction applications.
Apprenticeships and OJT in classifications such as flagger, bookkeeper, clerk/typist or
secretary are not permissible.

The Contractor, not registered as a training agent with a Joint Apprenticeship and Training
Committee, may choose to adopt an existing ODOT training program to satisfy these
requirements. Adoption of an existing training program will ensure the trainee who has
completed 2000 hours of training is eligible for entry into the apprenticeship program. The
Contractor shall assist the trainee in applying for entry into an appropriate apprenticeship
program.

Estimate the total number of hours that each qualified craft works on the project to complete
it. Using the percent goal, establish the number of apprentice/trainee hours for each
qualified craft to the nearest one-half hour. For OJT, determine the number of positions
and select affirmative action candidates. Complete and submit Federal OJT/Apprenticeship
Program Form (ODOT Form 731-0502) at the pre-construction conference.

Maintain sufficient equipment and fully trained journey level workers at all times to train
apprentices or trainees in the work processes. A valid certification by an appropriate
apprenticeship committee that the Contractor is an approved training agent shall be prima
facie proof of compliance with this requirement. The ratio of apprentices to journey level
workers shall be in accordance with the accepted standards for the particular craft or
occupation. A contractor may request an exception to the apprenticeship training program
at the time of pre-construction conference. The ODOT Apprenticeship Exception Process
may be found at the following web site:

                 http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/CS/CIVILRIGHTS/forms.shtml

For OJT programs developed by the Contractor, specify the ratio of trainees to journey level
workers in the training program. Contractor OJT programs will be approved by ODOT and
FHWA.




OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                       Page 2
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving
Insert Project Name Here
Insert Type of Work Here
Contractors and subcontractors on contracts of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000)
and over must use apprenticeship programs approved and registered with the Oregon
Bureau of Labor and Industries or an in-house training program approved by ODOT and
FHWA to fulfill training requirements under these provisions. The Contractor shall retain
the responsibility for meeting the training requirements of these special provisions and shall
also ensure that these provisions apply to each subcontract to which training positions are
assigned.

Conduct training according to the training program submitted by the Contractor and
approved by the ODOT Office of Civil Rights and the FHWA. OJT programs for which the
Contractor has obtained approval of BOLI’s Oregon State Apprenticeship and Training
Council will be accepted under these provisions.

ODOT will track training activities provided by the Contractor to trainees working under an
approved training program. The Contractor shall provide ODOT with monthly progress
reports for all trainees working under an approved training program.

Trainees shall be paid at least 60% of the appropriate minimum journey level rate specified
in the contract for the first half of the training period, 75% for the third quarter of the training
period, and 90% for the last quarter of the training period. If apprentices are enrolled in a
BOLI-registered program, the appropriate rates approved by the Department of Labor or in
connection with the apprenticeship program shall apply to all trainees being trained for the
same classification who are covered by this special provision.

For OJT, each individual In-House Trainee Approval Program form shall be approved by
the ODOT Office of Civil Rights prior to beginning work in the craft in which the trainee will
be trained. The Contractor shall provide certification to the trainee and submit a copy to the
ODOT Office of Civil Rights upon completion of the training program.

Section E: Reports

Complete and submit, for each Contractor and each subcontractor with training or
apprenticeship programs, to the appropriate ODOT Project Manager the following reports:

       At the pre-construction conference, the Federal OJT/Apprenticeship Program                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        (Form 731-0502) signed by the Contractor stating the types of training and number
        of hours to be provided on the contract.

       Prior to beginning work, an In-House Trainee Approval Request (Form 731-0503)                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        signed by the Contractor stating who will be trained, the estimated date the training
        begins on the project, and the estimated number of hours of training for each person
        to be trained.

       By the 5th of each month, an ODOT Trainee Monthly Progress Record                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        (Form 731-0504) for each person participating in the OJT Program, signed by the
        trainee.

       By the 5th of each month, a Monthly Employment and Apprenticeship Utilization                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        Report, MEAUR (Form 731-0505). This report reflects work hours by employee,



OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                         Page 3
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving
Insert Project Name Here
Insert Type of Work Here
       craft, race and gender. This report is required of all Contractors and subcontractors
       on contracts valued $10,000 and above, regardless of their participation in the
       apprenticeship or OJT Program.

These forms are published on the Office of Civil Rights website at
http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/CS/CIVILRIGHTS/forms.shtml . Forms may also be obtained
from the Office of Civil Rights by calling (503) 986-4350.

       Upon completion of the contract, a certification to each trainee to document the        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        number of hours and type of training completed. Also submit a copy to the ODOT
        Office of Civil Rights.

Section F: Monitoring and Compliance

ODOT will monitor the Contractor’s actions for compliance.          Actions, which will be
monitored, include:

       Employment of trainees as required                                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Demonstration of Good Faith Efforts when contractually required training provisions
        are not filled with affirmative action candidates
       Total hours and apprenticeship or trainee hours
       Maintenance of the records and submission of the reports

If the Contractor does not comply, ODOT may withhold progress payments until compliance
is achieved, or impose other lawful remedies, including holding the Contractor in breach or
terminating the contract.

If subcontractors participate in the OJT Program, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
subcontractor’s compliance according to subsection 00180.10 of the Standard
Specifications.



                                          ********


                                                                                       11-05




OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                   Page 4
                     SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS                                     Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                               FEDERAL-AID PROJECT                                                 Hidden


                             ON-SITE WORK FORCE
         AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN AND MINORITIES

                                           SPECIAL PROVISIONS

These provisions shall be included in, and shall be a part of, all solicitations for bids on all
Federal and federally assisted construction contracts or subcontracts of $10,000.00 or
more.

As used in these provisions, "Engineer" means the State Highway Engineer of the State of
Oregon acting either directly or through his authorized representatives.

Section 140 of Title 23, United States Code, EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY, as in
effect on May 1, 1982, is incorporated by this reference and made a part of these
specifications.

NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL
EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246).

1. The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard
Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth
herein.

2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage
terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work in the
covered areas, are as follows:

                                                 COVERED AREA

                                       Goals for Women Apply Statewide

                                           GOALS AND TIMETABLES

                                                                          Goals
                                          Timetable                      (Percent)

                            From Apr. 1, 1980 until further notice . . . . . 6.9




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                  Page 1 of 9
                                              COVERED AREAS

                                Goals for Minority Employment by County

                                                                            Goal
                                                                          (Percent)

                   Clackamas, Multnomah, and Washington Counties            4.5

                   Marion and Polk Counties                                 2.9

                   Benton, Clatsop, Columbia, Crook, Deschutes,
                   Hood River, Jefferson, Lincoln, Linn, Sherman,
                   Tillamook, Wasco, and Yamhill Counties                   3.8

                   Lane, Coos, Curry, Douglas, Jackson, Josephine,
                   Klamath, and Lake Counties                               2.4

                   Baker, Gilliam, Grant, Morrow, Umatilla, Union,
                   Wallowa, and Wheeler Counties                            3.6

                   Harney and Malheur Counties                              4.4

These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work whether or not it is
Federal or federally assisted. Goals established for the geographical area where the work is
actually performed shall apply.

The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the "Standard Federal Equal
Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" shall be based on its
implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations
required by the specifications set forth and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of
minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the
length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort
to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or
female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for
the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the
Executive Order and the regulations. Compliance with the goals will be measured against
the total work hours performed.

3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director within 10 working days of
award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000.00 at any tier for construction
work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name,
address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number;
estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the
subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.

4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered
area" is the State of Oregon and the county or counties listed in the special provisions.

ODOT Aspirational Diversity Targets: While Aspirational Diversity Targets are not
requirements for this contract and are not binding on the contractor, ODOT desires to


11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                   Page 2 of 9
encourage the highest possible participation of minorities and women in the work force.
Therefore, ODOT has established statewide aspirational targets as follows:

                                              COVERED AREAS

                                Area                          Aspiration

                      ODOT Region 1                   Women 14% - Minority 20%
                   ODOT Region 2, 3, 4, & 5           Women 14% - Minority 14%

Neither Contractor nor its subcontractors are under any obligation to meet any aspirational
targets.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE

The equal opportunity clause (II Equal Opportunity Form PR-1273) is required to be
included in, and is part of, all nonexempt Federal and federally assisted construction
contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000.00.

STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)

1. As used in these specifications:

    a. "Covered area" means the geographical area, described in the solicitation from
    which this contract resulted;

    b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United
    States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;

    c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used
    on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.

    d. "Minority" includes:

         (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of
         Hispanic origin);

         (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South
         American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);

         (iii) Asian American and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the
         original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the
         Pacific Islands); and

         (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the
         original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations
         through membership and participation or community identification).

2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the
work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in


11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                Page 3 of 9
excess of $10,000.00 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains
the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the
solicitation from which this contract resulted.

3. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in
paragraphs 6a through 6p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from
which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment
and training of minorities and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to
achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered
construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do
not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and
female goals established for the geographical area where the work is performed. The
Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft
during the period specified.

4. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union
with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or
women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive
Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

5. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in
meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor
during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the
apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of
employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs
approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.

6. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment
opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall
be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall
document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as
extensive as the following:

    a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and
    coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are
    assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to
    each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen,
    superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the
    Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention
    to minorities and female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.

    b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources,
    participate in ODOT workforce regional alliances, provide written notification to minority
    and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or
    its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the
    organizations' responses.

    c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each
    minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union,
    a recruitment source, or a community organization and of what action was taken with
    respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for


11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                               Page 4 of 9
    referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not
    employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason
    therefore, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.

    d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with
    which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the
    Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor
    has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's
    efforts to meet its obligations.

    e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for
    the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs
    and apprenticeship and trainee programs to include the ODOT workforce regional
    alliances or relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs
    funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of
    these programs to the sources compiled under 6b above.

    f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions
    and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in
    meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective
    bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.;
    by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and
    female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on
    bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is
    performed.

    g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action
    obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for
    hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific
    review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel such as Superintendents,
    General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A
    written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these
    meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject
    manner.

    h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising
    in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing
    written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors
    and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.

    i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and
    community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority
    and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment
    area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the
    acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment
    source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the
    above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the
    selection process.

    j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons
    and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation


11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                              Page 5 of 9
    employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a
    Contractor's work force.

    k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do
    so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.

    l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and
    female employees for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to
    seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.

    m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other
    personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all
    personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the
    Contractor's obligations are being carried out.

    n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that
    separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to
    assure privacy between the sexes.

    o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from
    minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of
    solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business
    associations.

    p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and
    performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.

7. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in
fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (6a through 6p). The efforts of a
contractor association, joint contractor union, contractor-community; or other similar group
of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one
or more of its obligations under 6a through 6p of these Specifications provided that the
Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group
has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures
that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and
female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and
timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness
of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the
Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the
Contractor's noncompliance.

8. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been
established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity
and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women,
both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the
Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for
example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the
Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women
is underutilized).




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                 Page 6 of 9
9. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to
discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

10. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred
from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.

11. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these
specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and
cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive
Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal
Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and
penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as
amended.

12. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement
specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in
paragraph 6 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to
ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the
requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications,
the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.

13. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related
activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports
relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep
records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone
numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when
assigned. social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee,
helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated
trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be
maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that
existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain
separate records.

14. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other
laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of
requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public
Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program).

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

                                         WRITTEN NOTIFICATION

In addition to the notification required in Item 3 on page 2, the Contractor shall provide
written notification to the Engineer within 10 working days of award of any construction
subcontract in excess of $10,000.00 at any tier for construction work under the contract
resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone
number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of
the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the
geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                              Page 7 of 9
In addition to the notification required in Item 6d on page 5, the Contractor shall provide
immediate written notification to the Engineer when the union or unions with which the
Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor
minorities or women sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information
that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.

                                                      REPORTS

The Contractor and each Subcontractor ($10,000.00 or more) shall submit to the Engineer
the following reports:

   I. Monthly, a "Monthly Employment and Apprenticeship Utilization Report"(MEAUR))
Form 731-0505) .

    2. Annually, a "Federal-Aid Highway Construction Contractor's EEO Report" (Form
       PR 1391).

                                                 COMPLIANCE

If the Contractor meets all the craft goals set forth in the applicable "Covered Area" of these
Special Provisions, or can demonstrate good faith efforts to meet these goals (as specified
in paragraphs 6a through 6p on pages 4 through 6), the Contractor shall be considered to
be in compliance with these Special Provisions.

                                           SHOW CAUSE NOTICE

If an investigation or review reveals that a construction Contractor or Subcontractor has not
complied with these Special Provisions, the Engineer shall issue a show cause notice to
initiate efforts to bring the Contractor or Subcontractor into compliance. This written notice
shall state the deficiencies found during the review, and shall advise the Contractor or
Subcontractor to show cause within 30 days why the Engineer shall not impose
administrative sanctions. Within 30 days the Contractor or Subcontractor must show good
cause or must provide an acceptable agreement for corrective action including, where
appropriate, goals and timetables for affected class members.

If the Contractor or Subcontractor does not provide this information by the end of the 30
days, the Engineer shall withhold all project progress payments in process as of the date
the show cause notice was issued and will continue to withhold project progress payments
until the Contractor or Subcontractor responds in an acceptable manner. If the Contractor
or Subcontractor fails to meet the conditions of the corrective action agreement, no further
show cause notice is required; the Engineer shall immediately initiate enforcement
proceedings.

If a Contractor's prequalification certification is revoked and/or disqualified because the
Contractor has been found on at least two occasions to be in breach of the EEO provisions
of Federal-Aid highway construction contracts, the Contractor must be determined to be in
compliance with contract EEO provisions prior to the Contractor's prequalification certificate
being reinstated.




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                Page 8 of 9
Information relating to compliance with these Special Provisions may be obtained from the
Civil Rights Section, Oregon Department of Transportation, Salem, OR 97310, telephone:
503-986-4351.


                                                      ******




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                           Page 9 of 9
                                            DBE PARTICIPATION

                                      ASSIGNED CONTRACT GOAL




                      The assigned minimum goal for this Project is as follows:




                                                 DBE __6__ %




A DBE Directory is available from the Office of Minority, Women and Emerging Small
Business (OMWESB) web site at http://imd10.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb or by
telephone at (503) 947-7976.




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                               Page 10 of 9
                                                      MWESB

                         ASSIGNED CONTRACT ASPIRATIONAL TARGET




                    The assigned aspirational target for this Project is as follows:




                             MWESB ASPIRATIONAL TARGET __4__ %                                        Formatted: Underline, Not Highlight




A Directory listing certified MBE, WBE, and ESB firms is available from the Office of
Minority,    Women      and    Emerging    Small     Business    (OMWESB)      web site
at http://imd10.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb or by telephone at (503) 947-7976.




11-05 Affirmative Action Requirements (WDP Version)                                    Page 11 of 9
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


    FEDERAL ON-THE-JOB / APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING SPECIAL PROVISIONS


This special provision for On-the-Job Training supersedes subparagraph 6e of the
supplemental required contract provisions entitled "Affirmative Action Requirements for
Women and Minorities" and is in implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140(a). All other provisions
apply.

Section A: On-the-Job Training (OJT) Policy Statement

The Contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that, without
discrimination, minorities and women have the opportunity to compete for and participate as
trainees or apprentices and to develop as journey-level workers in the type of trade or job
classification employed. Contractors may use either a Bureau of Labor & Industries (BOLI)
apprenticeship or training program, or develop their own On-the-Job Training (OJT)
program approved by Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT) and Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA).

Section B: Affirmative Action Requirement

Training and upgrading minorities and women in highway construction trades is the primary
objective of these special provisions. This shall be accomplished by making systematic and
direct recruitment efforts through public and private sources that are likely to yield minorities
and women available for training on the work under this contract.

When filling these training positions, Contractors and subcontractors are encouraged to hire
women and minorities who have previously been approved to participate in the OJT
Program and have not yet completed their training, or who are currently registered in a
BOLI-approved apprenticeship or training program.

Whenever minorities or women are not placed in training positions, the Contractor shall
provide documented evidence of affirmative action recruitment efforts. ODOT will review
the Contractor’s recruitment efforts to determine whether the Contractor has satisfied the
Good Faith criteria specified in paragraph 6 of the supplemental required contract
provisions entitled "Affirmative Action Requirements for Women and Minorities."
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, nor any agreement the
Contractor has with a joint apprenticeship and training committee, shall excuse the                 Formatted: Right
Contractor’s obligations under these special provisions.                                            Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                    Not Highlight
This training commitment is not intended, and shall not be used, to discriminate against any        Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
applicant for training, whether members of a minority group or not.                                 Not Highlight
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
Whenever trainees are terminated, the Contractor shall provide documented evidence to               Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
the Project Manager that shows cause for the termination or voluntary separation.                   Not Highlight
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
Section C: Assigned On-the-Job Training Positions                                                   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                    Not Highlight
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange



OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                       Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

ODOT has established an OJT/apprenticeship goal of 10 % for all qualified crafts listed in
Section D expected to be employed on this project. The number of trainees shall be
distributed among the qualified work classifications on the basis of the contractor’s needs
and the availability of journeyman in the various classifications.

Section D: Training Requirements

The intent of these provisions is to provide real and meaningful training in the construction
crafts. Off-site training is permissible only when it is an integral part of an approved training
program and does not comprise a significant part of the overall training.

Apprenticeships and OJT are permissible in the following crafts: equipment operator,
carpenter, cement mason, ironworker, truck driver, electrician and laborer. Apprenticeships
and OJT are also permissible in lower level management positions such as office engineers
and estimators where the training is oriented toward construction applications.
Apprenticeships and OJT in classifications such as flagger, bookkeeper, clerk/typist or
secretary are not permissible.

The Contractor, not registered as a training agent with a Joint Apprenticeship and Training
Committee, may choose to adopt an existing ODOT training program to satisfy these
requirements. Adoption of an existing training program will ensure the trainee who has
completed 2000 hours of training is eligible for entry into the apprenticeship program. The
Contractor shall assist the trainee in applying for entry into an appropriate apprenticeship
program.

Estimate the total number of hours that each qualified craft works on the project to complete
it. Using the percent goal, establish the number of apprentice/trainee hours for each
qualified craft to the nearest one-half hour. For OJT, determine the number of positions
and select affirmative action candidates. Complete and submit Federal OJT/Apprenticeship
Program Form (ODOT Form 731-0502) at the pre-construction conference.

Maintain sufficient equipment and fully trained journey level workers at all times to train
apprentices or trainees in the work processes. A valid certification by an appropriate
apprenticeship committee that the Contractor is an approved training agent shall be prima
facie proof of compliance with this requirement. The ratio of apprentices to journey level
workers shall be in accordance with the accepted standards for the particular craft or
occupation. A contractor may request an exception to the apprenticeship training program
at the time of pre-construction conference. The ODOT Apprenticeship Exception Process
may be found at the following web site:

                 http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/CS/CIVILRIGHTS/forms.shtml

For OJT programs developed by the Contractor, specify the ratio of trainees to journey level
workers in the training program. Contractor OJT programs will be approved by ODOT and
FHWA.

Contractors and subcontractors on contracts of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000)
and over must use apprenticeship programs approved and registered with the Oregon
Bureau of Labor and Industries or an in-house training program approved by ODOT and
FHWA to fulfill training requirements under these provisions. The Contractor shall retain
the responsibility for meeting the training requirements of these special provisions and shall


OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                       Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

also ensure that these provisions apply to each subcontract to which training positions are
assigned.

Conduct training according to the training program submitted by the Contractor and
approved by the ODOT Office of Civil Rights and the FHWA. OJT programs for which the
Contractor has obtained approval of BOLI’s Oregon State Apprenticeship and Training
Council will be accepted under these provisions.

ODOT will track training activities provided by the Contractor to trainees working under an
approved training program. The Contractor shall provide ODOT with monthly progress
reports for all trainees working under an approved training program.

Trainees shall be paid at least 60% of the appropriate minimum journey level rate specified
in the contract for the first half of the training period, 75% for the third quarter of the training
period, and 90% for the last quarter of the training period. If apprentices are enrolled in a
BOLI-registered program, the appropriate rates approved by the Department of Labor or in
connection with the apprenticeship program shall apply to all trainees being trained for the
same classification who are covered by this special provision.

For OJT, each individual In-House Trainee Approval Program form shall be approved by
the ODOT Office of Civil Rights prior to beginning work in the craft in which the trainee will
be trained. The Contractor shall provide certification to the trainee and submit a copy to the
ODOT Office of Civil Rights upon completion of the training program.

Section E: Reports

Complete and submit, for each Contractor and each subcontractor with training or
apprenticeship programs, to the appropriate ODOT Project Manager the following reports:

    At the pre-construction conference, the Federal OJT/Apprenticeship Program                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       (Form 731-0502) signed by the Contractor stating the types of training and number
       of hours to be provided on the contract.

    Prior to beginning work, an In-House Trainee Approval Request (Form 731-0503)                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        signed by the Contractor stating who will be trained, the estimated date the training
        begins on the project, and the estimated number of hours of training for each person
        to be trained.

    By the 5th of each month, an ODOT Trainee Monthly Progress Record                                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       (Form 731-0504) for each person participating in the OJT Program, signed by the
       trainee.

    By the 5th of each month, a Monthly Employment and Apprenticeship Utilization                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Report, MEAUR (Form 731-0505). This report reflects work hours by employee,
       craft, race and gender. This report is required of all Contractors and subcontractors
       on contracts valued $10,000 and above, regardless of their participation in the
       apprenticeship or OJT Program.

These forms are published on the Office of Civil Rights website at
http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/CS/CIVILRIGHTS/forms.shtml . Forms may also be obtained
from the Office of Civil Rights by calling (503) 986-4350.


OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                         Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


    Upon completion of the contract, a certification to each trainee to document the           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       number of hours and type of training completed. Also submit a copy to the ODOT
       Office of Civil Rights.

Section F: Monitoring and Compliance

ODOT will monitor the Contractor’s actions for compliance.          Actions, which will be
monitored, include:

    Employment of trainees as required                                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Demonstration of Good Faith Efforts when contractually required training provisions
       are not filled with affirmative action candidates
    Total hours and apprenticeship or trainee hours
    Maintenance of the records and submission of the reports

If the Contractor does not comply, ODOT may withhold progress payments until compliance
is achieved, or impose other lawful remedies, including holding the Contractor in breach or
terminating the contract.

If subcontractors participate in the OJT Program, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
subcontractor’s compliance according to subsection 00180.10 of the Standard
Specifications.



                                          ********


                                                                                       11-05
                                                                                                Formatted: Centered




OJT / Apprenticeship (WDP Version)                                                   Page 1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                    UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY



                       CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
                                 (EXHIBIT C)

                                     AND

RAILWAY INSURANCE AND PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE AGREEMENT
                                 (EXHIBIT C-1)
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving
                                 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS                                         Formatted: Font: Not Bold, Italic, Font color:
                                        (Exhibit C)                                              Orange, Hidden
                                                                                                 Formatted: Right
1.01 General                                                                                     Formatted: Font color: Orange
                                                                                                 Formatted: Right
    1.01.01 The Contractor shall cooperate with Union Pacific Railroad Company
    hereinafter referred to as "Railway" where work is over, under, on, or adjacent to
    Railway property and/or right-of-way, hereafter referred to as "Railway Property", during
    the construction of Bundle 205, Key #14027.

    1.01.02 The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Railway duplicate copies of the
    "Exhibit C-1" Agreement, obligating the Contractor to provide and maintain in full force
    and effect the insurance called for under Section 2 of said "Exhibit C-1".

    1.01.03 The Contractor shall plan, schedule and conduct all work activities so as not to
    interfere with the movement of any trains on Railway Property.

    1.01.04 The Contractor's right to enter Railway Property is subject to the absolute right
    of Railway to cause the Contractor's work on Railway Property to cease if, in the opinion
    of Railway, the Contractor's activities create a hazard to Railway Property, employees,
    and/or operations.

    1.01.05 The Contractor is responsible for determining and complying with all Federal,
    State and Local Governmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to
    environmental, health and safety. The Contractor shall be responsible for and indemnify
    and save Railway harmless from all fines or penalties imposed or assessed by Federal,
    State and Local Governmental Agencies against the Railway which arise out of the
    Contractor's work under this Agreement.

    1.01.06 The Contractor shall notify the Agency Project Manager and notify Mike Leake,
    the Railway's Track Maintenance Manager, at 541-962-2235, and John Trumbull, the
    Railway’s Manager of Industry & Public Projects, at 503-872-1809 at least 30 working
    days before commencing any work on Railway Property. The Contractors notification to
    Railway, shall refer to Railway's File number (See Exhibit C-1 for the number)UPRR’s
    Folder #2364-06 and the State’s Railroad file #RR-1577.

    1.01.07 The Contractor shall furnish the Railway five sets of working drawings showing
    details of construction affecting Railway Property and tracks when:

           Any falsework is above any tracks.
           Any excavations located within 25 feet of the nearest track or intersecting a
            slope from the plane of the top of rail on a 1 vertical to 1 1/2 horizontal slope
            beginning at 7 feet 9 inches from the centerline of the nearest track, both
            measured perpendicular to the center line of the track.
           Bridge transport units are used on Railway Property.                                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    The working drawing shall include the proposed method of installation and removal of
    falsework, shoring or cribbing, not included in the Contract plans and two sets of
    structural calculations of any falsework, shoring or cribbing. All calculations shall take
    into consideration Railway surcharge loading and shall be designed to meet American
    Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (previously known as


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                        Page 1
(Exhibit C & C-1)
    American Railway Engineering Association) Coopers E-80 live loading standard. All
    drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer
    licensed to practice in the state of Oregon. The Contractor shall not begin work until
    notified by the Railway that plans have been approved. The Contractor shall be
    required to use lifting devices such as cranes and/or winches to place or to remove any
    falsework over Railway tracks. In no case shall the Contractor be relieved of
    responsibility for results obtained by the implementation of said approved plans.

    1.01.08 Subject to the movement of Railway's trains, Railway will cooperate with the
    Contractor such that the work may be handled and performed in an efficient manner.
    The Contractor shall have no claim whatsoever for any type of damages or for extra or
    additional compensation in the event his work is delayed by the Railway.

1.02 Agreement

    1.02.01 No employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, agents or invitees shall
    enter Railway Property without first having attended Railway’s Contractor Safety
    Orientation session. The Contractor shall ensure that at a minimum its on-site Project
    Supervisor(s) have attended a Safety Orientation conducted by the Railway, or it's
    representative, and that each of its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees have
    received the same Safety Orientation through sessions conducted by or through the
    Contractor before any work is performed on the Project. The Contractor shall give
    Railway a minimum of 30 days' advance notice for scheduling the Safety Orientation.

1.03 Railway Requirements

    1.03.01 The Contractor shall take protective measures as necessary to keep Railway
    facilities, including track ballast, free of sand, debris, and other foreign objects and
    materials resulting from his operations. Any damage to Railway facilities resulting from
    the Contractor's operations will be repaired or replaced by Railway and the cost of such
    repairs or replacement shall be paid for by the Contractor.

    1.03.02 The Contractor shall notify Mike Leake, the Railway's Track Maintenance
    Manager, at 541-962-2235 and provide blasting plans to the Railway for review seven
    calendar days prior to conducting any blasting operations adjacent to or on Railway
    Property.

    1.03.03 The Contractor shall abide by the following clearances during construction:

           12 feet          Horizontally from centerline of nearest track                           Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Hanging: 1.25",
                                                                                                     Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after:
           21 feet          Vertically above top of rail
                                                                                                     0.75" + Indent at: 0.75", Tab stops: 0.75", Left
           27 feet          Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying less than
                             750 volts
           28 feet          Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying 750 volts to
                             15,000 volts
           30 feet          Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying 15,000 volts
                             to 20,000 volts
           34 feet          Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying more than
                             20,000 volts




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                            Page 2
(Exhibit C & C-1)
    1.03.04 Any infringement within ODOT statutory clearances due to the Contractor's
    operations shall be submitted to the Railway and to ODOT and shall not be undertaken
    until approved in writing by the Railway, and authorized by ODOT for the infringement.
    No extra compensation will be allowed in the event the Contractor's work is delayed
    pending Railway approval, and/or ODOT approval.

    1.03.05 In the case of impaired vertical clearance above top of rail, Railway shall have
    the option of installing tell-tales or other protective devices Railway deems necessary
    for protection of Railway operations. The cost of tell-tales or protective devices shall be
    borne by the Contractor.

    1.03.06 The details of construction affecting the Railway Property and tracks not
    included in the Contract plans shall be submitted to the Railway by ODOT for approval
    before work is undertaken and this work shall not be undertaken until approved by the
    Railway.

    1.03.07 At other than public road crossings, the Contractor shall not move any
    equipment or materials across Railway tracks until permission has been obtained from
    the Railway. The Contractor shall obtain a "Temporary Private Crossing Agreement"
    from the Railway prior to moving his equipment or materials across the Railway tracks.
    The temporary crossing shall be gated and locked at all times when not required for use
    by the Contractor. The temporary crossing for use of the Contractor shall be at the
    expense of the Contractor.

    1.03.08 Discharge, release or spill on Railway Property of any hazardous substance in
    excess of a reportable quantity or any hazardous waste is prohibited and the Contractor
    shall immediately notify the Railway's Representative Rick Sloan at
    ________________________ at 503-872-1824 or 503-860-0302 (cell), of any
    discharge, release or spill. The Contractor shall not allow Railway Property to become
    a treatment or storage facility as those terms are defined in the Resource Conservation
    and Recovery Act or any state analogue.

    1.03.09 The Contractor, upon completion of the work covered by this Contract, shall
    promptly remove from the Railway Property all tools, equipment, implements and other
    materials, whether brought upon the property by the Contractor or any subcontractor,
    employee or agent of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and shall cause Railway
    Property to be left in a condition acceptable to the Railway representative.

1.04 Contractor Safety Action Plan
   1.04.01 Each Contractor shall develop and implement a Safety Action Plan which shall           Formatted: Right
   be submitted to the Engineer and made available to the Railway prior to                        Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
   commencement of any work on Railway Property. During the performance of work, the              Hidden
   Contractor shall audit its compliance with the Safety Action Plan. The Contractor shall
   designate an on-site Project Supervisor who shall serve as the contact person for the
   Railway and who shall maintain a copy of the Safety Action Plan and subsequent audits
   at the job site for inspection and review by the Railway at any time during the course of
   the project. The Safety Action Plan shall contain, but not be limited to the following:

           Contractor's Employee Safety
           Safety Orientation (Sec 1.02.01)
           Job Briefings (Sec1.06.01 & 1.06.02)


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                         Page 3
(Exhibit C & C-1)
           Personal Protective Equipment ( Sec 1.06.08)
           Protection of Railway Facilities and Railway Flagger Services (Sec 1.03.05 and
            1.05)
           Protection of Contractor Employees working nearer than 25 feet from any track
            (Sec 1.06.03)
           Work After Hours (Sec 1.06.04)
           Contractor Employee Training
           Personal Injury Reporting (Sec 1.09)
           Accident Investigation and Analysis
           High Risk Work Areas/Situations
           Notification of Damage to Railway property or hazards that could effect the safe
            operation of trains (Sec 1.06.06)
           Falsework/Shoring affecting the integrity of tracks (Sec 1.01.06)
           Clearances affecting the integrity of train operations (Sec 1.03.03)
           Moving Equipment and Materials across Railway's tracks (Sec 1.03.07)
           Security of Machines, Equipment and Vehicles (Sec 1.06.10)
           Power line Safety (Sec 1.06.12)
           Excavation Safety (Sec 1.07)
           High Risk Employees
           Alcohol and Drug Use (Sec 1.06.05)
           Firearms or Deadly Weapons (Sec 1.06.07)
           Property Damage, Housekeeping and Clean-up (Sec 1.03.01 and 1.03.09)
           Storage of Materials (Sec 1.06.09)
           Facility Auditing
           Compliance with Laws (Sec 1.01.04)
           Hazardous Substances and Materials
           Discharges, Releases and Spills (Sec 1.03.08)
           Hazardous Materials encountered in excavations (Sec 1.08)

1.05 Protection of Railway Facilities and Railway Flagger Services

    1.05.01 The Contractor shall give a minimum of 14 working days notice to Mike Leake,           Formatted: Not Highlight
    the Track Maintenance Manager, at 541-962-2235, in advance of when flagging
    services will be required.

    1.05.02 Railway flagger and/or protective services and devices will be required and
    furnished when the Contractor's work activities are located over, under, or within 25 feet
    measured horizontally from centerline of the nearest track and when cranes or similar
    equipment positioned outside of 25 feet horizontally from track centerline that could foul
    the track in the event of tip over or other catastrophic occurrence, but not limited thereto
    for the following conditions:

        1.05.02a When in the opinion of the Railway representative it is necessary to
        safeguard Railway Property, employees, trains, engines and facilities.

        1.05.02b When any excavation is performed below the bottom of tie elevation, if, in
        the opinion of Railway representative, track or other Railway facilities may be
        subject to movement or settlement.



Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                          Page 4
(Exhibit C & C-1)
        1.05.02c When work in any way interferes with the safe operation of trains at
        timetable speeds.

        1.05.02d When any hazard is presented to Railway track, communications, signal,
        electrical, or other facilities either due to persons, material, equipment or blasting in
        the vicinity.

        1.05.02e Special permission shall be obtained from the Railway before moving
        heavy or cumbersome objects or equipment which might result in making the track
        impassable.

    1.05.03 Flagging services shall be performed by qualified Railway flaggers.

        1.05.03a Flagging crew generally consists of one employee. However, additional
        personnel may be required to protect Railway Property and operations, if deemed
        necessary by the Railway representative.

        1.05.03b Each time a flagger is called, the minimum period for billing shall be the
        eight hour basic day.

        1.05.03c The cost of flagger services provided by the Railway, when deemed
        necessary by the Railway representative, will be borne by ODOT according to
        ODOT's special provision subsection 00170.01(e).

1.06 Contractor General Safety Requirements

    1.06.01 Work in the proximity of railway track(s) is potentially hazardous where
    movement of trains and equipment can occur at any time and in any direction. All work
    performed by the Contractor within 25 feet of any track shall be in compliance with FRA
    Roadway Worker Protection Regulations.

    1.06.02 Before beginning any task on Railway Property, a thorough job safety briefing
    shall be conducted with all personnel involved with the task and repeated when the
    personnel or task changes. If the task is within 25 feet of any track, the job briefing
    must include the Railway's flagger and include the procedures the Contractor will use to
    protect its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees from moving any equipment
    adjacent to or across any Railway track(s).

    1.06.03 Workers shall not work nearer than 25 feet to the centerline of any track
    without proper flag/work protection provided by the Railway, unless the track is
    protected by track bulletin and work has been authorized by the Railway. If flag/work
    protection is provided, every Contractor employee must know:

        (1)   who the Railway flagger is, and how to contact the flagger,
        (2)   limits of the flag/work protection,
        (3)   the method of communication to stop and resume work and,
        (4)   entry into flag/work limits when designated.

    Workers or workers with equipment entering flag/work limits that were not previously job
    briefed, shall notify the flagger immediately, and be given a job briefing if working at less
    than 25 feet from center line of track.


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                           Page 5
(Exhibit C & C-1)
    1.06.04 When Contractor employees are required to work on the Railway Property after
    normal working hours or on weekends, the Railway representative in charge of the
    project shall be notified. A minimum of two employees shall be present at all times.

    1.06.05 Any Contractor employee, subcontractors employee, agents or invitees under
    suspicion of being under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or in the possession of same,
    will be removed from the Railway Property and subsequently released to the custody of
    a representative of Contractor management. Future access to the Railway Property by
    that employee will be denied.

    1.06.06 Any damage to Railway Property, or any hazard noticed on passing trains,
    shall be reported immediately to the Railway representative in charge of the project.
    Any vehicle or machine which may come in contact with a track, signal equipment, or
    structure (bridge) could result in a train derailment and shall be reported by the quickest
    means possible to the Railway representative in charge of the project and to the
    Railway's at . Local emergency numbers are to be obtained from the Railway
    representative in charge of the project prior to the start of any work and shall be posted
    at the job site.

    1.06.07 All persons are prohibited from having a pocket knife with blade in excess of
    3 inches, firearms or other deadly weapons in their possession while working on
    Railway Property.

    1.06.08 All personnel protective equipment used on Railway Property shall meet
    applicable OSHA and ANSI specifications. Railway personnel protective equipment
    requirements are:

        a)   safety glasses: permanently affixed side shields; no yellow lenses,
        b)   hard hats with high visibility orange cover,
        c)   safety shoes: hardened toe, above-the-ankle lace-up with a defined heel and,
        d)   high visibility retro-reflective orange vests are required as specified by the
             Railway representative in charge of the project.

    Hearing protection, fall protection and respirators shall be worn as required by State
    and Federal regulations.

    1.06.09 The Contractor shall not pile or store any materials, machinery or equipment
    closer than 25 feet to the center line of the nearest Railway track. At highway/rail at-
    grade crossings, materials, machinery or equipment shall not be stored or left
    temporarily which interfere with the sight distances of motorists approaching the
    crossing. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall establish a storage area with
    concurrence of the Railway representative.

    1.06.10 Machines or vehicles shall not be left unattended with the engine running.
    Parked machines or equipment shall be in gear with brakes set. Lower all blades, pans
    or buckets to the ground. All machinery and equipment left unattended on Railway
    Property shall be left inoperable and secured against movement.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                         Page 6
(Exhibit C & C-1)
    1.06.11 Workers shall not create and leave any conditions at the work site that would
    interfere with water drainage. Any work performed over water shall meet all Federal,
    State and Local regulations.

    1.06.12 All power line wires must be considered dangerous and of high voltage unless
    the Contractor is informed to the contrary by proper authority. For all power lines, the
    minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the equipment or load shall be:

           15 feet   For 200 KV or under.                                                          Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Hanging:
                                                                                                    0.88", Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.5" +
           20 feet   For 200 to 350 KV.                                                            Tab after: 0.75" + Indent at: 0.75"
           25 feet   For 350 to 500 KV.
           35 feet   For 500 to 750 KV.
           45 feet   For 750 to 1000KV or if capacity of the line is not known.

    A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give a timely
    warning for all operations where it is difficult for an operator to maintain the desired
    clearance by visual means.

1.07 Excavation

    1.07.01 Before excavating, it shall be ascertained by the Contractor if there are any
    underground pipe lines, electric wires, or cables, including fiber optic cable systems that
    either cross or run parallel with the track which are located within the Project's work
    area. Excavating on Railway Property could result in damage to buried cables resulting
    in delay to Railway traffic, including disruption of service to users resulting in business
    interruptions involving loss of revenue and profits. Before any excavation commences,
    the Contractor shall contact the Railway's Signal Supervisor, Ed Tromble, at 206-764-
    1521 and __________________. All underground and overhead wires shall be
    considered HIGH VOLTAGE and dangerous until the Contractor verifies with the
    company having ownership of the line. It is also the Contractor's responsibility to notify
    any other companies that have underground utilities in the area and arrange for the
    location of all underground utilities before excavating.

    1.07.02 The Contractor shall cease all work and the Railway shall be notified
    immediately before continuing excavation in the area if obstructions are encountered
    that do not appear on drawings. If the obstruction is a utility, and the owner of the utility
    can be identified, then the owner shall also be notified immediately. If there is any
    doubt about the location of underground cables or lines of any kind, no work shall be
    performed until the exact location has been determined. There will be no exceptions to
    these instructions.

    1.07.03 All excavations shall be conducted in compliance with applicable OSHA
    regulations and regardless of depth shall be shored where there is any danger to tracks,
    structures or personnel.

    1.07.04 Any excavations, holes or trenches on the Railway Property shall be covered,
    guarded and/or protected when not being worked on. When leaving work site areas at
    night and over weekends, the areas shall be secured and left in a condition that will
    ensure that Railway employees and other personnel who may be working or passing




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                           Page 7
(Exhibit C & C-1)
    through the area are protected from all hazards. All excavations shall be backfilled as
    soon as possible.

1.08 Hazardous Waste, Substances and Material Reporting

    1.08.01 If the Contractor discovers any hazardous waste, hazardous substance,
    petroleum or other deleterious material, including but not limited to any
    non-containerized commodity or material, on or adjacent to Railway Property, in or near
    any surface water, swamp, wetlands or waterways, while performing any work under
    this Agreement, the Contractor shall immediately:

        (a) notify Rick Sloan at 503-872-1824the Railway's at , of such discovery,
        (b) take safeguards necessary to protect its employees, subcontractors, agents
            and/or third parties and,
        (c) exercise due care with respect to the release, including the taking of any
            appropriate measure to minimize the impact of such release.

1.09 Personal Injury Reporting

    1.09.01 The Railway is required to report certain injuries as a part of compliance with
    Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) reporting requirements. Any personal injury
    sustained by an employee of the Contractor, subcontractor or Contractor's invitees
    while on the Railway Property shall be reported immediately (by phone or mail if unable
    to contact in person) to the Railway representative in charge of the project. The
    Non-Employee Personal Injury Data Collection Form included at the end of
    "Exhibit C-1" is to be completed and sent by Fax to the Railway at and to the Railway
    representative no later than the close of shift on the date of the injury.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                     Page 8
(Exhibit C & C-1)
  RAILROAD INSURANCE AND PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE AGREEMENT
                            (Exhibit C-1)

                                       Agreement Between
                                 Union Pacific Railroad Company
                                               AND
                                         The Contractor

Union Pacific Railroad Company
John Trumbull, Public Projects Manager
5424 SE McLoughlin Blvd.
Portland, OR 97202


Railway FileUPRR Folder #2364-06: _________________
ODOT Project:                   Bundle 205 Key #14027                                         Formatted: Font: Bold


Gentlemen:

The undersigned, hereinafter referred to as Contractor, has entered into a Contract dated
________________, 2006, with the ODOT for the performance of certain work in
connection with the project: Bundle 205, Key #14027.

In the performance of which work the Contractor will necessarily be required to conduct
operations within Union Pacific Railroad Company ("Railway"), right of way and property
("Railway Property"). The Contract provides that no work shall be commenced within
Railway Property until the Contractor employed in connection with said work for ODOT shall
have executed and delivered to Railway an Agreement, in the form hereof, and shall have
provided insurance of the coverage and limits specified in said Contract and Section 2 of
this Agreement. If this Agreement is executed by other than the Owner, General Partner,
President or Vice President of Contractor, evidence is furnished to you herewith certifying
that the signatory is empowered to execute this Agreement for the Contractor.

Accordingly, as one of the inducements to and as part of the consideration for Railway
granting permission to Contractor to enter upon Railway Property, Contractor, effective on
the date of said Contract, has agreed and does hereby agree with Railway as follows:

Section 1 - RELEASE OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

Contractor agrees to release Railway from any claims arising from the performance of this
Agreement which Contractor or any of its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees
could otherwise assert against Railway, regardless of the negligence of Railway, except to
the extent that such claims are proximately caused by the intentional misconduct or gross
negligence of Railway.

Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Railway for all judgments, awards, claims,
demands, and expenses (including attorneys' fees), for injury or death to all persons,
including Railway's and Contractor's officers and employees, and for loss and damage to
property belonging to any person, arising in any manner from Contractor's or any of
Contractor's subcontractors' acts or omissions or failure to perform any obligation
hereunder. THE LIABILITY ASSUMED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                     Page 9
(Exhibit C & C-1)
BY THE FACT, IF IT IS A FACT, THAT THE DESTRUCTION, DAMAGE, DEATH, OR
INJURY WAS OCCASIONED BY OR CONTRIBUTED TO BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF
RAILWAY, ITS AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT SUCH CLAIMS ARE PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY THE SOLE
NEGLIGENCE OR SOLE WILFUL MISCONDUCT OF RAILWAY.

THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION ASSUMED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE
ANY CLAIMS, SUITS OR JUDGMENTS BROUGHT AGAINST RAILWAY UNDER THE
FEDERAL EMPLOYEE'S LIABILITY ACT, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR STRICT LIABILITY
UNDER THE SAFETY APPLIANCE ACT OR THE BOILER INSPECTION ACT,
WHENEVER SO CLAIMED.

Contractor further agrees, at its expense, in the name and on behalf of Railway, that it shall
adjust and settle all claims made against Railway, and shall, at Railway's discretion, appear
and defend any suits or actions of law or in equity brought against Railway on any claim or
cause of action arising or growing out of or in any manner connected with any liability
assumed by Contractor under this Agreement for which Railway is liable or is alleged to be
liable. Railway shall give notice to Contractor, in writing, of the receipt or dependency of
such claims and thereupon Contractor shall proceed to adjust and handle to a conclusion
such claims, and in the event of a suit being brought against Railway, Railway may forward
summons and complaint or other process in connection therewith to Contractor, and
Contractor, at Railway's discretion, shall defend, adjust, or settle such suits and protect,
indemnify, and save harmless Railway from and against all damages, judgments, decrees,
attorney's fees, costs, and expenses growing out of or resulting from or incident to any such
claims or suits.

It is mutually understood and agreed that the assumption of liabilities and indemnification
provided for in this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 2 - INSURANCE

(a) Before commencing any work under this Agreement, Contractor must provide and
maintain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement, insurance at Contractor's
expense, covering all of the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor
and each of its subcontractors, as described below:

   (1) Commercial General Liability insurance covering liability, including but not limited to
       Public Liability, Personal Injury, Property Damage and Contractual Liability covering
       the obligations assumed by Contractor in Section 1, with coverage of at least
       $5,000,000 per occurrence or claim and $10,000,000 in the aggregate. Coverage
       must be purchased on a post 1998 ISO or equivalent form, including but not limited
       to coverage for the following: (a) Bodily injury including death and personal injury;
       (b) Property damage; (c) Fire legal liability; (d) Products and completed operations.
       Where explosion, collapse, or underground hazards are involved, the X, C, and U
       exclusions must be removed from the policy. Workers' Compensation coverage as
       is required by State law. THE CERTIFICATE MUST CONTAIN A SPECIFIC
       WAIVER OF THE INSURANCE COMPANY'S SUBROGATION RIGHTS AGAINST
       Union Pacific Railroad Company.

        The following endorsements are included in the policy: a) "For purposes of this
        insurance, Union Pacific Railroad payments related to the Federal Employers


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                       Page 10
(Exhibit C & C-1)
        Liability Act or a Union Pacific Wage Continuation Program or similar programs are
        deemed not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers
        Compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar
        law." b) The exclusions for railroads (except where the Job Site is more than
        50 feet from any railroad including but not limited to tracks, bridges, trestles,
        roadbeds, terminals, underpasses or crossings), and explosion, collapse and
        underground hazard shall be removed. c) Coverage for Subcontractors (and
        Railroads) employees shall not be excluded.

   (2) Automobile Liability insurance, including bodily injury and property damage, with
       coverage of at least $5,000,000 combined single limit or the equivalent covering any
       and all vehicles owned or hired by the Contractor and used in performing any of the
       services under this agreement.

        The following endorsements are included in the policy: a) "For purposes of this
        insurance, Union Pacific Railroad payments related to the Federal Employers
        Liability Act or a Union Pacific Wage Continuation Program or similar programs are
        deemed not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers
        Compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar
        law". b) The exclusions for railroads (except where the Job Site is more than
        50 feet from any railroad including but not limited to tracks, bridges, trestles
        roadbeds, terminals, underpasses or crossings), and explosion, collapse and
        underground hazard shall be removed.                  c)    Motor Carrier Act
        Endorsement - Hazardous materials clean up (MCS-90).

   (3) Workers Compensation and Employers Liability insurance including but not limited
       to: a) Contractor's statutory liability under the workers' compensation laws of the
       state(s) affected by this Agreement. b) Employers' Liability (Part B) with limits of at
       least $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 each
       employee.

        If Workers Compensation insurance will not cover the liability of Contractor in states
        that require participation in state workers' compensation fund, Contractor shall
        comply with the laws of such states. If Contractor is self-insured, evidence of state
        approval must be provided along with evidence of excess workers compensation
        coverage. Coverage shall include liability arising out of the U.S. Longshoremen's
        and Harbor Workers' Act, the Jones Act, and the Outer Continental Shelf Land Act,
        if applicable.

        The policy shall also contain the following endorsement:         Alternate Employer
        Endorsement.

   (4) Umbrella or Excess Policies - In the event Contractor utilizes Umbrella or excess
       policies, these policies shall "follow form" and afford no less coverage than the
       primary policy.

   (5) Railroad Protective Liability insurance stating Union Pacific Railroad Company is
       the Named Insured covering all of the liability assumed by the Contractor under the
       provisions of this Agreement with coverage of at least $2,000,000 per occurrence
       and $6,000,000 in the aggregate. Coverage shall be issued on a standard ISO form
       CG 00 35 01 96 and endorsed to include ISO form CG 28 31 10 93 and the Limited


Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                       Page 11
(Exhibit C & C-1)
        Seepage and Pollution Endorsement (see attached copy). A binder stating the
        policy is in place must be submitted to the Railroad until the original policy is
        forwarded to the Railroad.

   (6) Punitive damage exclusion must be deleted, which deletion shall be indicated on the
       certificate of insurance.

   (7) Contractor agrees to waive it's right of recovery, and its insurers, through policy
       endorsement, agree to waive their right of subrogation against Railroad. Contractor
       further waives its right of recovery, and its insurers also waive their right of
       subrogation against Railroad for loss of its owned or leased property or property
       under it's care, custody and control. Contractor's insurance shall be primary with
       respect to any insurance carried by Railroad. All waivers of subrogation shall be
       indicated on the certificate of insurance.

   (8) All policy(ies) required above (excluding Workers Compensation) shall provide
       severability of interests and shall name Railroad as an additional insured.
       Severability of interest and naming Railroad as additional insured shall be indicated
       on the certificate of insurance.

   (9) Prior to commencing the Work, Contractor shall furnish to Railroad original
       certificate(s) of insurance evidencing the required coverage, endorsements, and
       amendments. The certificate(s) shall contain a provision that obligates the
       insurance company(ies) issuing such policy(ies) to notify Railroad in writing of any
       cancellation or material alteration. Upon request from Railroad, a certified duplicate
       original of any required policy shall be furnished.

   (10) Any insurance policy shall be written by a reputable insurance company acceptable
        to Railroad or with a current Best's Insurance Guide Rating of A- and Class VII or
        better, and authorized to do business in the state(s) in which the service is to be
        provided.

   (11) Contractor WARRANTS that this Agreement has been thoroughly reviewed by
        Contractor's insurance agent(s)/broker(s), who have been instructed by Contractor
        to procure the insurance coverage required by this Agreement and acknowledges
        that Contractors insurance coverage will be primary.

   (12) If Contractor fails to procure and maintain insurance as required, Railroad may elect
        to do so at the cost of Contractor plus a 25% administration fee.

   (13) The fact that insurance is obtained by Contractor, or Railroad on behalf of
        Contractor, shall not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of Contractor,
        including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provisions of this
        Agreement. Damages recoverable by Railroad shall not be limited by the amount of
        the required insurance coverage.

The average train traffic per 24 hour period on this route is 35 freight trains at a timetable
speed of 70 MPH and 5 passenger trains at a timetable speed of 79 MPH and ________ no
switch engine movements.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                       Page 12
(Exhibit C & C-1)
All insurance shall be placed with insurance companies licensed to do business in the
States in which the work is to be performed, and with a current Best's Insurance Guide
Rating of A- and Class VII, or better. In all cases except Workers' Compensation and
Railroad Protective Liability coverage the certificate must specifically state that Union
Pacific Railroad Company IS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED.

Any coverage afforded Railway, the Certificate Holder, as an Additional Insured shall apply
as primary and not excess to any coverage issued in the name of Railway.

Such insurance shall be approved by the Railway before any work is performed on
Railway's Property and shall be carried until all work required to be performed on or
adjacent to Railway's Property under the terms of the contract is satisfactorily completed as
determined by ODOT, and thereafter until all tools, equipment and materials not belonging
to the Railway, have been removed from Railway's Property and Railway Property is left in
a clean and presentable condition. The insurance herein required shall be obtained by the
Contractor and Contractor shall furnish Railway with an original certificate of insurance,
signed by the insurance company, or its authorized representative, evidencing the issuance
of insurance coverage as prescribed in (a) 1through 13 above, plus the original Railroad
Protective Liability insurance policy to:

Judi Scott, Risk Management, Insurance Group, Room 820, 1416 Dodge St., Omaha,
NE 68719. (402) 271-2215

The certificate of insurance shall guarantee that the policies will not be amended, altered,
modified or canceled insofar as the coverage contemplated hereunder is concerned,
without at least 30 days notice mailed by registered mail to Railway.

Full compensation for all premiums which the Contractor is required to pay on all the
insurance described hereinafter shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the
various items of work to be performed under the Contract, and no additional allowance will
be made therefore or for additional premiums which may be required by extensions of the
policies of insurance.

It is further distinctly understood and agreed by the Contractor that its liability to the Railway
herein under Section 1 will not in any way be limited to or affected by the amount of
insurance obtained and carried by the Contractor in connection with said Contract.

The Railway File reference number and ODOT Project information shown at the top of this
Agreement, must appear on any original insurance policies or certificates of insurance sent
to Railway by the Contractor.


Section 3 - The Contractor will observe and comply with all the provisions, obligations and
limitations to be observed by Contractor which are contained in the CONTRACTOR
REQUIREMENTS (Exhibit C), and shall include, but not be limited to, payment of all costs
incurred for any damages to Railway roadbed, tracks, and/or appurtenances thereto,
resulting from use, occupancy, or presence of its employees, representatives, or agents or
subcontractors on or about the construction site.

Section 4 –                                                                                          Formatted: Normal




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                          Page 13
(Exhibit C & C-1)
A) The Contractor will reimburse the Railroad additional costs incurred by the Railroad
including labor, equipment, and materials for unscheduled and extended scheduled
disruptions to railroad operations that occur because of the Contractor’s operation on The
Project; these additional costs are hereinafter called ‘Train Delay Costs’. The Railroad will
not seek reimbursement for any scheduled disruptions to railroad operations specified by
The Project.
                                                                                                     Formatted: Justified
B) A “disruption” is a loss of use of one or more tracks, including delays and interruptions
that adversely impacts railroad operations. An “unscheduled disruption” is a disruption that
just happens and is not provided for in The Project without advanced planning/approval by
the Railroad. A “scheduled disruption” is a disruption with a specified timeframe that is
known will happen and is provided for in The Project with advanced planning/approval by
the Railroad. An “extended scheduled disruption” is a scheduled disruption that surpasses
the approved specified timeframe.

C) The Contractor shall plan, schedule, coordinate, and conduct all work that affects
railroad operations with the Railroad; contact person is Mike Leake, Manager of Track
Maintenance, 541-962-2235, to avoid or minimize the length of any disruption to railroad
operations. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Railroad prior to commencing
any work that will cause any scheduled disruption to railroad operations.

D) The Railroad is a transportation network in which unscheduled and extended scheduled
disruptions to local railroad operations can cause down-line delays and congestion of the
network, resulting in a total cost that may far exceed the costs incurred at the local area of
disruption. Down-line delays and congestion may continue for several days after the local
area of disruption is corrected before “normal” railroad operations of the network is
restored. The Railroad will run two specialized software packages, the Rail Traffic
Controller (RTC) and the Network Derailment Cost Calculator (NDCC), to calculate Train
Delay Costs for any unscheduled or extended scheduled disruption cause by The Project.
The Contractor will pay the higher of the two Train Delay Costs that are calculated, this cost
ranging as high as Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more per day for a
catastrophic disruption that closes all tracks within an area. The Contractor will also pay a
separate fixed cost each time Train Delay Costs are calculated regardless of whether or not
the Contractor is charged Train Delay Costs by the Railroad; Ten Thousand Dollars
($10,000) for each twenty-four hour period defined for the RTC (includes two simulations of
with and without railroad disruption) and Six Thousand Dollars ($6,000) for each incident for
the NDCC.

        a) RTC is a specialized rail network simulation tool produced by Berkeley Simulation
        Software of Berkeley, California. Using very specific inputs (including track
        configuration, grade, curvature, locomotive types, and train consists) this software
        replicates the engineering vehicle dynamics within each involved train, as well as
        the flow of train traffic over a pre-defined track network. The network includes both
        tracks at the immediate disruption area, as well as the down-line areas where down-
        line disruptions occur. These down-line areas could be several hundred miles from
        the initial disruption point. The Railroad will set up two RTC simulations: the first with
        the unscheduled or extended scheduled disruption in question and the second
        without the unscheduled or extended scheduled disruption in question. Train Delay
        Costs are the difference in costs between the two scenarios of the network
        operation.



Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                          Page 14
(Exhibit C & C-1)
        b) NDCC is a costing system using less specific inputs compared to RTC, assuming
        combinations of typical traffic patterns and costs for trains affected by an
        unscheduled or extended scheduled disruption. This system does not look at
        specific train consists and Railroad customers that are affected by a particular
        incident, but does include costs associated with detouring trains over other railroad
        routes as a result of an unscheduled disruption.

E) Train Delay Costs will also include any unscheduled extended scheduled disruptions to
railroad operations caused by the Railroad or its contractors in performing any work on The
Project that is required because of unscheduled or extended scheduled disruptions to
railroad operations that occur because of the Contractor’s operation on The Project.

F) Contractor’s reimbursement of the Railroad for any Train Delay Costs shall not be
reimbursable by the State.
Contractor shall be responsible to Railway, including its affiliated railway companies, and its
tenants for all damages for any unscheduled delay to a freight or passenger train that
affects Railway's ability to fully utilize its equipment and to meet customer service and
Contract obligations. Contractor will be billed, as further provided below, for the economic
losses arising from loss of use of equipment and train service employees contractual loss of
incentive pay and bonuses, and contractual penalties resulting from train delays, whether
caused by Contractor, or subcontractors, or by the Railway performing Railway Work as
required by the project. Railway agrees that it will not perform any act to unnecessarily
cause train delay.

For loss of use, Contractor will be billed per freight train hour at an average rate of
($385.33 in 1997) with annual adjustments per hour per train as determined from Railway's
record. Any disruption to train traffic may cause delays to multiple trains at the same time
for the same period.

In addition to the above damages, passenger, U.S. mail trains and certain other grain,
intermodal, coal and freight trains operate under incentive/penalty contracts between
Railway and its customer. Under these arrangements, if Railway does not meet its contract
service commitment, Railway may suffer loss of performance or incentive pay or be subject
to a penalty payment. Contractor shall be responsible for any train performance and
incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred by Railway which
are attributable to a train delay caused by Contractor, or subcontractors.

As example, a train arrives 30 minutes after its contract service commitments and Railway
is assessed damages per terms of the contract. Either Contractor, and/or subcontractors,
caused a 29 minute delay to the train and therefore are not responsible for any train
performance and incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred
by Railway.

As example, a train arrives 30 minutes after its contract service commitments and Railway
is assessed damages per terms of the contract. Either Contractor, and/or subcontractors,
caused a 31 minute delay to the train and therefore are 100% responsible for any train
performance and incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred
by Railway.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                       Page 15
(Exhibit C & C-1)
The contractual relationship between Railway and its customers is proprietary and
confidential. In the event of a train delay covered by this Agreement, Railway will share
information relevant to any train delay to the maximum extent consistent with Railway
confidentiality obligations. Damages for train delay for certain trains could be as high as
$50,000.00 per incident.

Contractor and subcontractors shall plan, schedule, coordinate and conduct all Contractor's
work so as to not cause any delays to any trains.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                    Page 16
(Exhibit C & C-1)
PRIOR TO ENTRY ON RAILWAY PROPERTY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE
THE ODOT PROJECT MANAGERS' OFFICE WTH A FULLY SIGNED COPY OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND A COPY OF RAILWAY'S INSURANCE APPROVAL.

Kindly acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing and returning to the undersigned two
original copies of this letter, which, upon execution by Railway, shall constitute an
Agreement between us.

Yours truly,


(Contractor)

By


(Title)

Address

City                State              Zip


Union Pacific Railroad Company

By
     John Trumbull, Public Projects Manager
      5424 SE McLoughlin Blvd.
      Portland, OR 97202

Accepted this        day of             , 20




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                  Page 17
(Exhibit C & C-1)
                  LIMITED SEEPAGE AND POLLUTION ENDORSEMENT


In consideration of the premium charged it is understood and agreed that Exclusion f. of
Coverage A. of this Policy shall not apply to the liability of the Insured resulting from
seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination caused solely by:

a) unintended fire, lightning or explosion: or

b) a collision or overturning of a road vehicle: or

c) a collision or overturning or derailment of a train.

Notwithstanding the foregoing it is agreed that the coverage provided by this Endorsement
shall not apply to:

1. loss of, damage to or loss of use of property directly or indirectly resulting from
sub-surface operations of the Insured, and/or removal of, loss of or damage to sub-surface
oil, gas or any other substance;

2. any site or location used in whole or in part for the handling, processing, treatment,
storage, disposal or dumping of any waste materials or substances;

3. the cost of evaluating and/or monitoring and/or controlling seeping and/or polluting
and/or contaminating substances;

4. the cost of removing and/or nullifying and/or cleaning up seeping and/or polluting and
/or contaminating substances on property at any time owned and/or leased and/or rented
by the insured and/or under the control of the Insured.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Item 1 does not apply to tunnels.




Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                   Page 18
(Exhibit C & C-1)
                    NON-EMPLOYEE PERSONAL INJURY DATA COLLECTION

 INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE COLLECTED PURSUANT TO FEDERAL REGULATION. IT
  SHOULD BE USED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS ONLY AND IS NOT
      INTENDED TO PRESUME ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY.


 1. Accident City/St._______________________ Date:.______________ Time:_______________

 2. County:______________________3. Temperature:_________ 4. Weather ________________
    (if non Railway location)

 5. Name (last, first, mi)____________________________________________________________

 6. Address:Street:_______________________City: _______________St:________Zip:_________

 7. Date of Birth:______________________and/or Age_______Gender:______________________
                                                                    (if available)
 8. (a) Injury:___________________________________(b) Body Part:______________________
    (e.g. (a) Laceration (b) Hand)

 9. Description of Accident (To include location, action, result etc.):

 _______________________________________________________________________________

 _______________________________________________________________________________

 _______________________________________________________________________________

 _______________________________________________________________________________

10. Treatment:
     First Aid Only
     Required Medical Treatment
     Other Medical Treatment

11. Dr. Name_____________________________________12. Date:________________________

13. Dr. Address:
    Street:_______________________________City:____________________St:____Zip:_______

14. Hospital Name: _______________________________________________________________

15. Hospital Address:
    Street:_______________________________City:____________________St:____Zip:_______

16. Diagnosis:____________________________________________________________________




                            FAX COPY TO RAILWAY AT (208) 465-8231
                   AND COPY TO RAILWAY ROADMASTER AT (503) 872-1900



Union Pacific Railroad Company                                                 Page 19
(Exhibit C & C-1)
IDAHO NORTHERN & PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY



        CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
1.01 General

   1.01.01 The Contractor shall cooperate with Idaho Northern & Pacific Railroad
   Company hereinafter referred to as "Railway" where work is over, under, on, or
   adjacent to Railway property and/or right-of-way, hereafter referred to as "Railway
   Property", during the construction of I-84: Pendleton – North Powder, Bundle 205.

   1.01.02 The Contractor shall plan, schedule and conduct all work activities so as not to
   interfere with the movement of any trains on Railway Property.

   1.01.03 The Contractor is subject to the absolute right of Railway to cause the
   Contractor's work above Railway Property to cease if, in the opinion of Railway, the
   Contractor's activities create a hazard to Railway Property, employees, and/or
   operations.

   1.01.04 The Contractor shall notify the Agency Project Manager and notify the
   Railway's General Manager, Neil Cox, at (541) 962-0481 or the Railway’s Manager
   Track and Structure, Larry Adams, at (208) 365-6353, at least 30 working days before
   commencing any work on Railway Property. The Contractors notification to Railway,
   shall refer to I-84: Pendleton – North Powder, Bundle 205.

   1.01.05 Subject to the movement of Railway's trains, Railway will cooperate with the
   Contractor such that the work may be handled and performed in an efficient manner.
   The Contractor shall have no claim whatsoever for any type of damages or for extra or
   additional compensation in the event his work is delayed by the Railway.

1.02 Railway Requirements

   1.02.01 The Contractor shall take protective measures as necessary to keep Railway
   facilities, including track ballast, free of sand, debris, and other foreign objects and
   materials resulting from his operations. Any damage to Railway facilities resulting from
   the Contractor's operations will be repaired or replaced by Railway and the cost of such
   repairs or replacement shall be paid for by the Contractor.

   1.02.02 The Contractor shall notify the Railway's enter Title and name of RR
   representitive here at enter RR phone No. here and provide blasting plans to the
   Railway for review seven calendar days prior to conducting any blasting operations
   adjacent to or on Railway Property.

1.03 Protection of Railway Facilities and Railway Flagger Services                            Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden


   1.03.01 The Contractor shall give a minimum of 30 working days notice to the General       Formatted: Not Highlight
   Manager, Neil Cox, at (541) 962-0481 or Manager Track and Structure, Larry Adams, at
   (208) 365-6353, in advance of when flagging services will be required.

   1.03.02 Railway flagger services will be required during removal and replacement of
   bridge rail at Br. Nos. 09632/A, but not limited thereto for the following conditions:

      1.03.02a When in the opinion of the Railway representative it is necessary to
      safeguard Railway Property, employees, trains, engines and facilities.
   1.03.02b When any excavation is performed below the bottom of tie elevation, if, in
   the opinion of Railway representative, track or other Railway facilities may be
   subject to movement or settlement.

   1.03.02c When work in any way interferes with the safe operation of trains at
   timetable speeds.

   1.03.02d When any hazard is presented to Railway track, communications, signal,
   electrical, or other facilities either due to persons, material, equipment or blasting in
   the vicinity.

   1.03.02e Special permission shall be obtained from the Railway before moving
   heavy or cumbersome objects or equipment which might result in making the track
   impassable.

1.03.03 Flagging services shall be performed by qualified Railway flaggers.

   1.03.03a Flagging crew generally consists of one employee. However, additional
   personnel may be required to protect Railway Property and operations, if deemed
   necessary by the Railway representative.

   1.03.03b Each time a flagger is called, the minimum period for billing shall be the
   eight hour basic day.

   1.03.03c The cost of flagger services provided by the Railway, when deemed
   necessary by the Railway representative, will be borne by ODOT according to
   ODOT's special provision subsection 00170.01(e).
               OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                           SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                   FOR




                        Grading, Structures & Paving
                      Pendleton – North Powder Section
                         Old Oregon Trail Highway
                        Umatilla and Union Countiesy




PREPARED BY

________________________
________(Title)________




________________________
Office of Pre-Letting
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                           SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                             WORK TO BE DONE


The Work to be done under this Contract consists of the following on the Pendleton – North
Powder Section of the Old Oregon Trail Highway in Umatilla and Union Countiesy:

    1. Construct ___________ Replace Bridge Rails at Bridge Nos. 09520, 09520A,
    09521, 09521A, 09522, 09522A, 09523, 09523A, 09525, 09525A, 09630, 09630A,
    09632, 09632A, 09635, and 09635A..
    2. Construct ___________ Retrofit Bridge Rails at Bridge Nos. 09631 and 09631A.
    3. Remove existing Bridge No. 07292B, the Eastbound I-84 bridge over Union Pacific          Formatted: Not Highlight
    Railroad, and replace with Bridge No. 20228.                                                Formatted: Not Highlight
    34. Perform additional and incidental Work as called for by the Specifications and Plans.   Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                                Formatted: Not Highlight

                                     AUTHORITY OF CONSULTANT                                    Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                                Formatted: Not Highlight
The consultant will be directly in charge of the Project. However, his authority on this
Project is as designated in the official "Consultant Agreement" for this Project, and as
designated by the Engineer. This does not include authority to approve contract changes
or semifinal and final inspection of the Project.

                                     APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS

The Specification that is applicable to the Work on this Project is the 2002 edition of the
"Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction" and the January 2006 edition of the
"Supplemental Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction".

All number references in these Special Provisions shall be understood to refer to the
Sections and subsections of the Standard Specifications and Supplemental Specifications
bearing like numbers and to Sections and subsections contained in these Special
Provisions in their entirety.


                                              METRIC PROJECT

Use appropriate metric units for measurements, submittals, shop drawings, calculations,
materials certifications, delivery tickets, and all other documents submitted for Work
performed under this Contract.

                                            CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a (Federal-Aid) (State) Project.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  1
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                       SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS,
                             ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS


Comply with Section 00110 of the Supplemental Specifications.



              SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES


Comply with Section 00120 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:

00120.05 Request for Solicitation Documents - Add the following:

The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, bear title
and date as follows:

                                      "Grading, Structures, and Paving
                                       I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
                                               Bundle 205Sec.
                                          Old Oregon Trail Highway
                                          Umatilla & Union Countiesy
                                                 March 2006"


The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, are
included in these Special Provisions.
                                                                                                  Formatted: Right
00120.15 Examination of Work Site and Solicitation Documents; Consideration of
Conditions to be Encountered - Add the following to the end of this Subsection:

The Agency will hold a prebid meeting for all holders of Solicitation Documents at the State      Formatted: Font: 11 pt, Not Bold
Archives Building, located at 800 Summer Street NE in Salem , Oregon at 11:00 AM on
March 10, 2006.

All prospective Bidders must attend this meeting. Those not attending will have their Bids
declared non-responsive.

Prospective Bidders will be given the opportunity to ask questions relating to any details
involved in the performance of the work under the Contract.

Information distributed, statements made or responses given to questions, by the Agency's
representatives at the prebid meeting will not in any way alter or affect any of the provisions   Formatted: Font: Not Italic, Font color: Auto, Not
contained in the Solicitation Documents or Contract requirements and will not be binding          Hidden

upon the Agency unless confirmed by Addenda.                                                      Formatted: Left
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font color: Orange
                                                                                                  Formatted: Right




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    2
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00120.25 Subsurface Investigations - Replace the first two sentences of the first
paragraph with the following:

The Agency or its consultant has conducted subsurface or geologic investigations of the
Project Site, and the results of these investigations are available at the Engineer’s office.


00120.70 Rejection of Nonresponsive Bids - Add the following bullet to the end of the
bullet list:

        The Agency determines that any Pay Item is significantly unbalanced to the
         potential detriment of the Agency.



                 SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT


Comply with Section 00130 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:

00130.80 Restrictions on Commencement of Work - Replace the paragraph that begins
"Until the Agency sends...", with the following paragraph:

Until the Agency sends the Contractor written Notice to Proceed with the Work, and the
Contractor has filed the public works bonds required in 00170.20, the Contractor shall not
go onto the property on which the Work is to be done, nor move Materials, Equipment or
workers onto that property.



                                  SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK


Comply with Section 00140 of the Supplemental Specifications.


Comply with Section 00140 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:


00140.60 Extra Work - Add the following to the end of this Subsection:

Construction items which may be required as Extra Work to complete the Project and which
are not covered by the Special Provisions or listed Pay Items may include, but are not
necessarily limited to, the following:

                                                                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  3
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK


Comply with Section 00150 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:


00150.15(b) Agency Responsibilities - Replace this Subsection with the following                      Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
Subsection:                                                                                           Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
                                                                                                      Formatted: Right
00150.15(b) Agency Responsibilities - The Engineer will perform the responsibilities
                                                                                                      Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Not
described in 00305.04.                                                                                Highlight
                                                                                                      Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Not
00150.15(c) Contractor Responsibilities - Replace this Subsection with the following                  Highlight
Subsection:
                                                                                                      Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight

00150.15(c) Contractor        Responsibilities - The           Contractor     shall   perform   the   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Not
                                                                                                      Highlight
responsibilities described in 00305.05.
                                                                                                      Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
00150.40(c) Use of Consultants - This Subsection of the Supplemental Specifications                   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Not
apply to this Project.                                                                                Highlight
                                                                                                      Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
00150.50 Cooperation with Utilities - Add the following Subsection:

(f) Utility Information:

There are no anticipated conflicts with the Utilities listed below. Contact those Utilities
having buried facilities and request that they locate and mark them for their protection prior
to construction.

                   Utility                                     Contact Person's
                                                            Name and Phone Number

    1. MCI WorldCom                                                         (503) 684-6500

    2. City of North Powder water                           Cody Anderson, (541) 898-2185

    3. Oregon Trail Electric                                   Bill Neilson, (541) 963-3155

    4. ODOT electrical                                         John Taylor, (541) 276-4675


Arrangements for removing, relocating, or adjusting Utilities on the Project are the
responsibility of the County (City). Contact the County (City) for information regarding
these arrangements.


The following organizations may be adjusting Utilities within the limits of the Project during
the period of the Contract with relocation Work estimated to be completed by the following
dates (times):



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                        4
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                   Utility                                  Estimated Completion Date (Time)

    1. (Utility company)Union Pacific Railroad                          May 15, 2006
       (Contact person’s name and
       phone number)

    2. (Repeat as needed.)

    3.

    4.

This Project is located within the Oregon Utility Notification Center area which is a Utilities
notification system for notifying owners of Utilities about Work being performed in the
vicinity of their facilities.    The Utilities notification system telephone number is
1-800-332-2344.

00150.55 Cooperation with Other Contractors - The following contract work will be                  Formatted: Right
ongoing within the Project site during the following times:                                        Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                   Hidden
                                                                     Estimated Times
Contract Name (Contractor's Name)                                      (From - To)

00150.90(a) On-site Construction Work - Replace the paragraph that begins "When all                Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
On-Site Work…" with the following:                                                                 Formatted: Right

When all On-Site Work on the Project is completed, including Change Order Work, and the
Post-Construction Review meeting has been held (See 00150.91) with the Contractor in
attendance, the Engineer will issue Second Notification as specified in 00180.50(g).

Add the following Subsection:

00150.91 Post-Construction Review - The Contractor shall attend a Post-Construction
Review meeting to be held by the Department prior to issuance of Second Notification. The
time and place of this meeting will be announced by the Engineer at least 15 days prior to
the meeting date. The purpose of this meeting is to examine the Project for possible
process improvements that may benefit future projects. The Contractor’s attendance at the
Post-Construction Review meeting is mandatory.


Add the following Subsection:

00150.91 Post-Construction Review - The Contractor or the Engineer may request a
Post-Construction Review meeting, to be held prior to issuance of Second Notification. The
meeting may be held if agreed to by both parties. The party making the request will
conduct the meeting, and will announce the time and place of the meeting at least 15 days
prior to the meeting date. The purpose of this meeting is to examine the Project for
possible process improvements that may benefit future projects.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      5
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                             SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS


Comply with Section 00160 of the Supplemental Specifications.

Comply with Section 00160 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:

00160.30 Agency-Furnished Material - The Agency will furnish the listed items at the
(Project Site:) (following locations:)

00160.40 Agency-Furnished Sources - Replace this subsection, except for the header,
with the following:

Agency-Furnished Sources for this Project are listed in Section 00235 of these Special
Provisions.



                             SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS


Comply with Section 00165 of the Supplemental Specifications.



               SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES


Comply with Section 00170 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:


Add the following Subsection:

00170.01(e) Railways - The Contractor shall comply with the Contractor railway
requirements and agreement that are in effect for this Project. A copy of the required
requirements and agreement is included near the front of this Special Provision booklet.
                                                                                             Formatted: Right
When railway flagger services are required, the Agency will pay the flagger services costs   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
up to a total of 140 days. If this value is exceeded and additional flagging services are
needed, the Contractor shall pay the Agency an amount of $800 per working day for each
working day in excess of the total value identified above.

Union Pacific Railroad will make every effort possible to accommodate construction
windows that will require train stoppage periods.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               6
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

At the North Powder work site, the contractor shall obtain a temporary construction
easement to enter Union Pacific Railroad property beyond the easements granted to the
State of Oregon for existing crossings.

Contractor shall be required to pay Union Pacific Railroad for damages for unscheduled            Formatted: Right
delays to freight and passenger trains and other cost as required under Section 4 of Exhibit
C-1 Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability Coverage Agreement between Union Pacific
Railroad and the Contractor. Such damages will not be reimbursable.

Add the following Subsection:

00170.06 Federal-Aid Participation - This Project is to be conducted according to the
regulations applying to Federal-Aid Highway Projects.

00170.10(f) Notice of Claim Against Bond - Replace this Subsection with the following
Subsection:

00170.10(f) Notice of Claim Against Bonds - An Entity claiming not to have been paid in
full for labor or Materials supplied for the prosecution of the Work may have a right of action
first on the Contractor’s public works bond and then, for any amount of a claim not satisfied
by the public works bond, on the Contractor’s bond, cashier’s check, or certified check as
provided in ORS 279C.600 and ORS 279C.605.

Add the following Subsection:

00170.20 Public Works Bond - Before starting Work, the Contractor and subcontractors
shall each file with the Construction Contractors Board, and maintain in full force and effect,
a separate public works bond, in the amount of $30,000 unless otherwise exempt, as
required by Oregon Laws 2005, Chapter 360, (see Senate Bill 477) and
OAR 839-025-0015. The Contractor shall verify subcontractors have filed a public works
bond before the subcontractor begins Work.

00170.60 Safety, Health, and Sanitation Provisions - Provide toilet facilities and facilities
for maintaining personal cleanliness according to this Subsection of the Supplemental
Specifications.

00170.65(a) General - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that begins "For
work performed on...":

The Contractor shall comply fully with the provisions of ORS 279C.800 through 279C.870,
and Oregon Laws 2005, Chapter 360 (see Senate Bill 477). Documents establishing those
conditions, as determined by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries
(BOLI), are included in the Contract. The Contractor shall pay workers at no less than the
specified minimum hourly rate of wage, and shall include that requirement in all
subcontracts according to 00170.65(b) and 00170.65(c).

As required in ORS 279C.845 (see Senate Bill 477) the Agency will retain 25% of any
amount earned by the Contractor on the project until the Contractor has filed the certified
statements required in ORS 279C.845 or in FHWA Form 1273. The Agency will pay to the
Contractor the amount retained within 14 days after the Contractor files the required




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    7
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

certified statements, regardless of whether a subcontractor has failed to file certified
statements.

As required in ORS 279C.845 (see Senate Bill 477) the Contractor shall retain 25% of any
amount earned by a first tier subcontractor on the project until the first tier subcontractor
has filed with the Agency the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845 or in FHWA
Form 1273. Before paying any amount retained, the Contractor shall verify that the first tier
subcontractor has filed the certified statement. Within 14 days after the first tier
subcontractor files the required certified statement the Contractor shall pay the first tier
subcontractor any amount retained.

00170.65(b) When Federal Funds Are Involved - Replace the paragraph that begins
"The Contractor shall pay..." with the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall pay the wage rate and fringe benefits listed in the publication "General
Wage Determination Issued Under the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts from the U.S.
Secretary of Labor", unless a higher wage rate and fringe benefits are required pursuant to
Oregon Laws 2005, Chapter 360, (see Senate Bill 477) as provided in the Oregon Bureau
of Labor and Industries (BOLI) publication titled "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works
Contracts in Oregon subject to BOTH the State PWR and federal Davis-Bacon Act".

00170.65(b) When Federal Funds Are Involved - Replace this Subsection with the
following Subsection:

00170.65(b) When Local Road or Rural Minor Collector Federal Funds Are
Involved - For this local road or rural minor collector Federal-Aid Project, the Contractor
shall comply with 00170.65(c) and the provisions of FHWA Form 1273, "Required Contract
Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts," except Sections IV and V do not apply.

00170.65(c) When No Federal Funds Are Involved - Replace this Subsection with the
following Subsection:

00170.65(c) When No Federal Funds Are Involved - Wage rate and fringe benefit
schedules are not required for this rock production Project.

00170.67 Contractor Fee - Replace this Subsection of the Supplemental Specifications
with the following Subsection:

00170.67 Contractor Fee - Contractors awarded public works Contracts subject to
ORS 279C.800 through 279C.870 of $50,000 or more must, pursuant to ORS 279C.825
and according to the administrative rules of the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of
Labor and Industries, pay a fee to the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries for each
Contract. The fee is 0.1 of 1% of the Contract Price. The fee can be no more than $5,000
and no less than $100 per Contract, regardless of the Contract size. The fee shall be paid
on or before the first progress payment or 60 days from the date Work first began on the
Contract, whichever comes first. Final adjustments to the fee must be made within 30 days
of the final progress payment after completion of the Contract. A form for submitting
information to the Bureau of Labor and Industries titled "Public Work Contract Fee
Information Form" is available at the Bureau of Labor and Industries web site.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  8
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00170.70 Insurance - The following insurance coverages and dollar amounts are required
on this Project:

      Insurance                          Combined Single Limit   Annual Aggregate
      Coverages                            per Occurrence             Limit

Commercial General Liability                       $5,000,000         $10,000,000           Formatted: Tab stops: 3.44", Right + Not at
                                                                                            3.63"
Pollution Liability                                $5,000,000         $10,000,000           Formatted: Tab stops: 3.44", Right + Not at
                                                                                            3.63"
Asbestos Liability                                     n/a               n/a

Lead Liability                                         n/a               n/a

Commercial Automobile Liability                    $2,000,000            n/a                Formatted: Tab stops: 3.44", Right + Not at
                                                                                            3.63"
Commercial Automobile Liability
with Pollution Coverage                            $2,000,000            n/a                Formatted: Tab stops: 3.44", Right + Not at
                                                                                            3.63"


00170.70(c) Additional Insured - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of
this Subsection:

Add the following as Additional Insureds under the Contract:

    The City of ______________________ and its officers, agents, and employees
    ______________________ City Council
    ______________________ County and its officers, agents, and employees
    ______________________ County Board of Commissioners
     Oregon Bridge Delivery Partners Joint Venture
     Quincy Engineering, Inc.                                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
     Idaho Northern & Pacific Railroad Company
     Union Pacific Railroad Company


00170.70(g) Builders' Risk - Provide Builders' Risk insurance for an amount equal to at
least $___________. The policy shall include as loss payee, the Agency and ____(County or
City Owner of Building)____.



00170.72 Indemnity/Hold Harmless - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end
of this Subsection:

Extend indemnity and hold harmless to the Agency and the following:

    The City of ______________________ and its officers, agents, and employees
    ______________________ City Council
    ______________________ County and its officers, agents, and employees
    ______________________ County Board of Commissioners
     Oregon Bridge Delivery Partners Joint Venture



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              9
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Quincy Engineering, Inc.                                                                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




                        SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS


Comply with Section 00180 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:

00180.21(d) Terms of Subcontracts - Add the following paragraph and bullets at the end
of this Subsection:

As required by Oregon Laws 2005, Chapter 360, (see Senate Bill 477) subcontracts shall
include:

        A provision requiring the subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the
         Construction Contractors Board before starting Work on the Project, unless exempt.

        A provision requiring that the workers shall be paid not less than the specified
         minimum hourly rate of wage.

00180.40(b) On-Site Work - Add the following bullet after the bullet that begins "Received
Notice...":

        Filed with the Construction Contractors Board the separate public works bond as
         required in 00170.20;

Add the following Subsection:

00180.40(c) Specific Limitations - Limitations of operations specified in these Special
Provisions include, but are not limited to, the following:

                   Limitations                                                       Subsection

                   Cooperation with Utilities ........................................... 00150.50
                   Cooperation with Other Contractors .......................... 00150.55
                   Railroad Work ........................................................ 00170.01(e)
                   Interim Completion Time ............................................ 00180.50
                   Final Completion Time ............................................... 00180.50
                   Right-of-Way and Access Delays .............................. 00180.65
                   Traffic Restrictions ..................................................... 00220.40
                   Special Events ....................................................... 00220.40(e)
                   In-water Work Restrictions ................................. 00290.30(a-1)
                   Noise Control ......................................................... 00290.30(d)

Be aware of and subject to schedule limitations in the Standard Specifications that are not
listed in this Subsection.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                10
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00180.41 Project Work Schedules - A Type schedule as detailed in the Supplemental
Specifications is required on this Contract.Replace this subsection with the following:

00180.41 Special Type “D” Project Work Schedules - The Contractor shall submit a
Special Type “D” Project Work schedule to the Engineer. The Project Work schedule is
intended to identify the sequencing of activities and time required for prosecution of the
Work. The schedule is used to plan, coordinate, and control the progress of construction.
Therefore, the Project Work schedule shall provide for orderly, timely, and efficient
prosecution of the Work, and shall contain sufficient detail to enable both the Contractor
and the Engineer to plan, coordinate, analyze, appraise, document, and control their
respective Contract responsibilities.

Completion of Contract Work within the time limit may require double shifts, overtime work,
or a combination of both. The Contractor shall have considered this when preparing the bid
for this Project.

Contractor’s activity related to developing, furnishing, monitoring, and updating these
required schedules is Incidental.

(a) Initial Schedule - Ten workdays prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor
shall provide to the Engineer one digital copy and four paper copies of a time-scaled bar
chart Project Work schedule. The digital copy shall be compatible with MS Project 2003,
Premavera P3, SureTrak Project Manager 3.0, or another scheduling program approved by
the Engineer. The initial schedule shall show:

        The priority and interdependence of all major segments of the Work;                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        The expected beginning and completion date of each activity, including all stages
         and phases;
        The time needed for completion of the utility relocation work; and
        The elements of the traffic control plan as required under 00225.05.

A logic diagram and a time-scaled bar chart will be acceptable in lieu of a time-scaled logic
diagram.

This initial schedule shall show all Work intended for the first 60 days of the Contract and
shall include the elements and greater level of detail described in (b) below.

(b) Detailed Project Work Schedule - In addition to the above requirements, and within 30
Calendar Days after First Notification, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer one digital
copy and four paper copies of a detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM) network
Project Work schedule and computer analysis printout, both clearly indicating the critical
path. The digital copy shall be compatible with MS Project 2003, Premavera P3, SureTrak
Project Manager 3.0, or another scheduling program approved by the Engineer. The first
submitted detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM) network Project Work schedule
shall also contain a listing of the quantity of Work for each activity, when appropriate, in
common units of measure.

Detailed work schedule activities shall include the following:                                    Formatted: Justified, Bulleted + Level: 1 +
                                                                                                  Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent
        Construction activities;                                                                 at: 0.5"
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    11
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Any limitations of operation specified in 00180.40;
        Implementation of TCP for each stage and phase;
        Submittal and approval of Material samples, mix designs and shop drawings;
        Agency timeframes to process and return Contractor submitted plans, working
         drawings, equipment lists and other submittals;
        Procurement of critical Materials;
        Fabrication, installation, and testing of special Material and Equipment;
        Duration of Work, including completion times of all stages and their sub-phases; and
        Specified cure times for all concrete elements.

The activities shall be separately identifiable by coding or use of sub-networks or both. The
duration of each activity shall be verifiable and consistent with the description in the Project
narrative required in (c) below.

Detailed sub-networks shall include all necessary activities and logic connectors to describe
the Work and all restrictions on it. In the restraints, include those activities from any Project
Work schedule that initiated the sub-network as well as those restrained by it.

The time scale used on the Contractor's detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM)
network Project Work schedule shall be appropriate for the duration of the activities and the
Project duration. The time scale shall be in normal workdays, defined as every day except
Saturday, Sunday and legal holidays, with calendar dates identified no less than the first
and midpoint of each calendar month. The smallest unit shown shall be one day. The
network shall show the length of the activity or part scaled to accurately represent the
number of normal workdays scheduled. Distinct symbols or graphics shall be used to show
multiple shift, holiday, or weekend work.

The schedule network drawing(s) shall include a title block showing the Contract name and
number, Contractor's name, date of original schedule, and all update dates; and a legend
containing the symbols used, their definitions, and the time scale, shown graphically. To
ensure readability the drawings shall be on a reasonable size of paper up to a maximum of
915 mm x 915 mm (36 inch x 36 inch), using multiple sheets when needed.

The Contractor shall include a tabulation of each activity in the computer mathematical
analysis of the network diagram. The following information represents the minimum
required for each activity:

        Event (node) number(s) for each activity;                                                  Formatted: Justified, Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned
                                                                                                    at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
        Activity description;
        Original duration of activities (in normal workdays);                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        Estimated remaining duration of activities (in normal workdays);
        Earliest start date and actual start date (by calendar date);
        Earliest finish date and actual finish date (by calendar date);
        Latest start date (by calendar date);
        Latest finish date (by calendar date); and
        Slack or float time (in workdays).

Computer print-outs shall consist of at least a node sort and an "early start/total-float" sort.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      12
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Within 14 Calendar Days after submission of the detailed time-scaled critical path method
(CPM) network Project Work schedule the Engineer and the Contractor shall meet to review
the detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM) network Project Work schedule as
submitted. Within seven Calendar Days of the meeting, the Contractor shall resubmit to the
Engineer one digital and four paper copies of the detailed time-scaled critical path method
(CPM) network Project Work schedule, including required revisions.

This first accepted detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM) network Project Work
schedule, also called the accepted baseline Project Work schedule, shall represent all
Work, as well as the planned sequence and time for the Work. Review and acceptance of
any Project Work schedules and Project narratives by the Engineer shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for timely and efficient execution of the Contract.

(c) Project Narrative – in addition to the above requirements, and within 30 Calendar Days
after First Notification, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a final written Project
narrative that discusses the planning, coordinating, scheduling and resourcing of the Work.
The Project narrative shall include the following written description:

           ●   Plans for staging the project                                                       Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.59", Hanging:
           ●   All critical activities                                                             0.16", Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.75"
                                                                                                   + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1", Tab stops:
           ●   All near critical activities defined as those with less than 30 days of float       Not at 1"
           ●   All subcontractor activities that are critical, near critical, and those that are
                                                                                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
               greater than two weeks in duration.
           ●   Labor resourcing, by stage and phase, to include the number of crews, average
               crew size and planned night/weekend shifts including that of subcontractors
           ●   Equipment allocation, by stage and phase to include mobilization, demobilization
               and planned activities including that of subcontractors
           ●   Notifications required under the Contract during each stage and phase which
               may include but is not limited to road closures, lanes closures, night work and
               pile driving.
           ●   Provide discussion on addressing reasonably predictable weather conditions
               and their impact on all weather sensitive activities. Also, provide discussion on
               other weather limitations that may affect the project schedule.
           ●   Submittal and approval of material samples, mix designs, and shop drawings
           ●   Procurement of critical materials
           ●   Plans for dealing with “unique” construction items
           ●   Coordination of utilities and any immediate concerns for impacts/delays
           ●   Constructability Issues
           ●   Cost Reduction Proposals and/or immediate requests for changes to the
               specifications
           ●   Concerns/issues that need to be addressed within the first 90 days following
               First Notification.

    The accepted Project narrative will represent all critical and near critical Work, as well
    as the planned sequence and time for the Work

(d) Review and Reporting - The Project Work schedule may require revision as the Work
progresses. Therefore, the Contractor shall monitor and when necessary revise the Project
Work schedule as follows:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    13
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(1) Review with the Engineer - The Contractor shall perform ongoing review of the
accepted baseline Project Work schedule and progress of the Work with the Engineer. If
the Engineer or the Contractor determines that the accepted baseline Project Work
schedule no longer represents the Contractor's own plans or expected time for the Work, a
meeting shall be held between the Engineer and the Contractor. At this meeting, the
Contractor and the Engineer shall review Project events and any changes for their effect on
the accepted baseline Project Work schedule. After any necessary action has been agreed
upon, the Contractor shall make required changes to the accepted baseline Project Work
schedule and associated Project narrative. Upon acceptance by the Engineer this will
become the new accepted baseline Project Work schedule and associated Project
narrative.

The Contractor shall collect information on all activities worked on or scheduled to be
worked on during the previous report period, including shop drawings, Material
procurement, and Contract Change Orders that have been issued. Information shall include
actual start and completion dates on activities started or completed, or if still in progress,
the remaining time duration.

The Contractor shall develop detailed sub-networks to incorporate changes, Additional
Work, and Extra Work into the Project Work schedule. Detailed sub-networks shall include
all necessary activities and logic connectors to describe the Work and all restrictions on it.
The restraints shall include those activities from the Project Work schedule that initiated the
sub-network as well as those restrained by it. The procedure for acceptance of the revised
or updated Project Work schedule as the new accepted baseline Project Work schedule will
be as provided above.

The Contractor shall evaluate this information each month and compare it with the accepted
baseline Project Work schedule. The Contractor shall make an updated bar chart schedule
to incorporate the effect changes may have on the Project completion time(s). For any
activity that has started, the Contractor shall add a symbol to show the actual date the
activity started and the number of normal workdays remaining until completion. For
activities that are finished, a symbol shall be added to show the actual date. The
Contractor shall submit, digitally and in paper, copies of the updated bar chart to the
Engineer within seven days after the progress meeting, along with a progress report as
required by (2) below.

(2) Progress Report - Each month the Contractor shall submit a progress report and an
update of the Project Work schedule to the Engineer. The report and updated schedule
shall be submitted both digitally and in paper copy and shall include the following:

        A sufficient description, in narrative form, to describe the past progress, anticipated   Formatted: Justified, Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned
         activities, and stage Work;                                                               at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"

        A description of any current and expected changes or delaying factors and their           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         effect on the construction schedule;
        Proposed corrective actions;
        Proposals to keep the Project on schedule in the event of a delay; and
        Any changes to the logic as compared to the accepted baseline Project Work
         schedule.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    14
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(e) Specified Contract Time Not Superseded by Schedule Revisions - The completion
dates in any Project Work schedule and any revised or updated Project Work schedules
shall be within the Contract Time(s) specified for the Project, or within adjusted Contract
Times approved according to Section 00180.80(c). Acceptance of any Project Work
schedule or any revised or updated Project Work schedules shall not constitute approval of
any completion dates that exceed such Contract Time(s). If the Contractor believes that
additional Contract Time is due, the Contractor shall submit, with a revised Project Work
schedule, a request for adjustment of Contract Time according to Section 00180.80(c). A
request for an adjustment of Contract Time will be evaluated using the most recently
accepted baseline Project Work schedule.

(f) Float Time - Float time shown on all Project Work schedules, including any time
between a Contractor’s scheduled completion date and the specified Contract completion
date, does not exist for the exclusive use of either party to the Contract and belongs to the
Project.

(g) Schedules Do Not Constitute Notice - Submittal of any Project Work schedule with
supporting Project narrative does not constitute or substitute for any notice the Contractor is
required under the terms of the Contract to give the Agency.

(h) Failure to Provide Schedule - The Project Work schedule is essential to the Agency.
The Contractor's failure to provide the schedule, schedule information, progress reports or
schedule updates when required will be cause to suspend the Work, or to withhold Contract
payments as necessary to protect the Agency, until the Contractor provides the required
information to the Engineer.
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font: Not Italic


00180.42 Preconstruction Conference - Add the following paragraph:

Before meeting with the Engineer for the preconstruction conference, hold a group utilities
scheduling meeting with representatives from the utility companies involved with this
project. Incorporate the utilities time needs into the Contractor's schedule submitted at the
preconstruction conference.

00180.50(d)         Recording Contract Time – Replace this subsection with following
subsection:

00180.50(d) Recording Contract Time – All Contract Time will be recorded and charged
to the nearest full day.

Add the following Subsection:


00180.50(h) Contract Time - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract before the
elapse of ___ Calendar Days, or not later than __________________, whichever occurs
first.

Recording of the elapse of Calendar Days will begin on the day the Contractor begins
On-Site Work as defined in 00110.20.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   15
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00180.50(h) Contract Time - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for
(seeding establishment) (and) plant establishment, not later than ____________________.

00180.50(h) Contract Time - For purposes of 00180.50(h-1, h-2 and h-3), 00180.86, and
00198, to be considered complete, the Work shall have been finished and completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The completion dates allowed are given in the following
paragraphs (1), (2) and (3):There are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

    (1) Interim Completion Duration - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract           Formatted: Font: Bold
    to remove and replace existing bridge 07292B and reopen Eastbound Old Oregon Trail
    Highway (I-84) to two traffic lanes within 20 Calendar Days but not later than October
    31, 2006. For purposes of 00180.50(h-1, h-2 and h-3), 00180.86, 00198, and
    00220.40(g), recording of the elapse of Calendar Days will begin on the first day of Full
    Closure, as described in 00180.86(a), of the existing Eastbound I-84 traffic lanes as
    described in 00220.40(g) below. See Section 00198 for Incentive and 00180.86 for
    Disincentive.

    (2) Interim Completion Date - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract               Formatted: Font: Bold
    related to construction of Bridge No. 20228 not later than November 21, 2006.               Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                                Formatted: Not Highlight
   (3) Final Completion Date – Complete all Work to be done under the Contract not
                                                                                                Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Tab stops: 0.25",
   later than October 5, 2007.                                                                  Left
00180.50(h) Contract Time - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract not later
than _____________________.


00180.65 Right-of-Way and Access Delays - Add the following paragraph:

It is anticipated that the ending date of an anticipated delay for _____________ will be
________________.


00180.85(b) Liquidated Damages - Add the following paragraph:

The liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time is $__________ per
Calendar Day *.

    * Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the
      Calendar Day or fixed date basis.


00180.85(b) Liquidated Damages - Add the following paragraphs:

There are two three daily amounts of liquidated damages on this Project as follows:

Liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h-1) will
be $ 1300 per Calendar Day *. Liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on
time required by 00180.50(h-2) will be $ 1300 per Calendar Day *. Liquidated damages for
failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h-3) will be $ 1600 per Calendar
Day *. If more than one daily amount of liquidated damages becomes concurrently payable
under this 00180.85(b) because the Contractor is concurrently out of compliance with



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 16
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00180.50(h-1) and (h-2), liquidated damages will be assessed at $1300 per Calendar Day*.
If more than one daily amount of liquidated damages becomes concurrently payable under
this 00180.85(b) because the Contractor is concurrently out of compliance with 00180.50(h-
3) and (h-1) or (h-2), or both, liquidated damages will be assessed at $1600 per Calendar
Day*.

Liquidated damages will not be assessed concurrently with a disincentive assessed
according to 00180.86, instead, for any time liquidated damages under 00180.85(b) and
disincentives under 00180.86 could be assessed concurrently, only the applicable
disincentives of 00180.86 will be assessed.

    * Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the
      Calendar Day or fixed date basis.


00180.86 Disincentive for Late Completion – Add the following Subsection:

(a) Interim Completion Duration – For each Calendar Day that any or all Work to be
done under the Contract to remove and replace existing bridge 07292B and reopen
Eastbound Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) to two traffic lanes remains uncompleted after
the expiration of the 20 Calendar Days or October 31, 2006 as permitted by 00180.50(h-1),
the Agency will assess a disincentive of $10,000 per Calendar Day, up to a maximum of 10
Calendar Days, to be deducted from the next regular payment due the Contractor. For
purposes of 00180.50(h-1), 00180.86(a) and 00198, Full Closure of the existing Eastbound
Old Oregon Trail Highway shall be considered detouring Eastbound Old Oregon Trail
Highway traffic onto the temporary crossover, or otherwise not complying with Section
00220.40(g).

(b) Concurrent Assess of Disincentives – The maximum disincentive assessed under
any circumstances will not exceed $100,000. Disincentives will not be assessed
concurrently with liquidated damages assessed under 00180.85. For any time the
Contractor is out of compliance with 00180.50(h-1), only the disincentive of 00180.86(a) will
be assessed until the maximum disincentive has been reached, or Agency otherwise
ceases to assess the disincentive, at which time the applicable liquidated damages under
00180.85(b) will be assessed.

(c) Incentive for Early Completion – See Section 00198.



                    SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES


Comply with Section 00190 of the Supplemental Specifications.


Comply with Section 00190 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 17
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00190.20(f-2) Scale Without Automatic Printer - Add the following sentence after the first
paragraph:

Pay costs for the weigh witness at $35.00 per hour.

00190.20(g) Agency-Provided Weigh Technician - Add the following paragraph after the
bullet list:

Pay costs for the weigh technician at $35.00 per hour.


                                       SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT


Comply with Section 00195 of the Supplemental Specifications supplemented and/or
modified as follows:


Add the following Subsections:

00195.10(a) Monthly Asphalt Cement Material Price (MACMP) - The Monthly Asphalt
Cement Material Price (MACMP) will be established by the Agency each month. For
information regarding the calculation of the MACMP, and for the actual MACMP, go to the
Agency website at:

               http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/HWY/ESTIMATING/asphalt_fuel.shtm

If the Agency selected index ceases to be available for any reason, the Agency in its
discretion will select and begin using a substitute price source or index to establish the
MACMP each month. The MACMP will apply to all asphalt cement including but not limited
to paving grade, polymer modified, and emulsified asphalts, and recycling agents. The
Agency does not guarantee that asphalt cement will be available at the MACMP.

00195.10(b) Base Asphalt Cement Material Price (Base) - The Base price for this
Project is the MACMP published on the Agency website for the month immediately
preceding the bid opening date.

00195.10(c) Monthly Asphalt Cement Adjustment Factor - The Monthly Asphalt Cement
Adjustment Factor will be determined each month as follows:

    If the MACMP is within ± 10% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    If the MACMP is more than 110% of the Base, then:                                       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


              Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (1.10 x Base)

    If the MACMP is less than 90% of the Base, then:                                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


              Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (0.90 x Base)




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              18
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00195.10(d) Asphalt           Cement    Price     Adjustment - An       asphalt    cement
escalation/de-escalation clause will be in effect during the life of the Contract. A price
adjustment will be made for the items containing asphalt cement listed below. The price
adjustment as calculated in 00195.10(c) above will use the MACMP for the month the
asphalt is incorporated into the Project. The price adjustment will be determined by
multiplying the asphalt incorporated during the month for subject Pay Items by the
Adjustment Factor. The Agency reserves all of its rights under the Contract, including, but
not limited to, its rights for suspension of the Work under 00180.70 and its rights for
termination of the Contract under 00180.90, and this escalation/de-escalation provision
shall not limit those rights.

The Pay Items for which price adjustments will be made under these Special Provisions
are:

                    Pay Item(s)

    (List all pay items in which price adjustments apply. Add or delete pay items as
    appropriate.)

    __________ Asphalt in _________ HMAC
    Emulsified Asphalt in Fog Coat
    Asphalt in Tack Coat
    Asphalt in Emulsified Asphalt Surface Treatment
    Asphalt in Multiple Application Emulsified Asphalt Surface Treatment
    Emulsified Asphalt in Mixture
    Recycling Agent


Add the following Subsection:

00195.11 Fuel Cost Price Adjustment - A fuel escalation/de-escalation clause will be in
effect during the life of the Contract. The Agency reserves all of its rights under the
Contract, including, but not limited to, its rights for suspension of the Work under 00180.70
and its rights for termination of the Contract under 00180.90, and this
escalation/de-escalation provision shall not limit those rights. Adjustment for fluctuations in
the cost of fuel will apply only to the major fuel usage Pay Items shown in the following list
and at the respective fuel factors listed:


                                                Metric (English)
                       Item                                           Fuel Factor

                                                                    ______ L/____
                                                                    ______ L/____

The Contractor is cautioned to consider that its operations may require more or less fuel.

Fuel cost adjustments will be determined in the following manner:

    A Monthly Fuel Price (MFP) will be established each month. The MFP for a given               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       month will be the average weekly price obtained from the OPIS weekly listing dated



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    19
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         the first Monday of that month for No. 2 diesel fuel for Portland, Oregon. Prices are
         based solely on rack and resellers’ prices exclusive of freight, taxes, and special
         discounts. If the average weekly price is not posted by OPIS or is otherwise not
         available to the Agency for the first Monday of any month for any reason, the
         Agency may use the average weekly price posted by OPIS immediately before or
         after the first Monday of that month. If the average weekly prices cease to be
         available from OPIS for any reason, the Agency in its discretion will select and begin
         using a substitute price source or index to establish the MFP each month.


    A Base Fuel Price (Base) will be established for this Project. It will be the Monthly Fuel   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Price of $ _________ per liter ($ _________ per gallon) for ___________________
       , 20__.

    A Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor will be determined each month as follows:                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


         If the MFP is within ± 25% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


         If the MFP is more than 125% of the Base, then:                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


                   Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (1.25 x Base)

         If the MFP is less than 75% of the Base, then:                                          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


                   Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (0.75 x Base)

    Fuel requirements for constructing the Project have been estimated                     at    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       ___________ liters ( ___________ gallons), based on fuel factors shown.

    A price adjustment (±) to the Contractor for fuel cost changes will be made monthly if       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       the Monthly Fuel Price differs 25% or more from the Base Fuel Price. This
       adjustment will be the product of the Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor and the
       estimated Monthly Fuel Used. The Monthly Fuel Used will be determined by
       multiplying the quantities of Work accomplished during the month for subject Pay
       Items, by the appropriate Fuel Factors.

If the Contractor elects to use an alternate fuel (natural gas, wood pellets, propane, or
other), the estimated fuel requirements will not be revised. Fuel cost adjustment will not be
revised. Fuel cost adjustments will continue to be made as specified above.


00195.12(d) Steel Materials Pay Item Selection - The Contractor may elect to participate
in the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this Project under 00195.12 through
00195.12(d) by marking each check box for each Pay Item in the list below the Contractor
is selecting for participation in the program. The completed list must be submitted in
writing, signed and dated by the Contractor, to the Project Manager before or within five
business days after the date of the preconstruction conference.

PARTICIPATE              PAY ITEM DESCRIPTION                              COST BASIS (CB)
    □                Furnish PP 16 x 0.5 Steel Piles                               90%



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   20
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


    □                Reinforcement                                                 27%
    □                Coated Reinforcement                                          27%
    □                Structural Steel                                              19%
    □                Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement, 10 Inch Thick      12%
    □                Guardrail, Type 2A                                            11%
    □                Guardrail, Type 3                                             11%


Regardless of the number of Pay Items listed by the Agency or selected by the Contractor,
or if no Pay Items qualify for the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this Project or
the Contractor elects not to participate in the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this
Project, the steel price escalation/de-escalation clause (and program) contained in
00195.12 through 00195.12(d) are included in this Contract and are the only steel price
escalation/de-escalation clause (and program) that apply to this Contract.


________________________________________                        _______________________
Contractor’s Signature                                          Date


00195.12(d) Steel Materials Pay Item Selection - No Pay Items under this Contract
qualify for the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this Project.

00195.50(b) Retainage - Add the following paragraph to the end of this Subsection:

As provided in 00170.65(a) additional retainage of 25% of amounts earned will be withheld
and released according to ORS 279C.845 (see Senate Bill 477) when the Contractor fails to
file the certified statements required in ORS 279C.845, FHWA Form 1273, and 00170.65.

00195.50(e) Withholding Payments - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
Subsection:

Notwithstanding ORS 279C.555 or 279C.570, if a Contractor is required to file certified
statements on the prevailing rate of wages, but fails to do so, the Agency will retain 25% of
any amount earned as required in 00170.65



                          SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK


Comply with Section 00196 of the Supplemental Specifications.



                  SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   21
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Comply with Section 00197 of the Supplemental Specifications.


                   SECTION 00198 - INCENTIVES FOR EARLY COMPLETION

Section 00198, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

00198.00 Scope –

(a) General – For purposes of 00198, Full Closure of the existing Eastbound Old Oregon
Trail Highway shall be considered detouring Eastbound Old Oregon Trail Highway traffic
onto the temporary crossover, or otherwise not complying with Section 00220.40(g).

(b) Incentive for Early Completion – To encourage the Contractor to complete all Work
to be done under the Contract to remove and replace existing bridge 07292B and reopen
Eastbound Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) to two traffic lanes, as required by 00180.50(h-
1), within a shorter time span than 20 Calendar Days but not later than October 31, 2006,
thereby reducing expenses to the Agency and economic losses to businesses and the
public, the Agency will pay the Contractor an incentive award for early completion.


00198.10 Incentive Award – The amount of the incentive award for early completion         will
be $10,000 per Calendar Day, up to a maximum of 10 Calendar Days, counted from            the
actual date of completion of all Work required by 00180.50(h-1) up to the expiration of   the
20 Calendar Days or October 31, 2006 as permitted by 00180.50(h-1). Any partial day       will
be rounded to the nearest full day. The maximum incentive award to be paid under          the
Contract under any circumstances will not exceed $100,000.

00198.20 Payment of Incentive – Each incentive payment will be paid separately from all
other contract payments. Incentive payments for early completion will be paid only after
completion and acceptance by the Agency of the Work.


               SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS


Comply with Section 00199 of the Supplemental Specifications.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 22
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                    SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION


Comply with Section 00210 of the Standard Specifications.



                SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC


Comply with Section 00220 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00220.02 Public Safety and Convenience - Add the following bullets to the end of this
subsection:

        When a project restricts the width, length, height, or weight of trucks through a work
         zone, submit written notification on the Highway Restriction Notice Size and/or
         Weight form (Form No. 734-2357) to the MCTD Freight Mobility Coordinator and the
         Engineer at least 28 days before the restriction takes effect.

     When construction requires the closure of a sidewalk or sidewalk ramp, place a Type
       "W1" "SIDEWALK CLOSED" (OR22-12-21) sign at each point of closure. Use a
       Type "W1" directional arrow (M6-1-15) rider, as needed, to direct pedestrian traffic.
       Mount each sign above the striped panel of a Type II barricade placed across the
       sidewalk, facing pedestrians approaching the work area. Close the sidewalk at a
       point where there is an alternate way to proceed or provide an alternate pedestrian
       route. Pave the alternate pedestrian route surface or provide an approved, non-slip
       910 mm (36 inch) minimum wide surface meeting the requirements of the
       Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). If appropriate, delineate this route and
       protect pedestrians by placing pedestrian work zone delineation fencing. Fencing is
       to remain in place, except as required for actual work, until the sidewalk is reopened
       to pedestrian traffic. Reopen the sidewalk during non-work hours or continue to
       provide an alternate route for pedestrians. Provide additional TCM to meet the
       accessibility requirements in Part VI of the 2003 MUTCD to match the existing
       facility as a minimum.

    When construction requires the closure of a sidewalk, notify, in writing, the City of
      _____________ (County Public Works Department) at least 14 days in advance of
      the closure. Do not close the sidewalk until the City (County) provides written
      approval. After approval, provide 48 hour public notification prior to closing the
      sidewalk.

     Obtain permission from the City of __________ before closing any city street. No city
       street closure will be permitted until the Engineer approves it and the area is signed
       according to Section 00225.

    Notify the Engineer, in writing, all affected emergency services, school districts, and
       US Postal Service at least 14 days in advance of the street closure.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   23
   I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
   Grading, Structures & Paving



        When narrowing the roadway to less than 6.7 m (22 feet) for one lane between
         positive barriers or less than 8.4 m (28 feet) for two lanes between positive barrier,
         notify the MCTD Technical Coordinator, 550 Capitol Street NE, Salem, OR
         97301-2530, FAX (503) 373-1940, and the Engineer, in writing, at least 28 days
         before the restriction takes effect. Include the reduced lane width dimension of each
         stage and the anticipated duration of the reduction. The reduction will not be
         permitted until the Engineer approves it and the area is adequately signed according
         to the TCP and Sections 00220 and 00225.
       When reducing any roadway vertical clearance notify the MCTD Technical                    Formatted: Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25"
         Coordinator, 550 Capitol Street NE, Salem, OR 97301-2530, FAX (503) 373-1940,            + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops:
                                                                                                  0.5", Left
         and the Engineer, in writing, 28 days before the restriction takes effect. Include the
         reduced vertical clearance lowest dimension of each stage and the anticipated            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

         duration of reduction. The reduction will not be permitted until the Engineer
         approves it and the area is adequately signed according to the TCP and Sections
         00220 and 00225.

       For open trench pipe installation across a roadway having a pre-construction posted       Formatted: Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25"
          speed greater than 35 mph, backfill the excavation, install surfacing, and open the     + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops:
                                                                                                  0.5", Left
          roadway to traffic by the end of each work shift. If this requirement is not met,
          maintain all necessary lane closures and provide additional TCM, including flagging,    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

          at the Contractor’s expense. Do not use temporary steel plating to reopen the
          roadway.

           Use portable changeable message signs to provide appropriate work zone
            information to the public. Place signs and display messages as directed or
            approved. When signs are in use, protect them according to 00225.46(b) and the
            "Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) Installation" detail shown on Standard
            Drawing RD900.

   Add the following subsections:                                                                 Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font color: Auto, Not Hidden
   00220.40(e) Lane Restrictions - Do not close any traffic lanes on the ___________
   Highway, Monday through Friday, between:

                                               __:00 a.m. - __:00 a.m.
                                                        and
                                               __:00 p.m. - __:00 p.m.

   In addition, do not close any traffic lanes between:

3:00 p.m. on Fridays and midnight on Sundays.                                                    Formatted: Indent: Left: -0.25", Bulleted + Level: 1
                                                                                                  + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at:
Noon on the day preceding legal holidays or holiday weekends and midnight on legal holidays      0.5"
    or the last day of holiday weekends, except for Thanksgiving, when no lanes may be closed
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    between noon on Wednesday and midnight on the following Sunday.

   For the purposes of this section, legal holidays are as follows:
                                                                                                  Formatted: Indent: Left: -0.25", Bulleted + Level: 1
New Year's Day on January 1                                                                      + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75" + Indent at:
                                                                                                  0.75"
Memorial Day on the last Monday in May
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




   SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                24
   I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
   Grading, Structures & Paving

Independence Day on July 4
Labor Day on the first Monday in September
Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November
Christmas Day on December 25

   When a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as a legal
   holiday. When a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be recognized as a
   legal holiday.

   Also, dDo not close any traffic lanes on Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) from MP 207.5 to      Formatted: Hidden
   MP 210.5 between noon on the day preceding and midnight on the final day of the following
   special events:

           Pendleton Round-Up, September 9-16, 2006 and September 8-15, 2007

   Do not close any traffic lanes on Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) from MP 261.5 to MP
   262.2 between noon on the day preceding and midnight on the final day of the following
   special events:

           Union County Fair, August 2-5, 2006 and August 1-4, 2007                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


   Roadways shall be free of barricades or other objects and all lanes opened to traffic during
   all the restrictive periods listed above.

   On Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) from MP 207.2 to MP 213.3 and from MP 259.9 to MP           Formatted: Not Highlight
   265.4, maintain a minimum distance of 13,000 feet of roadway free of barricades,               Formatted: Not Highlight
   temporary plastic drums, and temporary concrete barrier between active work zones and all      Formatted: Not Highlight
   lanes opened to traffic.
                                                                                                  Formatted: Not Highlight

   Also, do not close any traffic lanes, exit ramps, or entrance ramps (including lane closures
   required for Stages I and II as shown) on the Old Oregon Trail Highway (I-84) between
   November 1st and March 31st. Roadways shall be free of barricades or other objects and all
   lanes opened to traffic during this period.

   00220.40(f) Liquidated Damages - Lane closures not in compliance with the limits listed
   in 00220.40(e) would inconvenience the traveling public and would be a cost to the Agency.

   It is impractical to determine the actual damages which the Agency would sustain in the
   event a traffic lane is closed. Therefore, the Contractor shall pay to the Agency, not as a
   penalty, but as liquidated damages, $500 per 15 minutes, or any portion thereof, per lane,
   for any lane closure not in compliance with the limits listed in 00220.40(e). In addition to
   the liquidated damages, any added cost for traffic control measures, including flagging,
   required to maintain the lane closures beyond the permitted time limits, shall be at the
   Contractor’s expense. The required traffic control measures will be as determined by the
   Engineer.

   The Engineer will determine when it is safe to reopen a lane to traffic. Assessment of
   liquidated damages will stop when the lane has been safely reopened. Any liquidated
   damages assessed under these provisions will be in addition to those under 00180.85(b).




   SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                25
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00220.40(g) Bridge Work - Before starting any grading or pavement removal at bridge
ends or removal of pavement from bridge decks, arrange so that all equipment, labor, and
materials required to complete the pavement replacement work and bridge deck
waterproofing work are on hand or are guaranteed to be delivered. Once grading and
pavement removal begins, vigorously prosecute and complete this work. Complete paving
and membrane waterproofing work in the shortest possible time.

Temporarily taper or bevel longitudinal and transverse grade changes or drop-offs resulting
from grading and pavement removal and membrane waterproofing work with asphalt
concrete mixture to provide a smooth and safe transition. Construct and maintain a 1V:10H
or flatter slope along longitudinal joints. Construct and maintain a 15 m per 25 mm (50 feet
per 1 inch) or flatter taper across transverse joints.

00220.40(g) Road Closure - Close the roadexisting Eastbound Old Oregon Trail Highway
(I-84) traffic lanes to traffic at the North Powder bridge site from MP285.5 (Sta. “L”
1200+00) to MP 286.2 (Sta. “L” 1235+00) and the existing eastbound entrance ramp to I-84
at the North Powder Interchange for a period of up to 20 calendar days during
reconstruction replacement of the Eastbound I-84 bridge over UPRR, including removal of
the existing bridge and transportation and installation of the new bridge. This closure shall
not extend beyond October 31, 2006. Do not close the roads freeway or entrance ramp
until the temporary detour has been constructed and all materials and equipment are on
hand or guaranteed to be delivered so that the work can be done in an efficient manner
within a minimum the defined period of road closure. See 00180.50(h-1) and 00180.86 for
the disincentive and 00198 for the incentive.

No road closure will be permitted until the area is signed according to the TCP and the
requirements of Section 00225.
00220.40(g) Road Closure - The Contractor will be permitted to close all travel lanes for
periods not to exceed 20 minutes in duration during blasting or erecting bridge girders and
sign structures over the travel lanes. This work will only be permitted between the hours of
_________ and _________.

Succeeding roadway closures will not be permitted until traffic clears from preceding
closure.

00220.40(g) Road Closure Using Rolling Slowdown Method (RSM) - The Contractor
will be permitted to use a RSM for slowing traffic and closing all travel lanes on the
____________ Highway for periods not to exceed 20 minutes while __________(specify type of
work here)______________.  This work will be permitted between ________ p.m. and
_______ a.m.

Provide written notification to the Engineer and all affected emergency services at least
14 days before using the RSM. Calculate the location where the pilot cars will begin the
RSM and the speed at which the pilot cars will travel to accommodate the needed time to
complete the work within 20 minutes.

Perform a RSM by using one pilot car for each lane to be slowed. Use only pilot cars to
control the flow of traffic on the freeway. Use one additional pilot car as a chase vehicle to
follow the last free-flowing vehicle ahead of the blockade. The pilot cars shall enter the
roadway, form a moving blockade, and reduce traffic speeds to create a gap in traffic to
accomplish the work without completely stopping traffic.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  26
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


When using the RSM, place a PCMS a minimum of 750 m (2,500 feet) in advance of each
point where the pilot cars enter the freeway. Place flagger(s), accompanied by appropriate
devices and signing, at the terminal of all closed on-ramps within the controlled delay area.
Establish and utilize radio communications to adjust the speed of the blockade, as
necessary. Maintain radio communications at all times among the pilot cars, flaggers, and
the construction crew.

The Contractor may begin work immediately after the chase vehicle has passed the work
area. If the work within the work area is not completed when the moving blockade reaches
it, immediately cease all work except what is necessary to clear the roadway and reopen
the roadway to traffic. Succeeding RSM will not be permitted until traffic clears from
preceding RSM.

00220.60(a-1) Contractor Responsibility - Add the following bulleted item to the end of
this subsection:

        Keep the surface being used by bicycles free of all dirt, mud, gravel and other
         harmful materials. The surface includes bike paths, bike lanes, roadway shoulders
         or the outside 1.8 m (6 feet) of the roadway.


Add the following subsection:                                                                   Formatted: Font color: Orange


00220.60(b-3) Suspensions Due to Winter Shutdown - Provide maintainable paved
traffic lanes at least 3.6 m (12 feet) wide with 0.6 m (2 feet) wide paved shoulders for each
direction of traffic. In addition:

    Do not leave abrupt edges.                                                                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Remove or cover temporary construction signs unless otherwise directed.
    Install all necessary channelization and pavement markings, as directed.

Do not begin second season work until ____________. This date may change depending
on the actual weather conditions and forecasts. Changes to this date will be approved by
the Engineer.

If this work is not complete and in place for the required winter shutdown by ___________,
the Agency may do the work at the Contractor’s expense according to paragraph (c) of this
subsection.

                       SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL


Comply with Section 00225 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00225.01(c) Standards - Replace the paragraph that begins "Do not use the...", with the
following paragraph:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 27
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Do not use the Oregon Department of Transportation's "Short Term Traffic Control
Handbook". Do not use the "Traffic Control on State Highways for Short Term Work Zones"
or the "Oregon Temporary Traffic Control Handbook for Operations of 3 Days or Less"
except when directed by the Engineer for mobile pavement marking operations.

00225.02 General Requirements - Add the following after the last paragraph of this
subsection:

(For work not shown in the Traffic Control Plans)(During construction), protect traffic by
using the appropriate configurations as detailed on Standard Drawings RD920 and RD9__.
                                                                                                 Formatted: Font color: Orange
In the Pendleton work area, Iinstall two "ROAD WORK NEXT 5 MILES" (CG20-1-610) signs
on the Old Oregon Trail Highway, approximately 3.2 km (2 miles) in advance of each end of
the work areaProject, facing incoming traffic. In the La Grande work area, install two
“ROAD WORK NEXT 6 MILES” (CG20-1-610) on the Old Oregon Trail Highway,
approximately 3.2 km (2 miles) in advance of each end of the work area, facing incoming
traffic. Install the median sign approximately 10 m (25 feet) ahead of the shoulder sign.
Fabricate these signs using Fluorescent Orange Retroreflective (Wide-Angle, Prismatic)
sheeting. Also install an "END ROAD WORK" (CG20-2A-610) sign approximately 150 m
(500 feet) beyond each end of the Projectwork zone, facing outgoing traffic.

In the North Powder work area, Iinstall two "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (CW20-1-1219) signs
with "FINES DOUBLE" (OR22-26-686) Type "W1" rider on the Old Oregon Trail Highway,
approximately 2.1 km (1 1/4 miles) in advance of each end of the Project, facing incoming
traffic. Install the median sign approximately 10 m (25 feet) ahead of the shoulder sign.
Also install an "END ROAD WORK" (CG20-2A-610) sign approximately 150 m (500 feet)
beyond each end of the Project, facing outgoing traffic.

Install a "TRUCKS" (CW15-4-48) sign, with a "500 FEET" (W16-2a-12) rider, approximately
150 m (500 feet) before each point of access of all noncommercial stockpile sites, material
sources, waste areas, and plant set-up areas to a public roadway.

On each through road intersecting an active work area or on entrance ramps ahead of an
active work area, place one "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (W20-1-48) sign approximately 90 m
(300 feet) in advance of the work area. These signs do not require sign flag boards, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer.

In the North Powder work zone, install a Type "W9" "OTIA PROJECT IDENTIFICATION"                 Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
(CG20-12-1219) sign on the Old Oregon Trail Highway, approximately 500 m (1,500 feet) in         Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
advance of the "ROAD WORK AHEAD" sign at each end of the Project work zone on the                Formatted: Right
outside shoulder, facing incoming traffic.

When the horizontal clearance for the roadway is less than 5.8 m (19 feet), install horizontal
clearance (CW21-12-48) signs, identifying the narrowest width of the roadway. Use English
dimensions in feet and inches. Locate these horizontal clearance signs as shown or as
directed.


When the vertical clearance is less than 4.65 m (15 feet 3 inches), install low clearance
(W12-2-48) and (OW12-2-36) signs. The clearance shown on the signs shall be 75 mm




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  28
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(3 inches) less than the shortest height of the opening. Use English dimensions in feet and
inches. Locate these low clearance signs as shown or as directed.


                                                                                                      Formatted: Font color: Orange
                                                                                                      Formatted: Right
In the Pendleton and La Grande work areas, install a Type "W8" "PROJECT
IDENTIFICATION" (CG20-8-48) sign with a "KEEPING OREGON ON THE MOVE" rider on
the Old Oregon Trail Highway, approximately 150 m (500 feet) in advance of the "ROAD
WORK AHEAD" sign at each end of the Project, facing incoming traffic. The Engineer will
determine the sign legend.



When extended traffic queues develop during flagging operations, protect traffic by
providing advance flagger(s) and signing according to the "Extended Traffic Queues Detail"
shown on Standard Drawing RD910. The advance flagger is required when the sight
distance for oncoming traffic to the end of the queue is less than 205 m (675 feet) or when
traffic queues extend beyond the initial work area warning signs.

Monitor the length of traffic queues and install an additional set of advance flagger signs if
traffic queues extend beyond the first set of advance flagger signs. Advance flagger signs
include the "BE PREPARED TO STOP" (W3-4-48) and the Flagger Symbol (CW23-2-48)
signs.

Relocate the initial advance warning sign so it is the first sign visible to incoming traffic.

00225.03 Traffic Control Outside Contract Limits - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

00225.03 Traffic Control Outside Project Site - Provide TCM outside the Project Site
when required.

00225.05 Contractor's Traffic Control Plan - Add the following bullet(s) to the end of this
subsection:

        Two copies of a sketch map of the Project showing all existing tourist-oriented
         directional (TOD) and business logo signs and a written narrative describing how
         these signs will be kept in service and protected throughout all the construction
         stages

    A detailed temporary striping plan in compliance with the current ODOT Traffic Line              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Manual

Replace the paragraph that begins "TCP revisions will be…", with the following:

TCP revisions will be subject to a Contract change order.

00225.10 General - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                        29
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

All work zone TCD on the National Highway System (NHS) are required to comply with the
NCHRP 350 report and be crashworthy. Category IV trailer mounted devices are currently
exempt from the NCHRP 350 requirements, however, additional guidance will be issued by
FHWA by October, 2006.

00225.11 Temporary Signing - Replace the sentence that begins "Use new temporary
signs..." with the following sentence:

Use temporary signs meeting the requirements of the "Acceptable" category shown in the
American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) "Quality Standards For Work Zone
Traffic Control Devices" handbook and the following:

00225.11(a-2) Type - Replace the sentence that begins "Use Type "OO" signs..." with the
following sentence:

Use Type "O4" signs, unless otherwise indicated in this Section or in the TCP.

Delete the bullet that begins "19 mm (3/4 inch) medium-density...".

Add the following bullet to the end of the bulleted list:

        Extruded aluminum panels

00225.11(a-4) Reflective             Sheeting - Replace     this   subsection   with   the   following
subsection:

00225.11(a-4) Retroreflective Sheeting (Prismatic Lens) - Use ASTM D 4956 Type VII,
Type VIII, Type IX, or Type X fluorescent orange sheeting from the QPL on all work zone
signs unless otherwise indicated in this Section or in the TCP.

00225.11(a-5) Roll-up Signs - Replace the sentence with the following sentence:

Use roll-up signs with fluorescent orange roll-up sign sheeting from the QPL.

Add the following subsection:

00225.11(a-6) Light-Weight Sign Substrate - Use light-weight sign substrates from the
QPL.

00225.11(b-1) Wood Sign Posts - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

    (1) Wood Sign Posts - Provide wood sign posts in the sizes and quantities determined
    from Standard Drawing TM100 and according to 02110.40 except preservative
    treatment is not required.

00225.11(b-3) Concrete Barrier Sign Supports - Replace the bullet that begins "Conform
to Standard..." with the following bullet:

        Conform to Standard Drawing RD911




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                          30
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00225.11(b-4) Temporary Sign Supports - Replace this subsection, except for the
heading, with the following:

Fabricate TSS according to Standard Drawing RD911 and according to 02110.40 except
preservative treatment is not required.

Add the following subsection:

00225.11(b-5) Square Tube Sign Supports - Provide and use square tube sign supports
from the QPL and Standard Drawing TM239. To determine proper steel post size, gauge,
and number of posts for given sign size, refer to manufacturer specifications.

00225.12(b) Guardrail - In the second sentence, replace "RD416 and RD417" with
"RD420 and RD425".

00225.12(c) Concrete Barrier - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use pin-and-loop
concrete barrier…" with the following two paragraphs:

Use pin-and-loop concrete barrier conforming to Standard Drawing RD500, dated 2002
(three ASTM A 36 M loops, 810 mm (32 inch) height) and the applicable requirements of
Section 00820.

Use tall concrete barrier conforming to Standard Drawing RD545, (two ASTM A 36 M
perforated C-shapes, 1065 mm (42 1/2 inch) height) and the applicable requirements of
Section 00820.

In the paragraph that begins "Provide concrete barrier...", replace the first sentence with the
following sentence:

Provide concrete barrier that is in "Acceptable" condition, without cracks, chips, spalls,
corroded loops or C-shape connectors.

00225.12(d) Impact Attenuators - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

(d) Impact Attenuators - Use temporary impact attenuators from the QPL and conforming
to Standard Drawing RD955 or RD960.

00225.13(d) Plastic Drums - Add the following sentence:

Provide drums with Type "OO" encapsulated lens reflective sheeting.

00225.13(f-1) Reflective Pavement Markers - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

    (1) Reflective Pavement Markers - Use new Type 1 reflective pavement markers from
    the QPL.

00225.13(g) Temporary Tape - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the
following:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   31
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Use temporary non-removable, temporary removable, and temporary non-reflective tape
from the QPL.

00225.14 Temporary Illumination - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with
the following:

Materials for temporary illumination shall conform to Sections 00960, 00970, and 02920.

00225.16(a) Sequential Arrow Signs - Replace this subsection, except for the heading,
with the following:

    Use trailer mounted Type "C" sequential arrow signs from the QPL.

00225.16(b) Portable Changeable Message Signs - Replace this subsection, except for
the heading, with the following:

Use trailer mounted PCMS’s from the QPL.

00225.27 Flaggers - Replace the bullet that begins "Highly visible 'STOP/SLOW' sign..."
with the following bullet:

        Highly visible "STOP/SLOW" sign paddles conforming to the MUTCD and fabricated
         using encapsulated lens reflective sheeting or brighter, or flashing "STOP/SLOW"
         sign paddles from the QPL

Replace the bullet that begins "Portable, self-contained two-way..." with the following bullet:

        Portable, self contained two-way radio and repeaters, as required, with a range
         suitable for communications throughout the Project limits

00225.32 Traffic Control Supervisor - Under the paragraph that begins "The TCS's                  Formatted: Right
duties include…",:                                                                                Formatted: Font: Not Bold, Italic, Font color:
                                                                                                  Orange, Hidden
Replace the first sentence in the sixth bullet to read “Preparing and signing a traffic control
report for each authorized TCS day.”

Also, replace the last bullet with the following bullet:

        Providing supervision over all TCM on a 24-hour per day basis

Add the following to the end of the paragraph that begins "Notify the Engineer of an
alternate...":

Notify the Engineer within 24 hours of designating the TCS for the following 24-hour period.
Make succeeding notifications within 24 hours every time a subsequent TCS is appointed to
the Project.

00225.41 Temporary Signing - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Install temporary signs according to 00940.47.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   32
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00225.41(b-2) Portable Sign Supports - Replace the last bullet with the following bullet:

        Use only with roll-up signs from the QPL

00225.41(b-4) Temporary Sign Supports - Replace the second bullet with the following
bullet:

        When not practical to post-mount due to location or when utility conflicts exist

Add the following bullet to the end of this subsection:

        When single-post temporary sign supports, as shown on RD911, are not in use,
         move the sign support outside the clear zone or cover and delineate them with Type
         III barricades

Add the following subsection:

00225.41(b-5) Square Tube Sign Supports - Square tube sign supports may be used as
a substitute for wood sign posts. Install square tube sign supports according to Standard
Drawing TM100 and TM239.

00225.41(h) Temporary Speed Zone Reduction - Install a temporary regulatory speed
zone, as directed. Use Type "W1" signs for all required temporary speed zone signage.

00225.42(d) Impact Attenuators - Replace the sixth bullet with the following sentence:

For narrow site systems, attach the first two barrier sections to the concrete pavement as
shown.


00225.42(e) Reflectors - Replace the first bullet with the following bullet:

        Space on 15 m (50 foot) centers. Closer spacing may be required as directed.

00225.43(g) Striping - Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph:

For temporary striping on new bridge deck surfaces, use temporary removable tape.

00225.43(g-3) Stripe Removal and Durable Stripe Removal - Delete this subsection in
its entirety.

00225.43(h) Pavement Edge Delineation - Replace the paragraph that begins "When
construction work obscures..." with the following paragraph:

Place tubular or conical markers to delineate the edge of pavement when construction work
obscures the painted shoulder stripe (fog line) or when paving creates an abrupt or sloped
edge drop-off 25 mm (1 inch) or more in height along the shoulder. Locate and maintain
the markers as follows:

Replace the fourth bullet with the following bullet:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   33
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving



        Remove after a new edge stripe has been painted and new delineators are in place

Add the following bullets:

        Between traffic and the abrupt edge
        Place delineation immediately


Add the following subsection:

(i) Stripe Removal - When removing striping for stage construction, remove striping by
sandblasting, hydro-blasting, steel shot blasting, or grinding so the pavement surface is not
damaged below a depth of 7 mm (1/4 inch). Remove durable striping by steel shot blasting
or grinding the pavement surface to a depth no greater than 7 mm (1/4 inch), or other
approved method so the pavement surface is not damaged. Do not use paint or asphalt to
cover existing stripes. Repair any damaged surfaces to the Engineer's satisfaction at no
additional compensation.

Do not use grinding to remove non-durable stripes from the wearing course or existing
surfaces, unless the area is to be paved over during the Project.

Use vacuum shrouded equipment or other equally effective containment procedures.

Contain and collect all removed paint, durable striping, and spent abrasive and dispose of
according to all Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) and Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regulations outlined in "Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During
Hazardous Coating Removal" special provisions available from the Agency. This outline of
the Oregon DEQ and Federal EPA regulations is meant only as a guide, not as a substitute,
requiring the Contractor to be knowledgeable of all environmental protection and worker
safety requirements.

Remove striping on pavement base courses when a change in striping is necessary and
when the pavement will not be covered with an additional base course. Remove striping
and pavement markers on the wearing course so that the permanent striping can be
applied. Remove all remaining striping and pavement markers from the wearing course
after the permanent striping has been applied, as directed.

Coordinate all removal work with the construction activity. Remove striping and pavement
markers during the same day(s) the traffic shift is accomplished unless otherwise approved.

00225.44 Temporary Illumination - Add the following sentence to the end of this
subsection:

Install temporary illumination in a manner that does not shine the light directly into
approaching traffic.

00225.46(b) Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) - Add the following bullet to
the end of the bullet list:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 34
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Use clear, concise messages that convey applicable work zone information to the
         motorist that has been approved by the Engineer.

00225.62(a) Impact Attenuator - Replace the paragraph that begins "When narrow site
systems..." with the following paragraph:

When temporary impact attenuator, truck mounted attenuator, or narrow site attenuator
systems are used, have enough modules, cartridges, components, and replacement parts
on-site to replace one complete installation. Re-stock replacement parts within 24 hours of
use. All modules, cartridges, components, and replacement parts not used, remain the
property of the Contractor.

00225.80(a) Quantity Limitations - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Quantity Limitations - The quantities for work zone traffic control measures will be
limited to the following, unless otherwise specified:

        The initial installation of quantities necessary to complete the Project based on the
         Schedule of Items
        The initial installation of additional TCD and TCM that the Engineer and Contractor
         agree are necessary to ensure a safe work zone
        The replacement of TCD and TCM, except temporary signing and temporary
         electrical signs, damaged by public traffic and replaced by the Contractor
        The quantities approved in contract change orders

Temporary signing and temporary electrical signs damaged by public traffic and replaced or
repaired by the Contractor will not be measured.

00225.81(a) Signs - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Route markers and other signs fastened to the face of larger signs will be measured as
separate signs.
Temporary signing quantities include temporary regulatory speed zone signage.

00225.83(b) Temporary Removable                        and   Non-Removable   Tape - Replace   this
subsection with the following:

00225.83(b) Temporary Tape - Temporary tape will be measured as follows:

        Removable and Non-Removable Tape - Temporary removable and temporary
         non-removable tape will be determined by measuring the actual length of the
         100 mm (4 inch) wide tape in place, as accepted.

        Non-Reflective Tape - Temporary non-reflective tape will be determined by
         measuring the actual length of the 150 mm (6 inch) wide tape in place, as accepted.

00225.83(d) Stripe Removal and Durable Stripe Removal - Replace this subsection with
the following subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     35
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(d) Stripe Removal - Stripe removal for stage construction will be determined by
measuring the overall length of 100 mm (4 inch) line removed. The quantity of stripe
removal will be the computed length of lines removed based on a nominal width of 100 mm
(4 inches). For computation purposes, the following apply:

        The width of a line is the normal standard line width applied during original
         placement of solid no-passing lines, broken (skip) lines, edge lines, and any other
         lines normally 100 mm (4 inches) wide
        The length of continuous lines is length of the line
        The length of broken (skip) stripes is the standard length of a skip line normally
         painted during original placement of the lines (3 m (10 feet) of paint per 12.2 m
         (40 feet) of roadway length)

The length of standard 200 mm (8 inch) or 300 mm (12 inch) wide stripes will be adjusted
by converting to equivalent length of 100 mm (4 inch) width line. No conversion or
adjustment will be allowed for lines that are wider or longer due to improper placement or
retracing deviations.

Pavement marking removal will be the area of each marking removed and will be the
nominal area determined by multiplying the width times the length of the marking. No
deductions will be made for corners or irregular shapes.
00225.83(e) Striping and Stripe Removal Mobilization - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

00225.83(e) Striping and Stripe Removal Mobilization - Striping and stripe removal
mobilization will be measured on the unit basis per each for each time the Contractor
mobilizes as required by the Engineer for striping and stripe removal. No separate
measurement will be made for mobilization to place or remove temporary flexible pavement
markers.


00225.83(e) Striping and Stripe Removal Mobilization - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

(e) Striping and Stripe Removal Mobilization - No separate measurement will be made
for mobilization to perform striping or stripe removal, or for mobilization to place or remove
temporary flexible pavement markers.


00225.88 Traffic Control Supervisor - Add the following paragraph after the bullet list:

Quantities will be limited to those days authorized by the Engineer and documented by a
daily Traffic Control Report submitted by the end of the next working day.

00225.90(a) Pay Quantities - Replace the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "All
TCD damaged by …" with the following sentence:

All TCD damaged by public traffic and replaced by the Contractor, except temporary signing
and temporary electrical signs will be paid for at the Contract price for the pay items listed in
the Schedule of Items or in approved Contract change orders, unless otherwise specified.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     36
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

In the second list of bullets, replace the first bullet with the following bullet:

        Moving and reinstalling signs, barricades, plastic drums, delineators, sequential
         arrow signs, and portable changeable message signs required by stage construction

00225.90(b) Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic -

Replace the first bullet with the following bullet:

        Layout and positioning all traffic control devices in proper locations at all times        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


Add the following bullet(s) to the end of the bullet list:

        Moving, reinstalling, and removing existing post-mounted signs required by stage
         construction

        Moving temporary impact attenuators of any type to and from Contractor’s stockpile
         areas


    Providing, surfacing, maintaining, removing, and restoring the alternate pedestrian
       route

      Providing, moving, reinstalling, and removing guardrail end pieces as required by
       stage construction
    Providing, moving, reinstalling, and removing guardrail anchors as required by stage           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       construction

00225.92 Temporary Barricades, Guardrail, Barrier, and Attenuators - Replace Item (i)
with the following:

Item (i) will be payment in full for each move of the device from one location of actual use to
another, regardless of size or type.
00225.92 Temporary Barricades, Guardrail, Barrier, and Attenuators - Add the
following pay item:

                (l) Temporary Concrete Barrier, Tall, Reflectorized ........ m (Foot)

Item (l) will be payment in full for the barrier.

00225.92 Temporary Barricades, Guardrail, Barrier, and Attenuators - Add the
following paragraph:

Item (f) includes tall concrete barrier.


00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - In the paragraph that begins "Payment for
items...", add "(h)" between "(g)" and (i)".




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      37
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - Add the following paragraph after the
paragraph that begins with "Item (f)…":

Item (j) includes removal of painted and durable stripes required for stage construction.

00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - Add the following pay item:

              (m) Temporary Non-Reflective Tape ..................................m (Foot)

In the paragraph that begins "Payment for items...", add "(m)" after "(k)".


00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - Add the following pay item:

               (n) Pavement Marking Removal .................................m2 (Square Foot)

Item (n) includes removal of durable markings required for stage construction.


00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
subsection:

No separate or additional payment will be made for mobilization to perform striping or stripe
removal, or for mobilization to place or remove temporary flexible pavement markers.
Payment is incidental and included in payment made for the appropriate pay items.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                       38
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                              SECTION 00230 - TEMPORARY DETOURS


Section 00230, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                   Description

00230.00 Scope - This work consists of constructing, maintaining, and removing
temporary detours as shown or directed.

                                                     Materials

00230.10 Embankment - Provide embankment materials according to the applicable parts
of Section 00330.

00230.11 Geotextile - Provide embankment geotextile meeting the requirements of
Section 02320. Provide "Level B" documentation according to 02320.10(c).

00230.12 Riprap - Provide riprap meeting the requirements of Section 00390.

00230.13 Aggregate Base - Provide aggregate base meeting the requirements of
00640.10.

00230.14 Asphalt Concrete Pavement - Provide HMAC meeting the requirements of
00745.50.

00230.15 Asphalt Tack Coat - Use CSS-1, CSS-1h, CMS-2, CMS-2S, CMS-2h, CRS-1,
CRS-2, HFRS-2, or HFMS-2 asphalt in tack as the Contractor elects.

                                                  Construction

00230.40 Embankment - Construct detour embankments according to the applicable
parts of Section 00330 except compaction to the specified densities will not be required.
Compact the embankment material until there is no reaction or yielding under the
compactor.

00230.41 Geotextile - Place embankment geotextile according to Section 00350.

00230.42 Riprap - Place riprap according to the applicable parts of Section 00390.

00230.43 Aggregate Base - Place and compact aggregate base according to the
applicable parts of Section 00640.

00230.44 Asphalt Concrete Pavement - Compact the asphalt concrete mixture according
to 00745.49(e).

                                                  Maintenance




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                39
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00230.60 Surface Maintenance - Maintain detour surfaces according to 00220.60.

                                          Finishing and Cleaning Up

00230.70 General - When temporary detours are no longer needed, do the following:

        Remove them
        Restore the area on which the detours occupied to the original ground contours
        Dispose of excess materials according to 00330.41(a-5)

                                                    Measurement

00230.80 General - No measurement of quantities will be made for this work.                                  It is
estimated that the following approximate quantities of materials will be required:

                      Material                                                               Amount

                       Embankment .................................................. 11,200 cu. yd.
                       Geotextile ..................................................... 15,400 sq. ftyd.
                       Excavation ............................................................. 70 cu. yd.
                       Riprap .............................................. ______ m2 _____ sq. ft.
                       Aggregate Base ............................................... 3,600 cu. yd.
                       Asphalt Concrete Mixture....................................... 2,500 ton

                                                       Payment

00230.90 General - Payment for this work will be made at the Contract lump sum amount
for the item "Construct and Remove Detours".

Payment will be payment in full for constructing, maintaining, and removing detours, and for
furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work
as specified.


                          SECTION 00254 - TEMPORARY WORK ACCESS


Section 00254, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                     Description

00254.00 Scope - This work consists of designing, installing, maintaining, and removing
work platforms or scaffolding suspended from the existing bridge superstructure to provide
temporary work access for the rehabilitation of the existing structure.

                                                    Construction

00254.40 Plans and Drawings:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                     40
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(a) Contractor-Designed - For Contractor-designed work platforms and scaffolding,
provide stamped working drawings and calculations of the work platforms or scaffolding
according to 00150.35.

Include the following information:

        All general notes for the design and construction of the platform or scaffolding
        Material list including incidental items
        Show layout of work access in relation to the existing structure, drainage system
         and utilities
        Detail the anchoring system that will be used to connect the temporary platform or
         scaffolding to the existing structure
        Show all structure and geometric details including but not limited to:

             Loading conditions
             Connecting devices
             Construction around utilities, drainage, footings, bents, or other structures

(b) Pre-Engineered - Pre-engineered assemblies may be utilized for all or for portions of
work platforms or scaffolding. Submit manufacturer's literature indicating safe working
loads. Working drawings and calculations for pre-engineered assemblies are not required.

00254.41 Construction - Install work platforms or scaffolding so they contain all rubble
and debris. Do not allow rubble or debris to fall into waterways.

Install work platforms or scaffolding so they satisfy all the requirements of applicable
permitting agencies.

                                        Finishing and Cleaning Up

00254.70 Removal - When temporary work platforms or scaffolding are no longer needed,
remove them according to Section 00310.

Satisfy all requirements of applicable permitting agencies during removal.

Restore the existing structure to conditions satisfactory to the Engineer.

                                                  Measurement

00254.80 Measurement - No measurement or quantities will be made for this work.
                                                                                                   Formatted: Right
                                                     Payment                                       Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                   Hidden
00254.90 Payment -– No separate or additional Ppayment for this work will be made at
the Contract lump sum amount for the item "Temporary Work Access". Payment is
incidental and included in payment made for the appropriate pay items.

Payment will be payment in full for designing, installing, maintaining, and removing work
accesses or scaffolding, for restoring the existing structure, and for furnishing all materials,
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     41
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                     SECTION 00280 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL


Comply with Section 00280 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows.


00280.00 Scope - Replace the paragraph that begins "The work described..." with the
following paragraph:

No erosion or sediment control is anticipated for the construction work shown. If erosion
control is required by the Contractor’s methods of operations and scheduling, identify and
describe appropriate erosion control measures as part of the Pollution Control Plan
requirements of 00290.30(b).


Add the following subsection:

00280.05 Project Signing - Install a minimum of two "EROSION CONCERNS? CALL
(XXX) XXX-XXXX" (CG20-10) Type "OO" signs within the Project limits. Place and mount
the signs according to Standard Drawing TM100. Orientate the signs so they are visible to
traffic, bicyclists, and pedestrians.

Install these signs before performing clearing, grading, or other land alteration activities.


00280.10(b) Check Dams - Replace the last bullet with the following bullet:

    Prefabricated - Prefabricated check                    dam   system   meeting   the   manufacturers   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       recommendations and on the QPL.


00280.10(i) Matting - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Where shown, furnish hydraulically applied bonded fiber matrix slope protection matting.
Bonded fiber matrix is a hydraulically applied product consisting of fully biodegradable long
fiber strands held together by a water resistant bonding agent. This product is designed to
be the functional equivalent of rolled erosion matting on slopes where there is no potential
for displacement from physical traffic. It is typically used with seed for holding soil in place
until vegetation is able to provide protection from soil erosion, but may also be used without
seed for temporary applications. For seeding and fertilizing requirements, see Section
01030.


00280.40 Installation - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

00280.40 Installation - Install erosion and sediment control devices as shown and
according to the Agency's Erosion and Sediment Control Manual. Install devices before
performing clearing, grading, or other land alteration activities. Ensure that no visible and



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                            42
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

measurable sediment or pollutants leave the Project boundaries, enter waterways or
drainage systems, or violate applicable water standards.

For purposes of this requirement, "visible and measurable" is defined as:

    Deposits or tracking of mud, dirt, sediment or similar material exceeding 0.014 m3 (1/2     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       cubic foot) in volume on any private or public street or adjacent property, or into any
       storm or surface water drainage system, either by direct deposit, dropping or
       discharge, or as a result of erosion; or

    Evidence of concentrated flows of water over bare soils; turbid or sediment-laden           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       flows; or evidence of on-site erosion, such as rivulets on bare slopes where the flow
       of water is not filtered or captured on the site; or

    Earth slides, mudflows, earth sloughing, or other earth movement off the Project site.      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering



00280.42(a) Soil Exposure Limitations - Add the following bullets to the end of the bullet
list:

    Within the City of Portland (October 1 through April 30) - Stabilize all areas              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       immediately, but no later than within 24 hours of exposure.

    Within the City of Portland (May 1 through September 30) - Stabilize all areas as           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       soon as practical, but no later than within seven days of exposure.


00280.46(b) Check Dams - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that begins
"Type 5: Pre-fabricated...":

Install type 5 pre-fabricated check dam systems according to the following:


00280.46(f) Dust Control - Replace the second bullet with the following bullet:

    Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the emulsion with water at a rate of one part          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate of 8100 L/ha (865
       gallons/acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of application.


00280.46(h) Inlet Protection - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that
begins "Type 3 - Install pre-fabricated...":

Install Type 3 pre-fabricated inserts according the following:



00280.46(i-2-b) Seeding After Mat Installation - This method of seeding is allowed on
this Project.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  43
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00280.46(i-3) Mat Placement - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Apply bonded fiber matrix hydraulically at the rate of _____ kg/ha (______ lbs/acre). Apply
in successive layers from at least two directions so that 100% coverage of all exposed soil
is achieved. Do not apply the bonded fiber matrix immediately before, during, or after
rainfall. Follow the manufacturer’s directions on drying so the applied product reaches the
recommended state of dryness before being subjected to rainfall or other moisture. This
varies from drying completely for up to 24 hours after installation to allowances for less
drying, based on characteristics of the product approved for use. Apply bonded fiber matrix
using commercial application equipment designed specifically for hydromulch application
and approved by the bonded fiber matrix product manufacturer, either in printed literature or
in consultation with the manufacturer. Furnish the manufacturer’s product literature or
documentation of consultation with the manufacturer upon request

00280.46(j-2-a) Hydraulically Applied Tacking Agents - Replace the first bullet with the
following bullet:

    Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the emulsion with water at a rate of one part                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate of 8100 L/ha (865
       gallons/acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of application.


00280.46(m) Sediment Barriers - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that
begins "Type 7: Pre-fabricated...":

Install Type 7 pre-fabricated barriers according to the following:



00280.48 Emergency Materials - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that
begins "Provide, stockpile, and protect...":

Provide and stockpile the following emergency materials on the Project site:

                      Item                                                                              Quantity

                       ..............................................................................................
                       ..............................................................................................
                       ..............................................................................................


00280.70 Removal - Replace the first sentence of this paragraph with the following
sentence:

Within 30 days of the notification of acceptance of permanent stabilization, remove
temporary erosion and sediment control devices, materials, and erosion control signing
from the area.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                               44
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00280.90 General - In the first list of bullets, under the paragraph that begins "'Erosion
Control' includes...", add the following bullet to the bullet list:

    Erosion control signs                                                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering



00280.90 General - Add the following sentence to the paragraph that begins "Matting
includes...":

It also includes the costs for seeding and fertilizing when it is required as part of the bonded
fiber matrix application.

                        SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION


Comply with Section 00290 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00290.20 Hazardous Waste and Hazardous Substances - Revise this subsection as
follows:

In the bullet that begins "Oil and hazardous materials...", replace "OAR 340-108-0002" with
"OAR 340-142-0005".

(c) Fuel Storage - Add the following paragraph at the end of this subsection:

If above-ground fuel storage will exceed 2498 L (660 gallons) per container or 4996 L
(1,320 gallons) aggregate, develop and submit for approval 10 days before the pre-
construction conference, a spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) plan,
signed and stamped by a professional engineer, in accordance with 40 CFR 112. The
SPCC plan requirement is in addition to the PCP requirement described above. Employees
must be trained as specified in 40 CFR 112 and the SPCC plan. Maintain a copy of the
SPCC plan on-site at all times during construction activities, readily available to employees
and inspectors.

Refer to 00290.30(a-1) for specific measures related to fuel storage and vehicle refueling
procedures.

    (d-1) General - In the paragraph that begins "Except as provided in...", replace "(b)"
    with "(2)".

    (d-2) Inert Material - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

    Retain landfill disposal receipts for all non-inert solid waste generated from the Project
    site for at least one year after completion of the Project. Provide landfill disposal
    receipts to the Engineer if requested.

(e) Hazardous Waste Management - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this
subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    45
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the requirements for a
Conditionally Exempt Generator (CEG), in accordance with 40 CFR 261.5, store hazardous
wastes on-site for no more than 180 days, with the total stored not to exceed 1000 kg
(2,200 pounds) at any one time. All hazardous waste containers shall be in good condition,
sealed and labeled with the words "Hazardous Waste" and the accumulation start and end
dates. All employees involved in the handling and/or management of hazardous wastes
shall comply with the federal and State regulatory requirements for hazardous waste
management. If the quantity of hazardous waste generated in a given month exceeds the
CEG limits, immediately comply with the requirements for small and large quantity
generators, as set forth below, and for the remainder of the calendar year. Within 30 days
of such exceedance, complete additional documentation and training required as a result of
this change in status.

If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the requirements for a
Small Quantity Generator (SQG) or a Large Quantity Generator (LQG), prepare a
Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan, in accordance with 40 CFR 262.34 and 265.51.
Maintain a copy of the Contingency Plan on-site at all times during construction activities,
readily available to employees and inspectors. Employees must receive hazardous waste
training as specified in 40 CFR 262.34 and 265.16. On-Site storage of hazardous waste
shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 262 and 265, OAR 340-102-034 and all other
applicable federal, State and local laws and regulations. Submit monthly records of
hazardous waste generation, transportation and disposal to the Engineer by the 15th day of
the following month. A Certified Hazardous Materials Manager (CHMM) in good standing
and with experience managing the hazardous wastes associated with the Project must be
available to oversee and direct hazardous waste management at the site.

If hazardous waste is to be treated on-site, all treatment activities shall comply with
40 CFR 262.34 and 268, and ORS 466.095. No on-site hazardous waste treatment may
begin prior to receipt of Engineer approval.

00290.30 Pollution Control - In the paragraph that begins "Prevent, control and abate...",
replace "ORS 279.318" with "ORS 279C.525".

00290.30(a-1) Minimum Required Measures - Add the following bullets to the end of the
bullet list:

        For this Project, the Regulated Work Area (also referred to as the in-water work
         area, ordinary high water mark (OHM), two-year flood elevation, two-year floodplain,
         active channel, in-water work area, jurisdictional waters, beds and banks of the
         State of Oregon) is defined as all of the area at or below Bridge Nos. 09521 and
         09521A over Umatilla River and Bridge Nos. 09630 and 09630A over Grande
         Ronde River______ m (______ feet) elevation and/or between stations ______ and
         _______.

    The ODFW in-water work period extends from ___(date)___ to ___(date)___. Extension          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       of the in-water work period requires approval by the Engineer.

    Placement or removal of embankment material or riprap within the Regulated Work             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
        Area is restricted to the in-water work period unless work is isolated from the active
        flowing stream according to 00290.31(d).




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  46
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Cofferdam installation and removal is restricted to the in-water work period(s).              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Cofferdams are required for construction of _______. Work contained within a
       cofferdam may be performed outside of the in-water work period(s).

    Do not discharge contaminated or sediment-laden water, or water contained within a            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       cofferdam, directly into any waters of the State until it has been satisfactorily treated
       (e.g., by bioswale, filter, settlement pond, pumping to vegetated upland location, bio-
       bag or dirt-bag).

    Notify the Engineer at least three working days prior to completion of cofferdam              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       construction. Provide ODFW personnel access to cofferdams to remove fish
       trapped within the enclosure before beginning work within the cofferdam.
                                                                                                   Formatted: Font: Not Italic, Font color: Auto,
        The Engineer retains the authority to temporarily halt or modify the Project in case of   Not Hidden

         excessive turbidity or damage to natural resources.                                       Formatted: Right
                                                                                                   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
    Limit turbidity increase to 10% above background reading, as measured 30 m                    Hidden
       (100 feet) below the Project.                                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    Do not use treated timbers within the Regulated Work Area.                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    Minimize alteration or disturbance of stream banks and existing riparian vegetation.          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


        Place "diapers" on equipment operating within 10 m (30 feet) of the Regulated Work
         Area.

        Inspect and clean all equipment prior to operating it within 90 m (300 feet) of the
         Regulated Work Area. Check all equipment for fluid leaks. Remove external oil,
         grease, dirt and caked mud. Do not discharge untreated wash and rinse water into
         the Regulated Work Areas. Establish temporary impoundments to catch water from
         equipment cleansing, at least 90 m (300 feet) from the Regulated Work Area and in
         locations so as not to contribute untreated wastewater to any flowing stream.

        Locate areas for non-workshift storage of equipment and vehicles, other than track-
         mounted vehicles, at least 90 m (300 feet) away from the Regulated Work Area.

        Locate areas for storing fuels and other potentially hazardous materials and areas
         for refueling and servicing equipment and vehicles at least 90 m (300 feet) away
         from the Regulated Work Area.

        For track-mounted equipment, large cranes, and other equipment whose limited
         mobility makes it impractical to move it for refueling, take precautions to minimize
         the risk of fuel reaching the Regulated Work Area. Implement spill prevention
         measures and provide fuel containment systems designed to completely contain a
         potential spill, as well as other pollution control devices and measures adequate to
         provide containment of hazardous material. Perform refueling operations to
         minimize the amount of fuel remaining in vehicles stored during non-work times.

        Do not refuel equipment or vehicles after 1 p.m. without the Engineer’s approval.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    47
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Maintain hazardous material containment booms and spill containment booms
         on-site to facilitate the cleanup of hazardous material spills. Install hazardous
         material containment booms in instances where there is a potential for release of
         petroleum or other toxicants.

    Underwater blasting is prohibited.                                                          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                                                                                                 Formatted: Font: Not Italic, Font color: Auto, Not
        Blasting is prohibited.                                                                 Hidden
                                                                                                 Formatted: Right
    Underwater blasting is not permitted, unless the Contractor has an approved                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       underwater blasting permit from ODFW. Furnish a copy of the permit to the
       Engineer _______ days prior to any blasting activity.

    Use bridge removal techniques conforming to the requirements of Section 00501.              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    Implement containment measures adequate to prevent pollutants or construction and           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       demolition materials, such as waste spoils, petroleum products, concrete cured less
       than 24 hours, concrete cure water, silt, welding slag and grindings, concrete saw
       cutting by-products and sandblasting abrasives, from entering the Regulated Work
       Area or any waterway.

    If flooding of the Project site is expected to occur within 24 hours, evacuate areas used   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         for staging, access roads, or storage and remove materials, equipment, and fuel.
     No entry will be allowed below the Regulated Work Area or between stations                 Formatted: Right
         _______ and _______.

        No equipment will be allowed to enter or work in or on the water.

     No direct ground or water access to bridge piers will be allowed. Access via a catwalk     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       or scaffold suspended from the bridge superstructure will be allowed if approved by
       the Engineer.

    Place riprap from above the bank line.                                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    End-dumping of riprap within the Regulated Work Area is prohibited.                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    No grading of existing ground will be allowed.                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering



00290.30(d) Noise Control - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this subsection:

The Contractor's attention is directed to City of Portland Ordinance No. 159276 which
describes noise control regulations. Comply with the applicable noise control requirements
of the ordinance for project work.

Copies of the ordinance and noise control code are available at the office of the Engineer.


00290.30(d) Noise Control - Add the following paragraph to end of this subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  48
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Noise levels in excess of 90 dbA measured at 16 m (50 feet) from the source (i.e., noise
from pile driving or hoe ram demolition) are allowed only during the period beginning two
hours after sunrise and ending two hours before sunset.


Do not perform pile driving or blasting operations within __(distance)__ m (__(distance)__ feet)
of _____(Location)_____ between the hours of_______ and _______.


Install guardrail posts only by augering and only during the period beginning two hours after
sunrise and ending two hours before sunset. This restriction will be in effect from
____(date)____ through ____(date)____.


00290.31 Protection of Fish, Wildlife and Plants - Revise this subsection as follows:

(a) General - Add the following paragraphs and bullets to the end of this subsection:

Meet with the Agency Biologist, Resource Representative, Engineer and inspector on site
prior to moving equipment on-site or beginning any work, to review the Contractor’s Draft
Work Containment Plan and to ensure that all parties understand the locations of sensitive
biological sites and the measures that shall be taken to avoid and protect them.

The following measures apply to the Project:

    Maintain passage for adult and juvenile fish for the duration of the Project, including       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       intermittent streams.

    When isolating a work area with temporary drainage facilities, remove fish with the           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
      approval of the Engineer and under the supervision of an Agency or ODFW
      biologist.

Add the following subsection:

(c) Water Intake Screening - When drawing or pumping water from any stream, protect
fish by equipping intakes with screens having a minimum 27% open area and meeting the
following requirements:

    Perforated plate openings shall be 2.38 mm (3/32 inch) or smaller.                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Mesh or woven wire screen openings shall be 2.38 mm (3/32 inch) or smaller in the
       narrowest direction.
    Profile bar screen or wedge wire openings shall be 1.75 mm (1/16 inch) or smaller in
       the narrow direction.

Choose size and position of screens to meet the following criteria:

                                                     METRIC

                              Approach            Sweeping     Wetted Area of
                                                                                Comments
                              Velocity 1          Velocity 2      Screen




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    49
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                 (m/s)                (m/s)           (m²)
                                                                                If screen is longer
                                                 Shall exceed Divide max. water
                                                                         3      than 1.2 m, angle
     Ditch Screen                ≤ 0.12           approach flow rate (m /s) by
                                                                                   45° or less to
                                                   velocity        0.12 m/s
                                                                                    stream flow
Screen with proven                                             Divide max. water
   self-cleaning                 ≤ 0.12                 ─      flow rate (m3/s) by        ─
      system                                                        0.12 m/s

   Screen with no                                              Divide max. water
                                                                                   Pump rate 0.0283
  cleaning system                ≤ 0.06                 ─      flow rate (m3/s) by
                                                                                     m3/s or less
 other than manual                                                  0.06 m/s

    1
        Velocity perpendicular to screen face at a distance of approximately 75 mm
    2
        Velocity parallel to screen

                                                    ENGLISH

                              Approach      Sweeping    Wetted Area of
                              Velocity 1    Velocity 2     Screen                    Comments
                            (feet/second) (feet/second) (square feet)
                                                                                 If screen is longer
                                                 Shall exceed Divide max. water
                                                                                 than 4 feet, angle
     Ditch Screen                 ≤ 0.4           approach    flow rate (cfs) by
                                                                                    45° or less to
                                                   velocity        0.4 fps
                                                                                     stream flow
Screen with proven                                             Divide max. water
   self-cleaning                  ≤ 0.4                 ─      flow rate (cfs) by         ─
      system                                                        0.4 fps

   Screen with no                                              Divide max. water
                                                                                  Pump rate 1 cfs or
  cleaning system                 ≤ 0.2                 ─      flow rate (cfs) by
                                                                                        less
 other than manual                                                  0.2 fps

    1
        Velocity perpendicular to screen face at a distance of approximately 3 inches
    2
        Velocity parallel to screen

Provide ditch screens with a bypass system to transport fish safely and rapidly back to the
stream.


Add the following subsection:

(d) Work Area Isolation - Implement containment measures adequate to prevent
pollutants or construction and demolition materials, such as waste spoils, petroleum
products, concrete cured less than 24 hours, concrete cure water, silt, welding slag and
grindings, concrete saw cutting by-products and sandblasting abrasives, from entering the
Regulated Work Area or any waterway or wetland.

Implement work area isolation and de-watering measures prior to any work within the
Regulated Work Area.


SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                         50
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Cofferdam installation and removal is restricted to permitted in-water work period(s).

Placement or removal of embankment material or riprap within the Regulated Work Area is
restricted to the permitted in-water work period unless work is isolated from active flowing
streams.

Do not discharge contaminated or sediment-laden water from the Project or from within a
cofferdam directly into any waterway or wetland of the State until it has been treated to the
satisfaction of the Project Manager.

Notify the Project Manager at least three working days prior to completion of cofferdam
construction. Provide Agency and ODFW personnel access to the cofferdams to remove
fish trapped within the cofferdam enclosure before beginning work within the cofferdam.

Minimize alteration or disturbance of stream banks and existing riparian vegetation.

Perform bridge removal and/or demolition according to Section 00501.

Do not place any material or waste on any public or private wetland, or within 90 m
(300 feet) of the Regulated Work Area or any waterway.

The Project Manager retains the authority to suspend the work for the causes listed in
00180.70. Excessive turbidity or damage to natural resources may be considered to
constitute such cause.


Add the following subsection:

(e) Settling Basins - Construct suitable settling basins to clarify water made muddy by
taking or washing cobbles, gravel, or sand, or by placing earth or other materials in or near
the water. Upon approval of the Project Manager, the Contractor may use available
Agency lands on which to construct required settling basins if the water would be muddied
by excavating material from Agency-controlled lands.

Add the following subsection:                                                                   Formatted: Justified


(c) Bird Netting – Exclusionary actions such as the placement of netting under the
bridges, power washing, or other means deemed acceptable based on site conditions and
local regulations will be implemented prior to the nesting season (Nesting begins March 15)
to prevent nesting of migratory birds under Bridge #07292B, the existing Eastbound I-84
bridge over Union Pacific Railroad in North Powder. Exclusionary methods will include the
use of shade cloth of a fine mesh size sufficient to prevent bird occupancy of the bridge
structures.

        Apply exclusionary methods prior to March 1, if exclusionary materials have not        Formatted: Justified, Bulleted + Level: 1 +
         been installed on the bridges prior to Notice to Proceed (NTP).                        Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent
                                                                                                at: 0.5"
        If exclusionary measures have been installed on the bridges prior to Notice to
                                                                                                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Proceed (NTP), beginning with the Contractor’s NTP, assume responsibility for
         ensuring that avian species do not nest in, on, or under the bridges. Inspect,
         maintain, and repair exclusionary measures as required to prevent nesting by avian



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 51
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         species on the bridge until removal work is completed or September 1, whichever
         comes first.
        Repair or replace damaged exclusionary measures with equivalent material as
         directed by the Engineer.
        Remove existing bird nests only if no eggs or young are found. Nests can be
         constructed and eggs laid within a few days. Exclusionary materials shall be
         reinstalled to maintain the deterrent to nesting.
        Meet with the Agency or ODFW Biologist, the Engineer, and inspector on site if
         nests containing eggs or young are found. In the event the Contractor fails to
         prevent establishment of bird nests, the Engineer may suspend all or part of the
         work according to his authority under 00180.70.
        Upon completion of bridge removal activities or after September 1, remove
         exclusionary measures from bridge structures. The Engineer will determine the
         proper disposition of the materials. Minimize damage to exclusionary materials for
         return to Agency or supplying Contractor. If Engineer determines the materials are
         to be disposed, provide the Engineer with the location of a suitable collection facility
         and provide a facility receipt which shows acceptance of the disposed materials.
                                                                                                    Formatted: Right


Add the following subsection:                                                                       Formatted: Right
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
(d) Habitat Avoidance – Avoid the areas beyond the existing outside and inside unpaved
                                                                                                    Formatted: Font: Bold
shoulders within the North Powder work area from Station “L” 1180+00 to Station “L”
                                                                                                    Formatted: Not Highlight
1190+00.
                                                                                                    Formatted: Not Highlight
Add the following subsection:

00290.32 Work Containment Plan and System - A work containment plan (WCP) and a
work containment system (WCS) are required on this Project.

All reasonable attempts by the Contractor shall be made to avoid or minimize habitat
modifications that will impair the ability of threatened, endangered, proposed, or selected
sensitive species to complete essential biological behaviors, such as breeding, spawning,
rearing, migrating, feeding, and sheltering.

Before submitting the WCP, meet with Agency to review the Contractor’s Draft WCP and to
ensure that all parties understand the locations of sensitive biological sites and the
measures to be taken to avoid and protect them.

The Contractor shall provide the complete detailed Final WCP for all construction activities        Formatted: Font color: Auto
associated with bridges over Umatilla River and Grande Ronde River to the Engineer for              Formatted: Right
review and approval at least 21 Calendar Days prior to any construction activities at these
locations.

Notify the Engineer at least three days before beginning work containment construction
activities.

The Agency reserves the right to stop work and require the Contractor to change the WCP
methods and equipment before any additional Contract work, at no additional cost to the
Agency, if and when, in the opinion of the Agency, that such methods jeopardize the safety




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     52
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

of traffic, the integrity of the new structure, or destroy aquatic life or habitat in the Regulated
Work Area.

If a spill occurs, immediately stop operations. Contain and clean up the spill and repair all
necessary equipment before resuming operations.

Provide a WCP and a WCS according to the following:

(a) Work Containment Plan (WCP) - The WCP shall identify the prevention of delivery of
construction debris, material or other contaminants to soils and waters caused by the
Contractor's construction operations including but not limited to mobilization, construction,
maintenance, and demolition. The WCP shall:

        Include intended construction, operation, or demolition activities.                          Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                      Hidden
        Show complete isolation of the Regulated Work Area as defined in 00290.30(a-1).
        Provide complete containment measures that prevent debris and work materials                 Formatted: Right
         from entering the Regulated Work Area.
     Specifyhow precautions and implement measures to prevent rubble (dust, concrete
         debris and saw cutting by-products, welding slag and grindings) and work materials
         from construction and demolition activities from entering the Regulated Work Area.
     Be developed so that no work or disturbance occurs below the Regulated Work
         AreaOHWM.
     Not require any tree removal, clearing, or grubbing, except as needed to remove
         existing guard rail posts and pre-drill new holes for new posts.
     Consist of a rigid containment structure suspended from the bridges at Umatilla
         River and Grande Ronde River that clear spans the Regulated Work Area.
     Prohibit the use of treated timber.
     Prohibit the use of concrete form release agents that could be toxic to fish or fish
         habitat. ODOT must approve any release agents prior to their use.
     Implement full containment fueling procedures.
     Require the WCS to be fire retardant or resistant to fire from welding slag, torch
         operation or any sparks from the Work.
     Require the WCS to be weather resistant (i.e. strong enough to avoid collapse
         resulting from high winds, heavy snowfall, and rain storms).
     Prohibit barge use at ____________________.
    If a barge is used, clean and pressure wash the barge deck prior to mobilization to the          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         project.
    Prohibit fuel storage on the barge.

(b) Work Containment System (WCS) - The WCS shall consist of a containment system                     Formatted: Right
that is rigid and in place before (repair) (removal) work begins. Design the containment              Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
system for not less than the system self-weight plus 1200 Pa (25 psf) live loading, or                Hidden
system self-weight plus debris weight plus removal equipment weight, or load
combinations. Debris weight includes the possibility of a concrete form failure, concrete
spills, and any other construction material load imposed on the containment system.

The WCS shall show specific attention to the need for special care in demolition work.                Formatted: Superscript
Provide all required shoring, bracing, barricades, fencing, and other devices that may be
required, and exercise all necessary precautions to fully protect pedestrian, vehicular, and




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                       53
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

navigation traffic, and to minimize disturbance to the Regulated Work Area and waterway,
and to prevent damage to the new bridge or other structures.

The WCS shall be designed and stamped by a registered Professional Engineer. Include
all load assumptions and calculations and submit stamped working drawings to the Agency
according to 00150.35.

If a barge is used as a containment system, the following apply:

    Secure all equipment to the barge deck.                                                       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Store all petrochemicals in leak-proof containers and secured them to the barge deck.
    If weather forecasts indicate winds of 30 km/h (20 mph) or greater or other natural
         conditions are deemed to be unsafe and during non-operational periods, dock the
         barge.
    Have a working backup bilge pump on the barge at all times.
    Have a motorized boat available at all times.
    If a portable toilet facility is provided, secure it to the barge. Pump it out on the shore
         into an approved waste removal system on completion of the work.
    Clean and inspect all equipment before loading onto the barge. Repair or replace all
         leaking hoses or equipment before beginning work.
    Daily inspect the equipment, and repair as necessary before beginning work for the
         day.
    If refueling is necessary, transport the fuel by the motorized boat in 19 L (5 gallon)
         containers. Place a containment vessel under the rig and fueling area to capture
         any potential spillage during refueling. Keep the containment vessel under the
         equipment for the duration of the project. The containment shall have sufficient
         volume to hold the entire payload of fuel if an emergency should occur.
    Provide spill kits on the barge including fuel/oil absorbing booms and supplies.
    If a spill occurs, immediately stop operations. Contain and clean up the spill and repair
         all necessary equipment before resuming operations.


00290.41 Protection of Wetlands - Modify this subsection as follows:                               Formatted: Right
                                                                                                   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
(a) General - Add the following paragraphs and bullets to the end of this subsection:

If wetlands are shown on the Plans, meet with the Agency Wetland Specialist, the Project
Manager and inspector on-site prior to moving equipment onto the site or beginning any
work, to ensure that all parties understand the locations of wetlands and the measures that
shall be taken to protect them.

Ensure protection for wetlands the No Work Area shown at the North Powder River as
follows:

        Fence off wetland no-work zonesthe No Work Area using pedestrian safety fence or
         approved equivalent.

        Except as authorized by the Project Manager for the purpose of installing or
         maintaining approved wetland protective measures, keep all persons, equipment
         and materials off wetlandsthe No Work Area.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    54
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving



        Install all site protection for wetlands the No Work Area required by the Plans and
         Special Provisions prior to staging equipment or starting work near the site(s).

The Project Manager has the authority to bar from the Project any person entering a
protected site other than for the purpose of installing or maintaining protective measures.

                                                                                                    Formatted: Right
Add the following subsection:

(c) Disturbing Wetlands - Comply with the conditions of Section 404 and Removal/Fill
permits obtained for the Project. Willful violation of permit conditions and applicable laws
exposes the offending Contractor and other violators to criminal and civil sanctions. Civil
sanctions include, but are not limited to, the offender's sole liability for all costs associated
with site restoration, maintenance and additional mitigation work required by federal or
State authorities.

The Project Manager may suspend work until the Contractor, Project Manager, Agency
Wetland Specialist, and other required federal and State personnel, if any, meet to
determine damage to the site and the nature and scope of necessary site restoration and
maintenance. The Project Manager may require the Contractor to submit a written plan for
protection of other sites for the duration of the Project before work resumes.

00290.51 Protection of Sensitive Cultural Sites - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:

(a) General - There are sensitive cultural sites on this Project. At the time of preparation of
these Special Provisions, there were _______ sites identified.
                                                                                                    Formatted: Right
(c) Disturbing Unknown Sensitive Cultural Sites - Every effort has been made to
identify all sensitive cultural sites on the Project. If the Contractor finds a previously
undiscovered sensitive cultural site, immediately cease all activities at that site, follow
procedures under Section 00290.50 (Protection of Cultural Resources), and notify the
Engineer. If the Contractor inadvertently disturbs unknown sensitive cultural sites, but
immediately ceases all activities and follows the procedures of 00290.50, the Agency, to the
extent permitted by Article XI, section 7 of the Oregon Constitution and by the Oregon Tort
Claims Act, will indemnify, within the limits of the Tort Claims Act, the Contractor for costs
associated with monitoring, recovery, site restoration or other required archaeological work,
provided neither the Agency nor the State shall be required to indemnify the Contractor for
such costs resulting from, arising out of or relating to the willful misconduct, negligence or
other wrongful acts attributable to the Contractor or other persons on the Project site.

Delays to work due to new cultural resource finds will be considered for exclusion from
contract time according to 00180.50(e).

Work required for monitoring and site restoration for newly discovered sensitive cultural
sites encountered by the Contractor will be paid according to Section 00197.

00290.51 Protection of Sensitive Cultural Sites - Add the following paragraphs to the               Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
end of this subsection:                                                                             Hidden
                                                                                                    Formatted: Right




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     55
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Every effort has been made to identify all sensitive cultural sites on the Project. There are
no known sensitive cultural sites on this project however, if the Contractor finds a previously
undiscovered sensitive cultural site, immediately cease all activities at that site, follow
procedures under Section 00290.50 (Protection of Cultural Resources), and notify the
Engineer. If the Contractor inadvertently disturbs unknown sensitive cultural sites, but
immediately ceases all activities and follows the procedures of 00290.50, the Agency, to the
extent permitted by Article XI, section 7 of the Oregon Constitution and by the Oregon Tort
Claims Act, will indemnify, within the limits of the Tort Claims Act, the Contractor for costs
associated with monitoring, recovery, site restoration or other required archaeological work,
provided neither the Agency nor the State shall be required to indemnify the Contractor for
such costs resulting from, arising out of or relating to the willful misconduct, negligence or
other wrongful acts attributable to the Contractor or other persons on the Project site.

Delays to work due to new cultural resource finds will be considered for exclusion from
contract time according to 00180.50(e).

Work required for monitoring and site restoration for newly discovered sensitive cultural
sites encountered by the Contractor will be paid according to Section 00197.

00290.90 Lump Sum Basis - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Payment for the work containment plan and work containment system will be made at the
Contract lump sum amount for the item "Work Containment Plan and System". Payment
will be payment in full providing and updating the work containment plan and for designing,
constructing, maintaining, and removing the containment system and for furnishing all
materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   56
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                       SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK                                   Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
                                                                                                  Formatted: Right
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font color: Orange
Section 00305, which is not a Standard Specification, is included for this Project by Special
                                                                                                  Formatted: Hidden
Provision.

                                                   Description

00305.00 Scope - This work consists of all surveying activities necessary to control the
many phases of work required to construct the Project to the lines and grades as shown,
specified, or established.

Make all supporting computations and field notes required for control of the work and as
necessary to establish the exact position, orientation, and elevation of the work from control
stations, including furnishing and setting construction stakes and marks, reference marks,
and additional control stations.

Plans, specifications and other data necessary to lay out the work will be available for
inspection at the Project Manager’s office.

00305.01 Definitions:

Confidence Points - Random points measured in the field within the boundary of a digital
terrain model (DTM), the purposes of which are to verify the accuracy of the DTM and to
provide evidence just prior to construction that the DTM is a reasonable representation of
the original ground for computation of volumes and pay quantities. Similarly, confidence
points are used to verify that a constructed grade has been built according to the design
DTM. Additional information is available from the Engineer.

Confidence point locations follow these guidelines:

        Randomly selected without regard for the location of DTM points or triangles
        Evenly distributed over the entire DTM area to be validated
        Proportionately distributed between confidence point classifications as applicable
        At a density sufficient to validate the surface, generally ten per instrument location
         as used in collecting DTM data or if not applicable, as in data collected
         photogrammetrically, 2% of DTM points

Control Network - An array of control stations either established by the Contractor or
provided by the Agency.

Control Station - Any item identified in the Project records as having a position and/or
elevation on the Project datum and intended to be used to control the many phases of the
construction work.

Digital Terrain Model (DTM) - An electronic computer model of the shape of the ground.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   57
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Reference Stakes - Stakes set away from but with information relating back to the intended
location and/or grade.

Slope Catch - The location where a design slope intersects the existing ground and where
excavation or embankment work should begin to provide the intended earthwork.

Slope Staking - The process of using measurements and calculations in the field to
determine the slope catch. Slope staking shall normally include setting stakes to mark the
slope catch and setting a reference stake for every catch stake.

Stakes - Stakes, nails, marks, string lines, or other devices or mechanisms set or
established for the purpose of indicating or controlling the location, orientation, or grade of
any feature intended for construction, or for the purpose of limiting or influencing the
construction work.

Staking - The act of placing stakes.

Survey Marker - Any survey monument, control station, or stake.

Survey Monument - Any natural or man-made item specified or identified in a property
deed, boundary survey, government document, or other instrument of public record, when
the purpose of said item is to mark or reference a property boundary, geographical location,
elevation, or other position.

Surveyor - The individual designated by the Contractor and licensed in the state of Oregon
as a Professional Land Surveyor and placed in "responsible charge" of the survey work as
defined in ORS 672.002(6)(b).

Temporary Bench Mark (TBM) - A control station established for the purpose of providing
vertical control for the Project. A TBM may or may not have an established horizontal
position.

00305.02 Mandatory Pre-Survey Conference - The prime Contractor, subcontractors,
surveyor, survey crew leader, and all surveying personnel who are to be involved in the
survey work shall meet with the Project Manager two weeks prior to beginning survey work.
The purpose of this meeting will be to discuss methods and practices of accomplishing
required survey work.

00305.03 Review by the Engineer - The Engineer may periodically review the notes,
calculations and layout work, including field locations, for compliance with these
specifications. Survey work that does not meet the tolerances in 00305.40 may be
rejected, and the work redone at the Contractors expense to meet the tolerances.

Review by the Engineer does not constitute approval or acceptance of the work, nor does it
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing work in conformance with the plans
and specifications.

00305.04 Agency Responsibilities:

        Provide copies of plans and specifications
        Establish initial horizontal and vertical control stations in the proximity of the Project



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                        58
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Provide horizontal and vertical alignment data
        Provide cross section finish grade elevations
        Perform measurements and calculations for pay quantities
        Perform final "as constructed" measurements


    Perform slope staking necessary for construction of earthwork including intersections          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       and matchlines


    Set stakes defining limits for clearing. Set stakes defining approximate right-of-way          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       and easements.

00305.05 Contractor Responsibilities - Perform or provide the following items of work:

        Make calculations, field notes and survey drawings for the layout and control of the
         work as are necessary to construct the Project as specified
        Provide original or copies of notes, calculations and drawings as requested
        Preserve survey monuments and control stations according to 00305.70 and as
         governed by applicable law
        Replace and augment control stations as necessary to control the Project
        Establish additional control stations as necessary to control the Project


        Perform slope staking necessary for construction of earthwork including
         intersections and matchlines


        Set stakes defining limits for clearing. Set stakes defining approximate right-of-way
         and easements.

        Set stakes to define construction centerline, centerline offsets, detour lines, or other
         lines necessary for control of the Project work
        Set stakes to define the work, that may include but is not limited to the following:

          Roadway location and grade
          Fences and gates
          Guardrail, barrier, barricades, and associated features
         Traffic delineators, reflectors, and guide devices
          Traffic Control Devices                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
          Temporary and permanent signing *
          Temporary and permanent pavement striping and pavement marking devices
         Poles and footings, cabinets, junction boxes, sensors, and other features
             associated with illumination and signal facilities *
         Curbs, walks, stairs, walls, mailboxes, and other miscellaneous structures *
         Pipes, manholes, inlets, weirs, settlement basins and other drainage and water
             quality structures and facilities *
         Landscaping items
          Earthwork features including guardrail flares and mounds, berms, and mounds



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     59
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         Buildings and other structures and facilities                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Environmental impact mitigation features

              * including field verification of fit and functionality or as instructed by the
                Engineer

        Remove and dispose of all flagging, lath, stakes and other temporary staking
         material after the Project is completed

        For bridge work, supply survey drawings depicting the location and elevations of the
         elements of substructure and superstructure and place stakes for features including
         but not limited to the following:

         Substructure:
             Piling
             Footings
             Columns, walls, and abutments
             Pile caps and cross beams
             Bearing pads or devices

         Superstructure:
             Horizontal alignment and deck edges
             Soffit grades
             Seismic restraints
             Wing walls and retaining walls
             Bridge end panels
             Deck elevations
             Railings
             Deck drains and other bridge drainage facilities

        Set reference stakes and elevations in the vicinity of the structure work, as are
         necessary for the Engineer to check the layout. This may include establishment of a
         control network.
        Survey top of rail along the tracks at the North Powder work site at 25 foot intervals   Formatted: Font: Italic
         for a distance of at least 500’ from both ends of the work to be performed before        Formatted: Font: Italic, Not Highlight
         performing any work within UPRR Right of Way.                                            Formatted: Font: Italic
        Survey top of rail along the tracks at the North Powder work site immediately after
                                                                                                  Formatted: Not Highlight
         placing any loads on tracks prior to running trains to verify that track has not been
         shifted. Such survey work must be completed in the allowable track time provided         Formatted: Not Highlight

         by the Railroad and satisfactorily reviewed without exception by Railroad                Formatted: Left, Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at:
                                                                                                  0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
         representative on site.
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
00305.06 Survey Methods - Survey procedures shall be appropriate for the equipment                Formatted: Not Highlight
being used and be according to current Agency practices.                                          Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
New survey procedures that are not according to current Agency practices shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review 21 days prior to conducting the work. The surveyor           Formatted: Not Highlight

may be required to demonstrate the capabilities, accuracy, and reliability of the intended        Formatted: Not Highlight
procedure. The Engineer will evaluate the procedure and intended application and provide          Formatted: Font color: Auto, Not Hidden




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   60
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

approval or rejection within 21 days. Work may proceed immediately upon approval of
procedures by the Engineer.

Test and adjust survey equipment according to Agency’s procedures and maintain records
of test results and submit copies to the Engineer upon request. Information on Agency test
procedures may be obtained from the Engineer.

00305.07 Survey Work Records - Contractor’s survey personnel shall maintain a Project
daily record of work performed by the survey crew. The daily record shall contain the date,
crew names, type and location of work, and work accomplished. Upon request, furnish a
copy of diary entries to the Engineer. Furnish a final copy of the diary when the Project is
complete.

Contractor’s survey personnel shall make all field notes and calculations in a manner
consistent with current Agency practices and on forms provided or approved by the
Engineer. Computations, survey notes and other records necessary to accomplish the
work shall be neat, legible and complete. Furnish copies of computations, notes and other
records when requested by the Engineer.

For bridges, furnish computations, layout notes, and drawings of the structure to the
Engineer for review 7 days before beginning construction.

Upon completion of construction staking and prior to final acceptance of the Contract,
furnish to the Engineer, computations, survey notes, Project records and other data used to
accomplish the work. Include an itemized list of the data.

All data and original documentation associated with this Project will become the property of
the Agency.

00305.08 Communication With the Surveyor - The Engineer has the right to
communicate directly with the surveyor.

00305.09 Electronic Data - The Engineer will not be responsible for any data translations.
Compressed data provided by the Engineer or the Contractor will be in a "self-expanding
executable" format. The method of exchange of electronic data will be mutually agreed
upon at the pre-survey conference.

(a) Data Formats Provided by the Engineer:

        CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        Horizontal Control Coordinates - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format
        Horizontal Alignments - Intergraph Bentley Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment
         format
        Vertical Alignments - Intergraph Bentley Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment format
        DTM Data - Intergraph Bentley Inroads DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN)
         format
        Cross Section Data - Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File
         Format




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                61
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(b) Data Formats Provided by the Contractor:

        DTM Data - Bentley InroadsIntergraph DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN)
         format
        CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        "As Staked" Coordinate Data - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Confidence Points - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Vertical Control Point Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format
        Coordinates of Miscellaneous Survey Points Set - ASCII Coordinate File format

(c) Data Format Details - Data exchanged between the Agency and the Contractor will be
in the following formats as referred to in this subsection:

    (1) ASCII Coordinate File Format:

         Point ID       Northing        Easting        Elevation   Feature   Description

             Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long
             Coordinates/Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the Project
             Feature names are up to 8 character alphanumeric codes
             Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination of
              printable ASCII characters.
             Columns may be separated by spaces or commas
             Name all ASCII coordinate files with an extension of .CRD

    Example: 105 216473.675 576231.905                      102.562   SET_NTW (13 mm) iron rod

    (2) ASCII Elevation File Format:

         Point ID       Elevation        Description

             Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long
             Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the Project
             Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination of
              printable ASCII characters
             Columns may be separated by spaces or commas
             Name all ASCII elevation files with an extension of .ELV

    Example: 425          542.768 TBM12, n.w. bolt on lum.

    (3) Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File Format:

         Station       Offset       Elevation        Pen Up (Pen Down)

             The station values should be in ascending order
             For each station, the offsets should be in ascending order from left to right
             The pen up (pen down) column distinguishes one cross section from the next
             The first point in each cross section should have a value of 1 in the pen column
             The final point in each cross section should have a value of 2 in the pen column




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                        62
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             All intermediate cross section points should have a value of 0 in the pen column
             Name all cross section data files with an extension of .SOE

    Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
    provide data in English units.):

                   Station             Offset          Elevation        Pen Up
                                                                      (Pen Down)

                   20+020            - 26.500           260.617             1
                   20+020            - 10.606           268.664             0
                   20+020              - 2.500          269.012             0
                   20+020                0.000          269.045             0
                   20+020                3.500          269.007             0
                   20+020              12.650           263.004             0
                   20+020              25.250           261.005             2

(4) Intergraph Bentley Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment Format:

Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
Name all ASCII Horizontal Alignment files with an extension of .HAL.

Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
provide data in English units.):

* INTERGRAPH HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
*
* Alignment name: FRS_CON
* Alignment description: 409 "FRS" construction centerline
* Alignment preference: ALI1
*
    { TYPE STATION          RADIUS         X_CRD               Y_CRD       DIRECTION SPI_LENGTH
     LIN 0+000.000           0.0000     2299517.9122        160263.0134   320^03'23.5393"  0.0000
     SPI 0+025.455           0.0000     2299501.5693        160282.5292   320^03'23.5393" 25.0000
     CIR 0+050.455         -40.0000     2299483.6919        160299.8495   302^09'05.7873"  0.0000
     SPI 0+090.052           0.0000     2299445.7747        160302.3626   245^25'56.3948" 25.0000
     LIN 0+115.052           0.0000     2299425.7678        160287.5532   227^31'38.6429"  0.0000
     CIR 0+139.727          60.0000     2299407.5675        160270.8918   227^31'38.6429"  0.0000
     LIN 0+206.006           0.0000     2299345.7282        160259.0654   290^49'08.8378"  0.0000
     SPI 0+217.793           0.0000     2299334.7113        160263.2545   290^49'08.8378" 20.0000
     CIR 0+237.793         -45.0000     2299315.5846        160268.9480   278^05'12.2142"  0.0000
     SPI 0+265.317           0.0000     2299288.8537        160264.5055   243^02'29.0797" 20.0000
     LIN 0+285.317           0.0000     2299272.5967        160252.9315   230^18'32.4561"  0.0000
     LIN 0+319.254           0.0000     2299246.4821        160231.2576   230^18'32.4561"  0.0000

    (5) Intergraph Bentley Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment Format:

    Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
    The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
    Name all ASCII Vertical Alignment files with an extension of .VAL.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                           63
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
    provide data in English units.):

    * INTERGRAPH VERTICAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
    *
    * Alignment name: b1v1
    * Alignment description: Bikepath Finish Grade
    * Alignment preference: default
    *
        { TYPE     STATION            ELEVATION              SLOPE      VC_LENGTH
           LIN    10+006.142            32.6790             -0.002331      0.0000
           PAR    10+021.391            32.6435             -0.002331     15.0000
           LIN    10+036.391            32.4096             -0.028856      0.0000
           PAR    10+058.666            31.7668             -0.028856     20.0000
           LIN    10+078.666            31.4983              0.002002      0.0000
           PAR    10+123.970            31.5890              0.002002     44.3355
           LIN    10+168.305            32.7639              0.051001      0.0000
           PAR    10+183.208            33.5239              0.051001     25.0000
           LIN    10+208.208            34.1467             -0.001179      0.0000
           LIN    10+235.186            34.1149              0.000000      0.0000

    (6) Microstation Design File Format:

    Bentley Systems, Inc. / Intergraph Corporation proprietary format.

                                                     Materials

00305.10 Materials - Furnish all materials including supplies, clothing, and incidentals
required to accomplish the work. Use materials of good quality and suitable for the purpose
intended. Stakes, hubs, and guinnies are to be of sufficient length to provide a solid set in
the ground. Mark the stakes in such a way as to remain legible for the intended duration.
Provide and use safety equipment required by State and federal regulations.

                                                   Equipment

00305.20 Survey Equipment - Furnish survey equipment required to accomplish the work
that meets the following requirements:

        Components designed to work together
        Suitable for the purpose intended
        Capable of achieving specified tolerances
        In good operating condition
        Maintained to meet manufacturers specifications
        Kept in proper adjustment throughout the duration of the Project

Submit documentation on survey equipment that is new to the industry, to the Engineer for
review 21 days prior to its use. The Engineer will evaluate the equipment and intended
application and provide approval or rejection within 21 days. Equipment may be used
immediately upon approval by the Engineer.

                                                       Labor



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 64
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00305.30 Personnel - Provide technically qualified personnel capable of performing
required tasks in a timely and accurate manner. Perform work under the direction and
review of the Surveyor.

The Surveyor is responsible for:

        Maintaining registration as a Professional Land Surveyor in the State of Oregon
        Performing or validating requirements for procedures and testing of equipment
        Maintaining familiarity with the site conditions and progress of the Project
        Becoming familiar with the plans and specifications
        Determining notes and documentation required for types of survey work
        Determining the accuracy required for each survey stake
        Using appropriate equipment and methods
        Keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project
        Being familiar with the varying construction survey requirements of each aspect of
         the Project, including the various bridge construction techniques when applicable
        Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables

The survey crew leader is responsible for:

        becoming familiar with the plans and specifications
        keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project
        Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables

                                                  Construction

00305.40 Construction Staking Tolerances - Set stakes or other devices at an adequate
frequency and within the following tolerances:

    Item                                                    Horizontal         Vertical
    Box Culverts                             30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)          15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Bridge Substructures                     10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)          10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    Bridge Superstructures                     5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)          5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Clearing and Grubbing Stakes            300 mm ( 1.00 ft.)                        n/a
    Construction Centerline Control Points  15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)                         n/a
    Construction Centerline Station Points  30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)                         n/a
    Curbs, Walks, and Bikepaths              10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)           5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Roadway Subgrade          50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)          15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Top of Rock               50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)          10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Roadway Finish            30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)           5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Manholes, Inlets, and Culverts           30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)          10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    PCC Pavement                             30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)           5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Slope Stakes and References             100 mm ( 0.30 ft.)          30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)
    Traffic Markings                         50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)                        n/a



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                       65
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Walls - Retaining, MSE, Sound, etc.                      30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)    15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Wetland Mitigation Control Stakes                        50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)    50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)
    Luminaire and Signal Poles (incl. ftgs.)                 50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)    10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)

Miscellaneous items not listed above will have a horizontal and vertical tolerance of 50 mm
(0.20 foot), unless otherwise directed. Features that are to be constructed flush to another
surface should take on the same tolerance as that surface.

Tolerances for special circumstances will be discussed at the pre-survey meeting.

00305.41 Slope Stakes and References - Set slope stakes and references on both sides
of centerline at 20 m (50 foot) stations and at terrain breaks and changes in the typical
section. Establish slope stakes in the field as the actual point of intersection of the design
roadway slope with the existing ground line. Direct staking of the theoretical (computer
generated) slope stake catch point requires prior approval of the Engineer.

Set slope stake references farther out from centerline than the actual catch point. Include
all reference point and slope stake information on the reference stakes.

If an automated slope staking routine is intended to be used, the system shall be able to
perform the proper superelevation, lane transitions, and benching, as well as duplicate
other details in the design surface. The system shall record field modifications made to the
final catch slopes. Any modifications shall be recorded and provided to the Engineer.

Record the actual as staked (three dimensional) position of the slope and reference stakes.
Prepare field notes showing slope stake and reference information, and provide to the
Engineer.

00305.42 Clearing Limits - Set clearing limit stakes according to Section 00320. Space
clearing limit stakes at intervals not greater than 20 m (50 feet) or as directed.

00305.43 Grade Stakes - Set grade stakes or other control for grade elevation and
horizontal alignment. Set grade stakes at each grade break line. Set additional points at
intervals, as necessary, not to exceed the width of the grading equipment, or as approved
by the Engineer. Set these rows at 20 m (50 foot) stations or as required in special
situations, as in road connections and other areas where conditions require tighter spacing
of grade stakes to assure grade and alignment.

Measure and record confidence points upon completion of each course and prior to the
placement of the next course. Location and spacing of these confidence points shall be
such that they provide a reasonable record of the grade as constructed and placed at a
nominal rate of one confidence point for every 200 m2 (2,000 square feet) of grade.

Provide confidence point data in the form of an ASCII Coordinate File Format to the
Engineer for analysis. The Engineer may request additional confidence points if quantity,
distribution, or placement does not meet the stated criteria in this subsection and in the
confidence point location guidelines in 00305.01. The Engineer may choose to collect
additional confidence points using Agency personnel.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade using any combination of industry-standard
techniques and the standard Agency confidence point analysis procedure. The confidence


SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                 66
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

point analysis will use the tolerance value defined in 00305.40 for the particular course, and
will be deemed unacceptable if less than two-thirds of all confidence points meet the
tolerance or if any confidence points exceed the tolerance by a factor of three or more.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade and provide acceptance or rejection before the end of
the first business day following receipt of the confidence point data. Do not begin
placement of the next course until the Engineer has accepted the grade and approval is
given to proceed.

00305.44 Walls - Set stakes or other devices to control the location and elevation of walls,
including retaining walls, geotextile walls, wing walls, sound walls and other walls as
specified. Provide horizontal and vertical control for elements of wall(s) including but not
limited to footings, leveling pads, batter slope and direction, and top elevation. Stake
drainage facilities, electrical conduits, water pipes and other items shown or identified that
are to be integrated into the construction of the wall(s).


00305.45 Pipes and Culverts - Stake pipes and culverts to fit field conditions.         Their
location may be different from the plans. Perform the following:

    Determine the roadbed slope catch points at the inlet and outlet of pipes and culverts      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Set reference point offsets to pipes and culverts. Record information necessary to
       determine structure length and end treatments.
    Stake ditches or grade to make pipes and culverts functional
    Complete a Culvert Data Sheet (Form 734-3247) according to Agency standards
    Submit a copy of the field notes to the Engineer by the next working day following
       completion of the staking work

00305.49 Horizontal Control - Establish horizontal control stations using Theodolite/EDM
network or static GPS techniques. Least squares adjustments shall be applied to either
method. The use of traverses will be permitted only if approved by the Engineer.

Preserve all Agency provided and Contractor established horizontal control stations for the
life of the Project. If the horizontal control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary horizontal control network using the original
control as a basis. This secondary control network may then be used by the Contractor to
layout all construction items and may be used by the Agency for right-of-way
monumentation and for other purposes.

(a) General Specifications - Horizontal control networks shall conform to these general
requirements in addition to Theodolite/EDM or GPS specifications to follow.

    (1) Equipment:

             Use tripods for all occupations with theodolite, target, or GPS antenna
             Test all components and adjust according to manufacturer specifications

    (2) Procedures:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  67
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             Include in field notes a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
              control station and survey monument established or used
             Perform a minimally and fully constrained Least Squares adjustment
             The line used for the basis of bearing shall be greater than 300 m (1,000 feet)
              unless approved by the Engineer
             Prior to using 2 points for the basis of bearing, perform an analysis to verify that
              the points are actually those indicated in the record
             Control station monuments shall conform to the requirements of the Agency
              "Right-of-Way Monumentation Policy" available from the Engineer
             If available, include at least three existing control stations in establishing any
              control network
             Establish a point identifier for each control point within the range of 1 - 399.
              Alphanumeric point identifiers up to eight characters may be used. Inscribe the
              point identifier on the monument.

    (3) Acceptance Standards - A least squares adjustment shall be accepted base on the
    following criteria for all specified tolerances.

             Two-thirds of all values shall be within the total tolerance
             100% of all values shall be within 3 times the total tolerance
             Tolerance for confidence regions at the 95% level is 15 mm (0.05 feet) + 50 ppm
              based on the shortest distance to the nearest unadjusted control station

    (4) Data Requirements:

             Field notes containing a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
              control station and survey monument established or used
             Minimally and fully constrained least squares adjustment reports

(b) Theodolite/EDM Networks:

    (1) Equipment:

             Use Theodolites with a maximum angular standard of error no greater than
               6 seconds
             Use EDMs with a maximum distance standard error no greater than  5 mm
              ( 0.02 feet)  5 ppm
             All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
              together

    (2) Field Procedures:

             Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical
             Have at least one redundant observation for every point in the network
             Triangulation, trilateration, and resection methods are acceptable

    (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

             Tolerance for angle residuals is  3 seconds




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      68
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             Tolerance for distance residuals is  5 mm ( 0.02 feet)  2 ppm

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or
    circuit established:

             Raw Data Files - These are electronic data files containing original
              measurements produced by the Theodolite (total station). The file shall contain:

                  Observation data for each measurement, including:

                      point identifier
                      direction, plate reading, or horizontal angle
                      vertical or zenith angle
                      slope distance

                  Supplemental measurement data, including:

                      distance units recorded
                      angular units recorded
                      curvature and refraction correction applied
                      atmospheric correction applied
                      prism correction applied

                  Codes or instructions to the processing software on how to process the data

                  Atmospheric conditions at the time of the survey

                  Angular and distance units recorded, and whether the distance has been
                   corrected for curvature and refraction and/or atmospheric conditions

             Set Reduction Report - This report summarizes the reduction of the angle sets
              and mean distances.

             Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the least
              squares adjustment, including a list of all angular and distance residuals,
              confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final adjusted
              coordinates.

(c) GPS Networks:

    (1) Equipment:

             GPS receivers shall be dual frequency geodetic receivers with a manufacturer-
              specified accuracy of  5 mm ( 0.02 feet)  1 ppm or better
             All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
              together

    (2) Field Procedures:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   69
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             Ensure that satellite geometry during the field observation phase is sufficient to
              produce accurate results. The geometric dilution of precision (GDOP) shall not
              be greater than 8.
             The number of healthy satellites being observed at any time shall be four or
              more
             The elevation mask shall be not less than 15 degrees
             Horizontal survey measurements, once completed, shall form a closed figure,
              and shall be connected to at least two existing horizontal control stations
             Network shall be comprised entirely of independent baselines
             Adjacent stations shall have direct connections
             Every station shall be connected to two or more stations
             Receiver documentation shall be followed for observation times and epoch
              intervals
             Each control station shall be occupied no less than twice, of which two
              occupations shall be separated from each other by time. Separation shall be
              measured start-time to start-time. Separation shall be 90 minutes or more from
              initial occupation and 90 minutes or more from any 12 hour multiple thereafter
              for 30 days. Additional occupations beyond two are not subject to time
              restrictions.
             Back-to-back occupations of 90 minutes or more shall be separated by off
              leveling and re-setting the tripod and rotation of the tribrach or leveling
              equipment by 120 degrees or more
             Stations closer together than 500 m (1,500 feet) shall be connected with
              terrestrial observations
             Inter-visible stations closer together than 1 km (3,000 feet) shall be connected
              with terrestrial observations

    (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

             Tolerance for linear residuals in latitude, longitude, and elevation is  15 mm
              ( 0.05 feet)

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network
    established:

             Receiver Independent Exchange (RINEX) Data Files - These are industry-
              standard non-proprietary electronic data files containing original data collected
              by the receiver. The provided files shall contain all data supported by both the
              RINEX file format and the equipment and software employed in the survey.
              Files provided shall include as a minimum:

                  GPS observation data file
                  GPS navigation message file

             Observation Log Sheet - This log includes, for each observation, start and stop
              times, and antenna height including measurement procedure.

             Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the least
              squares adjustment, including a list of all latitude, longitude, and height




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    70
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

              residuals, confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final
              adjusted coordinates.

(d) Traverses:

    (1) Equipment:

             Identical to requirements for Theodolite/EDM networks

    (2) Field Procedures:

             Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical
             Close both traverse for angle and distance

    (3) Acceptance Standards:

    Closure shall be a minimum of 1:20,000 after angular adjustment and prior to
    coordinate adjustment.

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each traverse
    established:

             Adjustment Report - This report contains details of the traverse adjustment,
              including adjusted coordinates.

             Other Reports - All data required for Theodolite/EDM networks except least
              squares adjustment report.

00305.50 Vertical Control - Establish vertical control stations using differential leveling
and third order or better equipment and techniques. The development of vertical control by
techniques other than differential leveling must be approved by the Engineer. A least
squares adjustment shall be applied to each network of acceptable level circuits.

The Agency provided and Contractor established vertical control stations shall be preserved
for the life of the Project. If the vertical control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary vertical control network using the original control
as a basis. This secondary control network would then be used to layout all construction
items and may be used by the Agency for other purposes.

(a) Field Procedures:

        Use a compensated (or "automatic") optical level or compensated digital level
        Use precise non-adjustable rod(s) unless otherwise directed. Do not use "Lenker"
         or self-computing rods.
        Use a rod level with each rod
        Include a minimum of two published bench marks in each circuit unless otherwise
         directed
        If the circuit between benches does not close within the tolerance stated below,
         close circuit back to the starting point



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    71
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        If the use of one benchmark is approved, close circuit back to the starting point
        Select turning points that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point. Set a nail,
         spike, or stake if no existing items are acceptable. Turning plates with a weight of
         not less than 2 kg (4.5 pounds) may be used.
        Balance backsight and foresight distances to within 10 m (30 feet) on each setup
         and to within 10 m (30 feet) on the entire circuit
        Make a record of the rod reading(s) and the observation distance on each sighting
        Set TBMs near significant construction items (bridges, intersections, and other
         locations where elevations will be needed) and not more than 300 m (1,000 feet)
         apart throughout the Project
        Select TBM monuments that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point, not
         likely to be moved by human or natural influences, readily identifiable, and out of the
         path of construction. Do not use fire hydrants, guardrails, highway signs, or nails or
         spikes in utility poles or fence posts.
        Include detailed point descriptions and vicinity sketch in field notes
        Take field notes when recording measurements electronically. Include data and
         information not electronically measured and recorded.
        Apply a vertical least squares adjustment to allowable errors. The use of
         proportional distribution of error may be used if approved by the Engineer.

(b) Acceptance Standards - Each leveling circuit shall be accepted based on the "point-to-
point" or "closed-loop" limits described below. A single least squares adjustment shall be
applied to the observations in the leveling circuits meeting the acceptance standards

        Accept point to point circuit based on the following. Error of closure shall be no
         greater than:

                       METRIC                                               ENGLISH

          Allowable Error  12 mm D                               Allowable Error  0.05 ft. D

         D = Shortest level line distance in kilometers (miles)

        If a closed loop, the error of closure shall be no greater than:

                       METRIC                                               ENGLISH

             Allowable Error  8 mm E                             Allowable Error  0.035 ft. E

         E = Perimeter of level loop in kilometers (miles)

(c) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or circuit
established:

        Raw Data - These are hand written field notes or hand written field notes
         accompanied by electronic data files containing original measurements produced by
         the level. The file shall contain:

             Data for each measurement, including a:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                         72
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving



                  point identifier (within a range of 400 - 499 and also inscribed on the
                   monument)
                  rod reading
                  observation distance

             Supplemental measurement data, including:

                  distance units recorded
                  curvature and refraction correction applied

        Level Computation Report - This report contains the computation of unadjusted
         elevations, observation distance imbalances, computer allowable error, and closure
         error.

        Level Adjustment Report - This report contains the adjustment details, including
         residual values, adjusted elevations and standard errors.

        ASCII Elevation Data File


00305.51 Bridges - Set stakes, nails, or other devices to control the location and elevation
of the various parts of bridges and progressive phases of construction. Provide horizontal
and vertical control for all elements of bridge construction. Stake drainage facilities,
electrical conduits, water and sewer pipes, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, traffic signal
and sign supports, illumination devices, and other items shown or identified that are to be
integrated into the construction of the bridge.

Identify marks or provide field notes or reports to the Engineer. Such provision of
information shall be adequate for the Engineer to review the location and elevation of the
mark for the intended purpose prior to incorporating material that is based on the mark.

(a) Bridge Survey Control Stations - Use the smallest number of original Project control
stations as is practical for establishing positions and reference points for bridge construction
on one bridge. Use of multiple control stations will increase the probability of incorporating
error into the construction. Use control stations that are as closely related mathematically
as practical. The Contractor may establish additional control stations as necessary to
complete the survey work. Additional control stations shall be established in such a manner
as to provide the accuracy needed to meet the tolerances in 00305.40.

Original Project control stations shall be used only after the following evaluation is
completed for each bridge:

        Supply a list of original Project horizontal and vertical control stations intended by
         the Contractor to be used in establishing positions on a given bridge
        Measure relative positions of original Project horizontal control stations intended to
         be used
        Measure elevation differences between original Project vertical control stations
         intended to be used
        Supply horizontal and vertical measurement data to the Engineer



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    73
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        Compare measured values with those computed from original horizontal network
         coordinates and vertical network elevations
        Any discrepancy of concern to either the Contractor or the Engineer will be resolved
         before that combination of control stations is used

(b) Layout Marks and Reference Points:

    (1) Substructure - Stake, reference, or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of substructure components, including but not
    limited to cofferdams, pilings (including batter), footings, columns, abutments, caps,
    cross beams, bearing devices, temporary supports or falsework, and excavations and
    embankments associated with any of the above.

    Verify and document the locations, elevations and spatial relationships with adjacent
    substructure components. On bridges where prefabricated beams will be used,
    measure and document span lengths between bearing devices at each beam location
    as soon as practical. Supply a copy of such documentation to the Engineer for review
    before the next stage of construction.

    Compute the final elevations after studying the plans, specifications, and shop
    drawings. Adjust the grades as needed to compensate for camber of prefabricated
    beams, chording of beams across the low side of superelevations, width of flat beams
    on superelevated surfaces, and any other factor resulting from design or construction
    methods.

    (2) Superstructure - Stake, reference or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of superstructure components including but not
    limited to beams, girders, diaphragms, earthquake restraints, deck, rails, structure
    mounted traffic control and illumination devices, and concrete forms, temporary
    supports and falsework associated with any of the above.

    Stake alignment of structure as needed at each stage of construction. Stake alignment
    of poured-in-place items at 3 m (10 foot) stations or as established by the Engineer.
    Stake alignment for the following items as needed to maintain the horizontal tolerance
    defined in 00305.40:

             Outside edge of girder(s)
             Face(s) or centerline(s) of internal girders or stem walls
             Edge of deck
             Alignment of grade breaks
             Pedestrian and bicycle facilities
             Rails and railings

    Stake grades at each stage of construction. Stake grade of poured-in-place items at
    3 m (10 foot) stations, or as established by the Engineer. Apply corrections to design
    grades based on the dynamics of the evolving structure. Corrections that may be
    required depend upon the design of the bridge and the construction methods employed.
    Provide correction values to the Engineer at least 15 working days prior to incorporating
    into the structure. The following list is examples of possible corrections:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 74
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             Design camber (upward adjustment to compensate for anticipated deflection)
             Structural deflection (deflection of the bridge under its own increasing weight)
             Post tensioning lift (upward movement of the bridge under post tensioning
              forces)
             Structural shifting (dynamics of the bridge under eccentric loading)
             Falsework deflection (deflection of falsework beams under increasing weight)
             Falsework crush (compression of falsework supports under increasing weight)
             Form crush (compression of forms under increasing weight)
             Equipment deflection (deflection of deck finishing machine or deck rails)
             Other adjustments to staked value to achieve the design grade

(c) Bridge Deck Grades - Set stakes or other devices to control the deck grade elevations.
The exact process will depend upon the type of deck and the equipment being used. Stake
and construct finished deck grades within the tolerances of 00305.40.

    (1) Portland Cement Concrete Deck - The surveyor and survey crew leader shall
    attend the first of the two deck pre-placement conferences, described in 00540.02(a),
    required for each deck placement.

    Control of a PCC deck may involve significant work with the deck placement crew to
    establish control for a deck finishing machine. Rails for supporting the deck finishing
    machine are generally set up on either side of the deck. Each rail is held up by
    adjustable supports every 2 m (5 feet). Adjust the rail at each support to the desired
    grade while the rail is supporting the weight of the finishing machine. Corrections may
    need to be applied as listed in 00305.51(b-2).

    (2) Asphaltic Concrete Deck - Control of an AC deck will not generally involve as
    many variables as PCC. An AC deck serves as a wearing surface, but not a structural
    component. Asphaltic concrete will frequently be used as filler to create the desired
    superelevations when flat beams form the superstructure. Stake control of the finish
    grade like any asphalt finish grade. Under some circumstances, design camber and
    structural deflection may need to be considered.

00305.52 Pavements - Set stakes or other control devices to control the location and
elevation of asphalt and PCC pavement as shown. Provide surveying or survey-related
activity necessary to control grade, thickness, and smoothness as required.

00305.53 Signs, Signals, and Illumination - Determine the exact location of posts, poles,
cabinets, junction boxes, detectors and other similar appurtenances and their relative
location to roadway features such as edge of pavement, curbs, sidewalks, sidewalk ramps,
lane lines, etc., by means of field measurements. This may require an approved field
adjustment to the planned location in order to avoid obstacles or ensure its placement in a
functional location. Field verify length of poles, posts, mast arms, and tenon locations and
field verify orientation of triangular bases for poles, and submit documentation to the
Engineer.

Set a stake referencing the center of the item.             Set a guard stake with the following
information written on it:

    Description of item (by plan number if applicable)                                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    75
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Centerline station
    Centerline offset distance
    Cut or fill from reference point (and what point the cut or fill is to)
    Intended elevation

If the orientation of the item is significant and is not clear, establish a reference line for the
skew of the item.

                                                   Temporary

00305.60 Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic - Provide all work zone signing
conforming to "ODOT Signing and Flagging Standards for Short Term Work Zones 1998"
and "Short Term Traffic Control Handbook for ODOT Survey Crews 1998".

Signs for use by the survey crew may be constructed of plywood, sheet aluminum or fabric.
Signs, flaggers and flagger equipment shall conform to the requirements of Section 00225.

                                    Maintenance and Monumentation

00305.70 Preservation of Survey Markers:

(a) Project Control Points Established by the Engineer - Maintain, relocate or replace
existing survey monuments, control points, and stakes, as determined by the Engineer.
Perform the work to produce the same level of accuracy as the original monument(s) in a
timely manner, and at the Contractor’s expense.

(b) Monuments of Record - Preserve survey monuments according to 00170.90, and ORS
209.140 and 209.150. If such monuments are to be disturbed or destroyed, comply with
requirements of these ORS at the Contractor’s expense.

00305.71 Project Monumentation - The Contractor will not be responsible for performing
right-of-way monumentation.

                                                  Measurement

00305.80 General - No separate measurement will be made for construction survey work.

                                                     Payment

00305.90 General - Payment for performing construction survey work will be made at the
Contract lump sum amount for the item "Construction Survey Work".

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all material, equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified. Payment includes all temporary protection
and direction of traffic measures including flaggers and signing necessary for the
performance of the construction survey work.

No separate payment will be made for preparing surveying documents including but not
limited to office time, preparing and checking survey notes, and all other related preparation
work.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      76
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


The amount to be allowed for "Construction Survey Work" in the progress payments will not
be in excess of the reasonable value of the surveying work performed under this
specification as said reasonable value is estimated by the Engineer.

Costs incurred as a result of survey errors will be borne by the Contractor. Such costs
include price adjustments for failure to meet requirements of the construction specifications,
repair or removal and replacement of deficient product, and over-run of material.



           SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS


Comply with Section 00310 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


Add the following subsection:

00310.41(d-4) Milepost Markers - Throughout the construction period, protect and
maintain all milepost markers affected by the work at locations visible to the traveling public.
This may require removing and relocating the milepost markers to maintain visibility
throughout construction. When construction is completed, reinstall the milepost markers in
their original location in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.

00310.90 Payment - Add the following:

Payment for removing, maintaining in temporary locations, and reinstalling the milepost
markers in permanent locations will be included in payment made for the item "Removal of
Structures and Obstructions". Payment for removing UPRR communication line as shown
will be included in payment for the item “Removal of Structures and Obstructions”.



                           SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING


Comply with Section 00320 of the Standard Specifications. supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00320.40(b)        Preserving and Trimming Vegetation - Add the following subsection:

    (4) Trees To Be Saved - The Engineer will identify and mark trees to be saved.
    Provide and place orange plastic mesh fencing, from the QPL, around critical root
    zones of marked trees or tree groups as directed. Do not begin construction activity or
    move equipment into existing tree areas until the plastic mesh fencing is in place.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    77
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Do not work within the critical root zone of marked trees unless written approval is
    obtained from the Engineer. Be responsible for any damage to or removal of marked
    trees. Tree damage will be determined by a certified arborist selected by the Engineer.


00320.42(a)        Burning - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the
following:

Burning will not be allowed on this Project.


00320.90 Incidental Basis - No separate or additional payment will be made for plastic
mesh fencing required by 00320.40(b-4).




                                     SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK


Comply with Section 00330 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

                                                                                               Formatted: Font color: Orange
00330.03 Basis of Performance - Perform all earthwork under this Section except for            Formatted: Right
______________ on the embankment basis.

00330.03 Basis of Performance - Perform all earthwork under this Section except for
______________ on the excavation basis.

Add the following subsection:

00330.21 Vibratory Rollers - If specified, use vibratory rollers having a smooth drum and
exerting a dynamic force of at least 134 kN (30,000 pounds) per impact and operating at a
frequency of at least 1000 vibrations per minute. Limit roller speed to no more than
2.5 km/h (1 1/2 mph).


00330.41(a-4) Excess Materials - Replace this paragraph with the following:

    (4) Excess Material - If the quantities of excavated materials are greater than required
    to construct embankments and to do all filling and backfilling, use the remaining
    materials to uniformly widen embankments or to flatten slopes in a manner satisfactory
    to the Engineer.


00330.41(a-5) Waste Materials - Replace this subsection, except for the header, with the
following:

Dispose of waste materials according to Section 00235 of these special provisions.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                78
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00330.41(a-9) Excavation Below Grade - Delete the bullet that begins "Unstable
Subgrade…".


00330.42(c-3) Embankment Slope Protection - Add the following paragraph:

Construct the outer 300 mm (12 inches) of embankments with suitable materials to
establish slope stabilization through permanent seeding. If suitable material is not
available, provide suitable materials from a Contractor-provided source which conforms to
the requirements of 00330.11 or 00330.13 and provides favorable conditions for
germination of seed and growth of grass.

00330.42(c-6) Embankment Construction at Pipes - Replace the two bulleted items
which discuss "…less than 1200 mm (48 inch)…" and "…1200 mm (48 inch) to 1800 mm
(72 inch)…" pipes with the following:

        300 mm (12 inches) minimum above the outside top of pipe elevation.

330.42(c-7)        Embankment Construction at Bridge Ends – This subsection shall not
apply.

00330.43(b-2-c) Deflection Requirement - Replace this subsection with the following:

         c. Deflection Requirement - In addition to moisture density testing, conduct at
         least one deflection test for each meter (3 feet), or portion of a meter (3 feet), of
         embankment placed according to ODOT TM 158. If the layer being tested exhibits
         any yielding, deflection, reaction or pumping, rework the area to provide acceptable
         test results prior to placement of any additional material.

         Conduct deflection tests, witnessed by the Engineer, on the finish grade of all
         subgrades. During placement of subbase or base aggregates or HMAC, if
         deflection is observed, remove the HMAC, base and subbase aggregates and
         correct the deflecting areas at the Contractor’s expense.

         Provide a signed test report to the Engineer at the end of each shift after completing
         the required testing. Remove and replace embankment constructed thicker than
         one meter (3 feet) that was not deflection tested at the Contractor's expense.

00330.43(c) Non-Moisture-Density Testable Materials - Replace this subsection with the
following:

(c) Non-Moisture Density Testable Materials - When material is not moisture-density
testable because rock fragments in the material prevent moisture-density testing, place and
compact the material as follows:

        Place non-moisture density testable material in nearly horizontal layers with
         thickness not exceeding 300 mm (12 inches).

        Water or aerate the material to ensure each layer can be compacted to form a
         dense mass, free of pumping.


SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   79
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving



        Compact each layer uniformly with a minimum of four full coverages using a smooth
         drum vibratory roller.

        Conduct at least one deflection test for each layer of embankment placed according
         to ODOT TM 158. If the layer being tested exhibits any yielding, deflection, reaction
         or pumping, rework the area to provide acceptable test results prior to placement of
         any additional material.

Add the following subsection:

00330.43(d) Small, Irregular Fill Areas - The density requirements of 00330.43 do not
apply to irregular fill areas that have a total volume of no more than 100 m³ (150 cubic
yards) outside of the travel lanes. Construct these areas according to the following:

        Place embankment material in nearly horizontal layers with thickness not exceeding
         200 mm (8 inches).

        Water or aerate the material to ensure each layer does not deflect under the action
         of the roller used for compaction.

        Compact each layer using a roller appropriate to the material being placed and as
         directed. Use a smooth drum vibratory roller for sands and gravels; use a
         sheepsfoot or tamping foot roller for silts and clays. The Engineer will determine the
         classification of the embankment soil.

        Compact each layer uniformly with a minimum of five full coverages of the specified
         roller.

        In areas not accessible to rollers, use compaction equipment suitable for the area
         and compact each layer with sufficient coverages to produce a firm unyielding
         surface.


Add the following subsection:

00330.71 Daily Progress Reports - For projects over 2000 m³ (2,500 cubic yards) of
embankment provide daily progress reports documenting the quantities of materials placed
and a summary of tests performed. Use report forms approved by the Agency. Submit the
reports to the Engineer at least weekly.


00330.80 General - Replace the first bulleted item with the following:

    Be m3 (cubic yard) volumes based on ODOT's digital terrain model (DTM) calculated            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       by (Triangular) (Grid) (End Area) Volume, or by other methods of equivalent
       accuracy.


00330.80 General - Add the following bulleted item:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   80
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving



    Not include the earthwork for driveways and road approaches. Earthwork for             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       driveways and road approaches will be that which is outside the neat line limits
       shown on the typical section(s).


00330.91(e) General Excavation - Delete the bullet that begins "Includes unsuitable
material…".


00330.92 Kinds of Incidental Earthwork - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

(i) Driveway and Road Approaches - Earthwork outside the neat lines as shown on the
Typical Sections, necessary to construct driveways and road approaches.


00330.94 Embankment Basis Payment - Delete the paragraph that begins "Excavation of
unsuitable…".


                           SECTION 00331 - SUBGRADE STABILIZATION                           Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange



Comply with Section 00331 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:
                                                                                            Formatted: Font: Not Bold
                                                                                            Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
0331.00 Scope – Replace this subsection except for the header with the following:
                                                                                            Formatted: Right
                                                                                            Formatted: Font: Not Bold
“This work consists of excavating and disposing of unstable materials in excavation areas
only and placing stone embankment or MSE granular backfill to the lines and grades as
shown or directed.”


0331.10 General – Add the following wording to the list:

              MSE Granular Backfill ………………………………………………………596.11(g)

00331.40 Excavation - In the sentence that begins "Dispose of the...", replace
"00330.41(a-6)" with "00330.41(a-5)".

If ground water is encountered, the excavation shall be dewatered prior to placing Stone
Embankment.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                             81
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                      SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00440 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00440.12 Tolerance and Limits of CGC Mixtures - In the Compressive Strength bulleted
item, change the English value from "(3,300 psi)" to "(3,000 psi)".

00440.14(d) Hardened CGC - In the first sentence, replace "00540.16(d)" with
"00540.17(c)".

00440.30 Quality Control Personnel - Delete the first bulleted item. Add the following
bulleted item:

        CSTT - Concrete Strength Testing Technician

00440.40(b)        Placing - Add the following bulleted item:

    For sign supports, signal supports, and luminaire supports, place concrete according to   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       00540.48(a).

00440.40(c)        Forms - Add the following paragraph:

For sign supports, signal supports, and luminaire supports, remove forms and perform
subsequent loading according to Table 00540-1.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                82
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                 SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL


Comply with Section 00501 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00501.00 Scope - Remove the existing Bbridge No. 07292B on Eastbound Old Oregon
Trail Highway (I-84) over UPRR.

Also, remove the existing bridge rails on the following bridges:

Bridge No. 09520/A
Bridge No. 09521/A
Bridge No. 09522/A
Bridge No. 09523/A
Bridge No. 09525/A
Bridge No. 09630/A
Bridge No. 09632/A
Bridge No. 09635/A


Add the following subsection:

00501.02 Plans - Plans of the existing structure are available for viewing at the office of
the Engineer. Prints of these plans are available upon request.

00501.40 Removal and Disposal – Add the following to the end of this subsection:               Formatted: Right
                                                                                               Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
For removal of the middle span of Bridge No. 07292B, use the heavy lift and transport          Hidden
method defined in 00560.47.
                                                                                               Formatted: Superscript

Add the following subsection:                                                                  Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                               Formatted: Not Highlight
00501.45 Salvage - Salvage the following items and deliver them to 1327 SE 3rd Street,         Formatted: Not Highlight
Pendleton:                                                                                     Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                               Formatted: Not Highlight
        200 feet minimum of bridge rail elements in good condition obtained from Bridge No.
                                                                                               Formatted: Not Highlight
         09520/A, 09521/A, 09522/A, 09523/A, and/or 09525/A.
                                                                                               Formatted: Not Highlight
Also, salvage the following items and deliver them to 3014 Island Avenue, La Grande:           Formatted: Not Highlight
                                                                                               Formatted: Not Highlight
        200 feet minimum of bridge rail elements in good condition obtained from Bridge No.   Formatted: Not Highlight
         09630/A, 09632/A, and/or 09635/A.
                                                                                               Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                                                                                               Formatted: Font color: Orange, Not Highlight
00501.90 Payment - Add the following:                                                          Formatted: Right
                                                                                               Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
Payment for salvaging and stockpiling portions of the existing bridge will be made at the      Not Highlight
Contract lump sum amount for the item "Extra for Salvaging and Stockpiling Bridge".            Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                83
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Payment will be payment in full for removing, salvaging, and stockpiling portions of the
existing bridges as shown and specified.



                SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL


Comply with Section 00510 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00510.12 Granular Wall Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

00510.12 Granular Wall Backfill - Provide granular wall backfill meeting the requirements
of 02630.11.


00510.13 Granular Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00510.13 Granular Structure Backfill - Provide granular structure backfill meeting the
requirements of 02630.10.


00510.48(d) Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts, Structural Plate Structures and Pipe
Culverts over 1800 mm (72 inches in Diameter) - In the sentence that begins "Place and
compact...", replace "00405.47" with "00405.46".


00510.83 Structure Excavation (Lump Sum Basis) - The estimated quantity of structure
excavation is:

                 Location                                   Structure Excavation
                                                             (m3) (cubic yards)




00510.84 Structure Excavation Below Elevations Shown - Replace the first sentence of
this subsection with the following:

Structure excavation below elevation shown will be determined according to 00510.94(a) or
00510.94(b) as appropriate.


00510.86 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              84
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00510.86 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill (Lump Sum Basis) - No separate
measurement will be made for granular wall backfill or granular structure backfill. The
estimated quantity of granular wall/structure backfill is:

                 Location                                           Granular Wall/Structure Backfill
                                                                          (m3) (cubic yards)




00510.93 Structure Excavation (Lump Sum Basis) - In the sentence that begins
"Payment for Quantities involved...", replace "00190.10(e)" with "00190.10(f)".

00510.94(b) Lump            Sum       Basis - In      the   first    bullet,   replace   "00190.10(e)"   with
"00190.10(f)".


00510.96 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00510.96 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill (Lump Sum Basis) - Payment for granular
wall backfill and granular structure backfill will be made at the Contract lump sum amount
for the items "Granular Wall Backfill" or "Granular Structure Backfill", as applicable.

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                 85
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                   COFFERDAM DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This cofferdam design checklist was developed to facilitate the design,
review, and erection of cofferdams to be used for ODOT bridge construction projects. This
checklist is intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important aspects
of this construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or specification
requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the cofferdam design engineer. Answer
every question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00510.03.

                                                                            YES     NO     N/A

A.          Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, etc.

      1.    Are the cofferdam plans prepared, stamped and signed by
            an engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                   ____   ____   ____

      2.    Have three copies (five copies if railroad approval is
            required) of the complete design calculations accompanied
            the cofferdam drawings submittal?                               ____   ____   ____

      3.    Are cofferdam plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the construction plans general notes?                           ____   ____   ____

      4.    Are cofferdam plans in compliance with contract plan
            structural details?                                             ____   ____   ____

      5.    Are cofferdam plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction,
            subsection 00150.35?                                            ____   ____   ____

      6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
            the proposed cofferdam shown on the cofferdam plans and
            is projection of these utilities addressed?                     ____   ____   ____

      7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
            cofferdam plans?                                                ____   ____   ____

B.          Loads

      1.    Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
            personnel that will be supported by the cofferdam shown
            noted on the cofferdam plans?                                   ____   ____   ____

      2.    Are design loads and material properties used to determine
            design stresses shown for each different cofferdam
            member shown on the cofferdam plans?                            ____   ____   ____



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 86
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


      3.    Is the assumed water elevation for seal design shown on
            the plans?                                                      ____   ____   ____

      4.    Does the cofferdam design assume water pressure acts on
            the full height of the cofferdam (from the vent to the bottom
            of the excavation?)                                             ____   ____   ____

      5.    Has percolation into the excavation been addressed?             ____   ____   ____

C.          Allowable Stresses

      1.    Have the design loads used for cofferdam design of all
            members been noted in the design calculations?                  ____   ____   ____

      2.    Are the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
            the summary for each different cofferdam member?                ____   ____   ____

D.          Timber Construction

      1.    Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
            to the construction site, noted on the cofferdam drawings,
            and in accompanying calculations for all timber cofferdam
            material?                                                       ____   ____   ____

      2.    If "rough" lumber is specified for the cofferdam, are the
            actual lumber dimensions used in the calculations shown?        ____   ____   ____

E.          Steel Construction

      1.    Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
            number on the cofferdam plans and in the calculations?          ____   ____   ____

      2.    Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
            crippling and buckling of the compression flange?               ____   ____   ____

F.          Compression Members, Bracing Members
            and Connections

      1.    Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
            members?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      2.    Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
            for compression members?                                        ____   ____   ____

      3.    Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
            purpose?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      4.    Have all connections been designed and detailed?                ____   ____   ____

_________________________                      _______________



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 87
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Designer's Signature                      Date
                                     SHORING DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This shoring design checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review,
and erection of shoring to be used for ODOT bridge construction projects. This checklist is
intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important aspects of this
construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or specification
requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the shoring design engineer. Answer every
question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00510.04.

                                                                            YES    NO      N/A

A.          Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, etc.

      1.    Are the shoring plans prepared, stamped, and signed by an
            engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                      ____   ____   ____

      2.    Have three copies (five copies if railroad approval is
            required) of the complete design calculations accompanied
            the shoring drawings submittal?                                 ____   ____   ____

      3.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the construction plans general notes?                           ____   ____   ____

      4.    Are shoring plans in compliance with contract plan
            structural details?                                             ____   ____   ____

      5.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction,
            subsection 00150.35?                                            ____   ____   ____

      6.    Are shoring plans in compliance with railroad’s “Guidelines
            for Temporary Shoring”?                                         ____   ____   ____

      6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
      7.    the proposed shoring shown on the shoring plans and is
            protection of these utilities addressed?                        ____   ____   ____

      7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
      8.    shoring plans?                                                  ____   ____   ____

B.          Loads

      1.    Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
            personnel that will be supported by the shoring shown or
            noted on the shoring plans?                                     ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 88
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

      2.    Are design loads and material properties used to determine
            design stresses shown for each different shoring member
            shown on the shoring plans?                                     ____   ____   ____

      3.    Does the shoring design assume water saturated soil
            pressure acts on the full height of the shoring?                ____   ____   ____

      4.    Has percolation into the excavation been addressed?             ____   ____   ____

C.          Allowable Stresses

      1.    Have the design loads used for shoring design of all
            members been noted in the design calculations?                  ____   ____   ____

      2.    Are the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
            the summary for each different shoring member?                  ____   ____   ____

D.          Timber Construction

      1.    Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
            to the construction site and noted on shoring drawings and
            in accompanying calculations for all timber shoring
            material?                                                       ____   ____   ____

      2.    If "rough" lumber is specified for shoring by the shoring
            designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
            calculations shown?                                             ____   ____   ____

E.          Steel Construction

      1.    Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
            number on the shoring plans and in the calculations?            ____   ____   ____

      2.    Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
            crippling and buckling of the compression flange?               ____   ____   ____

F.          Compression Members, Bracing, Members
            and Connections

      1.    Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
            members?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      2.    Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
            for compression members?                                        ____   ____   ____

      3.    Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
            purpose?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      4.    Have all connections been designed and detailed?                ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 89
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

_________________________                      _______________
Designer's Signature                           Date




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06        90
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                    SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES


Comply with Section 00520 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00520.10 General - For steel pipe piling, provide (inside, outside) fit, open ended cutting
shoes meeting the requirements of 02520.10(b).

00520.11 Engineer's Estimated Length List - The Engineer's estimated lengths of steel
piling are:

     Location                              No.               Length        Kind                Formatted: Font color: Orange, Hidden
                                                            (m) (feet)
Bent 1                                     11                 66.25      PP16 x 0.5
Bent 2                                     11                 59.25      PP16 x 0.5



00520.12 Pile Order List - The pile order list for precast prestressed concrete piling
(timber piling) is:

     Location                              No.               Length        Kind
                                                            (m) (feet)




00520.20(c-4) Followers - Followers are permitted.


00520.20(d-3) Special Evaluation Method - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

    (3) Wave Equation Method - Select a suitable hammer for driving piles and perform
    wave equation analyses. Use the 1987 or newer version of the Wave Equation
    Analysis Program (WEAP). Conduct the wave equation analyses using personnel
    qualified by training and experience to perform this type of work.

    Submit the WEAP analysis concurrent with the Pile and Driving Equipment Data Form.
    The Agency will approve or reject the pile driving equipment submittal after a review of
    the wave equation analysis conducted by the Contractor.

    Provide pile hammers meeting the following requirements based on wave equation
    analysis:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                91
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         The energy of the submitted hammer shall produce a wave equation predicted                       Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted + Level: 1
            blow count between 3 and 15 blows per 25 mm (1 inch) for the ultimate                          + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at:
                                                                                                           0.5", Tab stops: Not at 0.5"
            capacities, pile lengths and other conditions specified.
                                                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

         The pile stresses indicated by the wave equation at the ultimate pile bearing                    Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted + Level: 1
            capacity shall not be greater than the stress at the point of impending damage to              + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at:
                                                                                                           0.5", Tab stops: Not at 0.5"
            the pile as follows:
                                                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

                Steel Piles - Tensile and compressive stresses in the pile of 90% of the pile              Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted + Level: 2
                  material’s yield strength for the grade of steel specified at any time during            + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75" + Indent at:
                                                                                                           0.75", Tab stops: 1", List tab + Not at 0.75"
                  the pile installation.
                                                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                Prestressed Concrete Piles:                                                                Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted + Level: 2
                                                                                                           + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75" + Indent at:
                                                                                                           0.75", Tab stops: 1", List tab + Not at 0.75"
                   Metric
                                                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                    A tensile stress of (0.25 f ' c ) + effective prestress
                                                                                                           Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", Bulleted + Level: 2 +
                    A compressive stress of (0.85 f ' c ) - effective prestress                            Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1",
                                                                                                           Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Not at 1"

                       Where: f ' c = concrete compressive strength                                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


                   English
                    A tensile stress of (3f ' c ) + effective prestress                                    Formatted: Indent: Left: 1", Bulleted + Level: 2 +
                                                                                                           Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1",
                    A compressive stress of (0.85 f ' c ) - effective prestress                            Tab stops: 1.25", List tab + Not at 1"
                                                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                       Where: f ' c = concrete compressive strength

                Timber Piles - A compressive driving stress of three times the allowable static            Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted + Level: 2
                  design stress.                                                                           + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75" + Indent at:
                                                                                                           0.75", Tab stops: 1", List tab + Not at 0.75"

    Hammers not meeting these requirements will be rejected. Replace rejected hammers                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    with suitable hammers.

    Use input values for the wave equation analyses according to the following:


                                                                       Damping (sec/m)              Rult
                                 Pile Length *       Quake (mm) (in)                     % skin
 Bent         Pile Type                                                   (sec/ft)                 (kN)
                                    (m) (ft)                                             (ITYS)
                                                      Skin     Toe      Skin      Toe             (kips)




    * These pile lengths are based on the top of the pile being at the finished cutoff
      elevation. All additional pile length above the cutoff elevation, that may be
      required to accommodate the Contractors pile installation method or site
      conditions, shall be added to the lengths listed above and appropriate changes
      made to the skin friction distribution input listed below.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                             92
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Use the following settings and default values as input to the wave equation analysis
    program:

         Output option (IOUT) zero. (normal option)                                              Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
                                                                                                  Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
         Rult is the ultimate pile bearing capacity.                                             + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
         Smith damping.                                                                          Not at 0.5"
         Do not use residual stress option.                                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Default hammer efficiency values. Do not adjustment the hammer’s efficiency
             outside of the wave equation program recommended (default) values without
             prior concurrence of both the pile hammer manufacturer and the Engineer.
         % skin is the percent skin friction.


         Use triangular (rectangular) skin friction distribution                                 Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
                                                                                                  Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                  + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
                                                                                                  Not at 0.5"
                Use the relative skin friction distribution values listed below in the WEAP
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                  analysis:
                                                                                                  Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted +
                                                                                                  Level: 2 + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75"
                        Bent _____                     Bent _____    Bent _____                   + Indent at: 0.75", Tab stops: 1", List tab +
                  Depth (m)   Relative   Depth (m)   Relative   Depth (m)   Relative              Not at 0.75"
                     (ft)   Distribution    (ft)   Distribution    (ft)   Distribution            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




    A Pile Driving Analyzer (PDA) test, may be required prior to approval of non-default
    wave equation input values.

    At a minimum, provide the following information and documentation:

         A written summary of how the proposed hammer and associated equipment meets             Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
             the specifications regarding blow count criteria and allowable pile stresses.        Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                  + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
         Electronic and paper copies of the wave equation input and output files. Output         Not at 0.5"
             files shall be in the standard WEAP output format.                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         WEAP analysis demonstrating that for the required ultimate bearing capacities and
             conditions provided, the hammer will produce pile stresses less than those
             described above for the range of hammer strokes expected in the field.
         The "Pile and Driving Equipment Data" form.
         WEAP hammer input files for hammers not in the wave equation default hammer
             files.

    For Agency reviewing and approving of the wave equation analysis submittals, the
    following will be taken into consideration:

         The pile length for use in the WEAP analysis will be the total pile length at the end   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
            of driving, including all pile length above the ground surface. This length may be    Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                  + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
            longer than the Engineers Estimated length depending on the site conditions,          Not at 0.5"
            equipment used, pile hammer access limitations and other factors.
                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   93
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         The properties and thicknesses of the hammer and pile cushion materials.
         Various hammer types such as direct-drive diesel, standard diesel, air/steam or
            hydraulic hammers have major effects on predicted stresses and blow counts.
         Changes in pile type or size will affect the blow count rate and pile stresses.
         Battered piles may effect hammer energy transfer and blow counts.

    Failure to address these issues may be cause for rejection of the proposed pile
    hammer.

    The size of the pile hammer selected according to the above specification may have
    significant impacts on the size and capacity of associated equipment including the leads
    and crane. This equipment, in turn, may have significant impacts on the size and
    capacity of work bridges, shoring required for existing structures or other aspects and
    elements of construction.

    Failure of a previously approved hammer to operate properly during construction will be
    cause for rejection.


00520.41(d) Preboring - Use augering, wet-rotary drilling or other approved methods of
preboring as directed.


00520.41(e) Jetting - Jetting is permitted.

00520.42(a) General - Add the following sentence to the end of the first paragraph:

The required number of hammer blows per 25 mm (1 inch) at final penetration shall be
maintained for 75 consecutive mm (3 consecutive inches) unless "refusal" driving is first
obtained. "Refusal" driving is defined as 20 blows per 25mm (1 inch).

00520.42(d) Set Period and Redriving - Piles may be redriven after being allowed to set.


00520.43(d) Reinforced Pile Tips - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with
the following:

Install reinforced tips according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 02520.

00520.43(g-2) Submittals - In the bullet that begins "A Welding                   Procedure
Specification...", replace the last two sentences with the following sentences:

ASTM A252 Grade 3 will not be considered a prequalified base metal unless the steel has a
Carbon Equivalent (CE) of 0.30% or less. Develop a Procedure Qualification Record
(PQR) for all welding using Grade 3 steel or present proof that the chemistry of the steel
meets the CE requirements.


00520.91 Pay Items - Add the following to the end of the paragraph that begins "The lump
sum price bid...":




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                94
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Payment for this lump sum item includes the following:

    Resubmittal of wave equation analysis data if original data is rejected        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Replacing previously approved hammers if the hammers operate improperly
    All considerations when selecting the pile hammer size


00520.92 Test Piles - Replace "(d)" with "(c)".




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                      95
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06   96
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                 SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00530 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00530.30 Mechanical Splice Installers - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00530.30 Mechanical Splice Installers - Provide qualified mechanical splice installers to
construct mechanical splices. To become qualified, each mechanical splice installer shall
provide three completed mechanical splice samples of each type, size, and lot, at
Contractor's expense, to be installed on the Project as follows:

        Make splice samples in the presence of the Engineer using the same materials,
         equipment, and procedures that will be used on the Project.
        Construct each splice sample according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
        Construct each splice sample with two equal lengths of straight reinforcing bar so
         the total length of the assembled splice sample is at least 1200 mm (48 inches).
        Mark each splice sample sleeve with the heat treatment lot number.

All splice samples shall meet the requirements of 02510.20. Do not begin mechanical
splice installation until the Engineer confirms, in writing, the qualification of each mechanical
splice installer. The Engineer may suspend mechanical splice installation if the Contractor
substitutes unapproved personnel during construction.

00530.42(c-1) General - Delete the paragraph that begins "Qualify mechanical splice...".

00530.42(c-2) Qualifying Non-threaded Mechanical Splices - Delete this subsection.

00530.42(c-3) Qualifying Threaded Sleeve Mechanical Splices - Delete this subsection.

00530.42(c-4) Sampling and Testing - Delete this subsection.

00530.42(c-5) Installation - Renumber this subsection to (2).

In the paragraph that begins "Following installation on...", replace "(50 miles)" with
"(25 miles)".

00530.48 Protect Epoxy Coated Rebar - In the paragraph that begins "Inspect coated
bars...", replace the sentence that begins "Total exposure time..." with the following
sentence:

Total exposure time, while in storage or in place, is not to exceed two months.

00530.81 Mass (Weight) Basis - Under the English portion of the Steel Reinforcement Bar
table, under the Nominal Weight column, change "(lb/in2)" to "(lb/ft)".




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     97
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00530.82 Lump Sum Basis - Add the following after the second paragraph:

The mass (weight) of miscellaneous metal, based on masses (weights) listed in 00530.81
and Project quantities, is included in the estimated quantity of uncoated reinforcement
shown below.

The estimated quantity of reinforcement is:

                                                                                     Quantity
            Structure                                    Uncoated                                  Coated
                                                       (kg) (pounds)                            (kg) (pounds)

    Bridge No. 20228                                        12,530                                    31,530         Formatted: Not Highlight




                     SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS


Comply with Section 00535 of the Standard Specifications.



                                SECTION 00540 - CONCRETE BRIDGES


Comply with Section 00540 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00540.10 General - Add the following materials:

                       Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) ... 02030.40
                       Latex (formulated) .................................................. 02030.30
                       Silica fume .............................................................. 02030.20

00540.11 Classes of Concrete - Replace the last sentence of this subsection with the
following sentence:

Unless otherwise specified, use Class 25 (3600).

Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:                                                             Formatted: Right
                                                                                                                     Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
Concrete in Concrete Bridge End Panels shall reach a compressive strength of 3000 psi
within 24 hours of placement of last concrete.

00540.15 Form Materials - Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:

Plywood shall be a minimum 15 mm (5/8 inch) nominal thickness.

00540.16 Quality Control - In the first bullet, replace "water-cement ratio" with "water-
cementitious ratio".



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                       98
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00540.17(a) Aggregate - Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:

Blend aggregates as allowed in 02001.20.

00540.28 Power Washers - Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:

When using power washers to produce a fog spray for curing, match the flow rates and
pressures of the power washers with the fogging nozzles to produce an average droplet
size of 80 microns, according to the nozzle manufacturer’s recommendation.

00540.30(b) Quality Control Technician (QCT) - In the first list of bullets, modify the
bullet that begins "Sample and test the concrete…", by replacing "water/cement ratio" with
"water/cementitious ratio" and by replacing "cement content" with "cementitious content".

Replace the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "In addition,…", with the following
sentence:

In addition, on projects that have more than 100 m3 (100 cubic yards) of structural concrete
and on projects that have any high performance concrete, the QCT shall:

In the second list of bullets, modify the last bullet by replacing "water-cement ratio" with
"water-cementitious ratio".

00540.30(c) Concrete Control Technician (CCT) - Replace the first sentence of the
paragraph that begins "For all structural concrete…", with the following sentence:

On projects that have more than 100 m3 (100 cubic yards) of structural concrete and on
projects that have any high performance concrete, the CCT shall:

00540.30(d) Contractor's Additional Quality Control Duties - After the words "structural
concrete" add "and for all high performance concrete".

Add the following subsection:

00540.30(e) Concrete Strength Testing Technician (CSTT) - Provide a CSTT, to
perform the duties outlined in the MFTP.

00540.41(a) Submittal of Working Drawings and Calculations – Add the following after
the first paragraph:

Falsework plans and design calculations shall also be provided for construction of Bridge
No. 20228 in its temporary location.

00540.43(a) Construction Joints - In the paragraph that begins "Within 24 hours after
placing...", insert the words "and reinforcing steel" between the words "surface" and "by".


00540.46(b) Batching - Add the following tolerance to the end of the tolerance list:

                            Silica fume ......................................... + 15%



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 99
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00540.47(a-2) Truck Mixers - In the paragraph that begins "Begin mixing as soon…", add
the following sentence:

When silica fume, in densified powder form, is added to high performance concrete, mix the
batch with between 150 and 175 revolutions at the mixing speed specified by the
manufacturer before leaving the batch plant.

00540.48(c) Vibrating Concrete - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use a minimum
of...", with the following paragraph and bullets:

Except for seal and drilled shaft concrete, thoroughly consolidate fresh concrete according
to the following:

        Vibrate concrete internally using mechanical vibrating equipment
        For concrete placements which exceed 40 m3/hr (50 cubic yards per hour) use a
         minimum of two vibrators
        For deck placements use a minimum of two vibrators. Provide an extra vibrator for
         emergency use.
        For deck placements which exceed 23 m3/hr (30 cubic yards per hour), use a
         minimum of three vibrators. Provide an extra vibrator for emergency use.
        Re-vibration of concrete may be required as directed

In the paragraph that begins "Apply vibration at the point..., replace the sentence that
begins "Apply vertically at..." with the following sentence:

Apply vertically at points uniformly spaced not farther apart than 1 1/2 the radius over which
the vibration is visibly effective.

00540.49(a-2) General - Replace the sentence that begins "Do not place concrete..." with
the following sentence:

Do not place concrete if the air temperature is, or is forecast to be, below 4 °C (40 °F) the
day of placement or is forecast to be below 4 °C (40 °F) on any of the next seven calendar
days after placement, unless a specified enclosure and heat are used or insulated forms
are approved and used.

00540.51(a) General Requirements - In the paragraph that begins "Keep surfaces not
covered...", replace "or an approved wet material" with "or an approved wet or dry material".

00540.51(b) Curing Concrete Bridge Decks - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00540.51(b) Curing Concrete Bridge Decks - In addition to requirements of 00540.49,
cure cast-in-place concrete bridge deck surfaces by doing the following:

    (1) Provide wind breaks or other approved methods when exposed to conditions which
    may cause premature drying during placement operations. Premature drying is defined
    as an evaporation rate equal to or greater than 0.75 kg/m2/hr (0.15 pounds per square




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                100
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    foot per hour), as determined from Figure 00540-1, or as the loss of surface sheen
    when the evaporation rate at the surface exceeds the bleed rate.

    (2) Provide high pressure washers, according to 00540.28, fitted with fog nozzles
    during all deck placements to prevent and control premature drying. Apply fog spray
    upwind of the concrete placement during finishing, texturing and until the evaporation
    reducer compound has been applied. The purpose of fogging is to keep the concrete
    cool and prevent uneven shrinkage in the concrete before the cure is applied. Do not
    allow larger water droplets that drip from nozzles to fall onto the freshly finished plastic
    concrete.

    (3) Apply an evaporation reducer compound from the QPL immediately after the
    texturing operation. Apply the reducer with a pressurized mechanical power sprayer
    that will produce a fine and uniform spray at a rate of 6.5 m2/L (250 square feet/gallon).
    Re-agitate the mixed material immediately before and during application. Wash away
    any reducer that comes into contact with hardened concrete surfaces. Avoid finishing
    concrete surface after placement of reducer.

    (4) Cover the concrete with a single layer of clean initial covering immediately after
    finishing, texturing, and applying an evaporation reducer. The initial covering shall be
    one continuous piece, with a minimum length sufficient to cover the bridge deck from
    side to side of the concrete placement. Use one of the following:

             Saturated wet burlap having a minimum dry mass (weight) of 310 g/m                   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
              (10 ounces per yard) for material 1 m (40 inches) wide. Presoak the burlap by        Level: 1 + Aligned at: 1" + Tab after: 1.25" +
                                                                                                   Indent at: 1.25", Tab stops: Not at 1.25"
              immersing it completely in water for 72 hours prior to the deck placement and
              presoak new burlap with a wetting agent. All overlaps shall be a minimum of
              150 mm (6 inches).

             Non-woven, needle punched polypropylene fabric curing blanket from the QPL.          Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
              Place wet or dry. Fabric shall be wetted by fogging within 15 minutes of fabric      Level: 1 + Aligned at: 1" + Tab after: 1.25" +
                                                                                                   Indent at: 1.25", Tab stops: Not at 1.25"
              placement. All overlaps shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 inches).

    (5) Provide soaker hoses for additional soaking of the initial covering. Place over the
    full width of the concrete placement, at a maximum of 3.0 m (10 feet) intervals.
    Periodically, as needed, operate the soaker hoses to re-saturate the initial covering.
    Other methods of re-saturating the initial cover may be submitted to the Engineer for
    review and approval.

    (6) Place a layer of 100 m (4 mil) polyethylene film over the initial covering and soaker
    hoses. The polyethylene film shall be clear or white if the air temperature is forecasted
    to be above 18 °C (65 °F) within 24 hours of the concrete placement, and black at other
    times, as determined by the Engineer. Overlap the edges of polyethylene film by
    300 mm (12 inches). Keep the film in place by taping and weighting the edges where
    they overlap or are vulnerable to movement by wind. Once a particular type of film has
    been placed, do not change it during the curing period.

    (7) Maintain a continuous water cure of the concrete surface for 14 days.
                                                                                                   Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
Add the following subsection:                                                                      Hidden
                                                                                                   Formatted: Right




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  101
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00540.51 (d) Curing Concrete Bridge End Panels - Concrete Bridge End Panels for
Bridge No. 20228 shall be cured in accordance with 00540.51(b) and the following:

(1) If the bridge is opened to public traffic before the end of the curing time in 00540.51(b)
(7), the covering specified in 00540.51(b)(4) shall be removed prior to opening to traffic. A                 Formatted: Not Highlight
continuous water cure shall be maintained after the removal of the covering until the end of
the curing time by placing soaker hoses on the shoulder and allowing water to run across
the end panel.

(2) No heavy construction or traffic loads shall be placed on the end panels for a period of
five days after the last end panel concrete has been placed. Foot traffic and other light
loads will be allowed on the end panels during construction of the concrete bridge rails on
the end panels 2 days after the last end panel concrete has been placed. The Engineer
shall approve loads to be placed on the end panel during the curing period.
                                                                                                              Formatted: Font: Bold


00540.52 Removal of Forms and Falsework, and Subsequent Loading - Replace the
paragraph after the table that begins "Early removal of forms…" with the following
paragraph:

Early removal of forms does not eliminate the curing requirements of 00540.51.

00540.53(c) Class 2 Surface Finish (Ground, Floated and Coated) - In the paragraph
that begins "After the paste has set...", replace "(c)" with "(b)".

00540.81 Lump Sum Basis - Replace "00190.10(e)" with "00190.10(f)".

The estimated quantity of concrete is:

                                                                                 Quantity
       Structure                                     Class                   (m3) (cubic yard)

    Bridge No. 20228                                3600                           36
    Bridge No. 20228                               HPC4350                         233

00540.90 General - Replace the paragraph                     that   begins    "Payment    for    structural
concrete…", with the following paragraph:

Payment for structural concrete at the lump sum amount or at the Contract unit price will be
payment in full for all materials, equipment, falsework, forms, bracing, labor, fogging,
surface finishing, evaporation reducer compounds, curing, joint filler, admixtures and other
similar items, and all other items of expense required to complete the concrete work shown,
with the exception of reinforcing steel, metal expansion joints or other metal incorporated in
the work.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                             102
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                   FALSEWORK DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review, and erection of
falsework to be used for Oregon Department of Transportation bridge construction projects.
This checklist is intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important
aspects of this construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or
specification requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the Falsework Design Engineer. Answer
every question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00540.41(a).

                                                                            YES     NO      N/A

A.          Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, Etc.

      1.    Are the falsework plans prepared, stamped and signed by
            an engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                   ____   ____    ____

      2.    Have three complete sets (five if railroad approval is
            required) of the design calculations been included with the
            falsework drawings submittal?                                   ____   ____    ____

      3.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the construction plans general notes?                           ____   ____    ____

      4.    Are falsework plans in compliance with contract plan
            structural details?                                             ____   ____    ____

      5.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction,
            subsection 00150.35?.                                           ____   ____    ____

      6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
            the proposed falsework shown on the falsework plans and
            is protection of these utilities addressed?                     ____   ____    ____

      7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
            falsework plans?                                                ____   ____    ____

      8.    For construction in or over navigable waters have all
            requirements for construction of falsework that are called
            for in the Coast Guard Permit been incorporated in the
            falsework design?                                               ____   ____    ____

      9.    Has possible damage from traffic been considered in the
            falsework design?                                               ____   ____    ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 103
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


      10.    Has damage from stream drift been considered in the
             falsework design?                                               ____   ____   ____

      11.    is the concrete placing sequence shown and is it
             consistent with the contract plans?                             ____   ____   ____

B.           Foundation Requirements

      1.     Are driven falsework piling provided as called for on the
             contract plants?                                                ____   ____   ____

             a.    Is a minimum pile tip elevation or penetration
                   indicated on the drawings?                                ____   ____   ____

             b.    If timber falsework piles are specified, are the
                   recommended order lengths sufficient to virtually
                   eliminate the possibility of pile splices?                ____   ____   ____

             c.    Is a detailed static pile capacity analysis included in
                   the calculations?                                         ____   ____   ____

             d.    If lateral loads are applied to the piling (by
                   equipment), dead loads, flowing water, drift), is a
                   detailed lateral load analysis included in the
                   calculations?                                             ____   ____   ____

             e.    When piling are in an active waterway, have the
                   potential effects of scour on axial and lateral pile
                   support been addressed in the calculations?               ____   ____   ____

             f.    Does the proposed falsework pile hammer meet the
                   minimum field energy requirements as listed in
                   00520.20(d-2)?                                            ____   ____   ____

             g.    Will a driving criteria graph [ODOT Gates Equation, in
                   00520.42(b)] plotting blow count versus stroke (for an
                   acceptable pile hammer) be provided for the project
                   inspector?                                                ____   ____   ____

      2.           Is falsework supported on spread footings (mud sills)?    ____   ____   ____

             a.    Are the spread footing elevations shown on the
                   drawings?                                                 ____   ____   ____

             b.    Has a rational method for determining the ultimate
                   bearing capacity of the foundation material(s) been
                   presented and described in the calculations?              ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              104
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


             c.    Have the soil parameters used in calculating the
                   ultimate bearing capacity been listed and confirmed by
                   the designer?                                             ____   ____   ____

             d.    Has an appropriate Factor of Safety been used for
                   calculating the allowable bearing capacity of the
                   foundation material(s)?                                   ____   ____   ____

             e.    Are spread footing settlement estimates included in the
                   calculations?                                             ____   ____   ____

             f.    Have effective stresses (buoyant unit weights) been
                   used in the calculations, when applicable?                ____   ____   ____

             g.    When spread footings are founded near the top of a
                   slope or in a slope, have the ultimate bearing capacity
                   calculations been modified accordingly?                   ____   ____   ____

             h.    When spread footings may be subjected to flowing
                   water, have the potential effects of scour on ultimate
                   bearing capacity been addressed in the calculations?      ____   ____   ____

C.           Loads

      1.     Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
             personnel that will be supported by the falsework shown
             and noted on the falsework plans?                               ____   ____   ____

      2.     Has the mass of specific equipment units to be supported
             by the falsework been included in the calculations or on the
             falsework plans?                                                ____   ____   ____

      3.     Is the deck finishing machine supported in a manner that
             will not impose load on concrete forms except deck
             overhang brackets?                                              ____   ____   ____

      4.     Are design loads and material properties used to determine
             design stresses for each different falsework member shown
             on the falsework plans?                                         ____   ____   ____

      5.     Is the worst loading and member property condition, rather
             than the average condition, used to obtain design loads?        ____   ____   ____

      6.     Are deck forms for concrete box girders supported from the
             girder stem and not from the bottom slab?                       ____   ____   ____

      7.     Are diaphragm loads or other concentrated loads included
             in the analysis of supporting beams?                            ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              105
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

      8.     If sloping structural members exert horizontal forces on the
             falsework, is bracing or ties used to resist these loads?       ____   ____   ____

D.           Allowable Stresses

      1.     Has the method used for falsework design of all members
             except for manufactured assemblies been noted in the
             design calculations?                                            ____   ____   ____

      2.     Are manufactured assemblies identified as to manufacturer,
             model, rated working capacity and ultimate capacity?            ____   ____   ____

      3.     Is the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
             the summary for each different falsework member, except
             for manufactured assemblies?                                    ____   ____   ____

E.           Timber Falsework Construction

      1.     Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
             to the construction site, and noted on falsework drawings,
             and in accompanying calculations for all timber falsework
             material?                                                       ____   ____   ____

      2.     If "rough" lumber is specified for falsework by the falsework
             designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
             calculations shown?                                             ____   ____   ____

      3.     If plywood spans are governed by the strength of the
             plywood, are the allowable stress and the calculated stress
             shown on the submitted calculations?                            ____   ____   ____

      4.     If plywood spans are governed by the allowable spacing of
             supporting joists, are the allowable and the proposed
             spacing shown on the falsework plans?                           ____   ____   ____

      5.     Have timber stringers been checked for bending, shear,
             bearing stresses, and 1/240 of the span length deflection?      ____   ____   ____

      6.     Are joists identified as being continuous over 3 or more
             spans when they are not analyzed as simple spans?               ____   ____   ____

      7.     Have stringers and cap beams been checked for bearing
             stresses perpendicular to the grain as well as for bending
             and shear stresses?                                             ____   ____   ____

      8.     Have posts been checked as columns as well as for
             compression parallel to the grain?                              ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              106
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


F.           Steel Falsework Construction

      1.     Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
             number on the falsework plans and in the calculations?          ____   ____   ____

      2.     Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
             crippling and buckling of the compression flange?               ____   ____   ____

      3.     Has horizontal plane bracing been shown where required to
             limit compression flange buckling?                              ____   ____   ____

G.           Deflections and Settlement

      1.     Is falsework deflection for concrete dead load shown on the
             plans for all falsework spans?                                  ____   ____   ____

      2.     Is falsework deflection from concrete dead load limited to
             1/240 of the span length for all falsework spans?               ____   ____   ____

      3.     Do stringers supporting cast-in-place concrete compensate
             for estimated camber?                                           ____   ____   ____

      4.     For beam spans with cantilevers, has the upward deflection
             of the cantilevers due to load placed on the main spans
             been investigated?                                              ____   ____   ____

      5.     Are provisions shown for taking up falsework settlement?        ____   ____   ____

H.           Compression Members, Connections and Bracing

      1.     Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
             members?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      2.     Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
             for compression members?                                        ____   ____   ____

      3.     Was bracing in each direction considered in establishing
             the effective length used to check post capacity?               ____   ____   ____

      4.     Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
             purpose?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      5.     If temporary bracing is required during intermediate stages
             of falsework erection, is it shown on the falsework plans?      ____   ____   ____

      6.     Have all connections been designed and detailed?                ____   ____   ____

      7.     Are web stiffeners required on steel cap beams to resist
             eccentric loads?                                                ____   ____   ____




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              107
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

      8.     Are wedges required between longitudinal beams and cap
             beams to accommodate longitudinal slope or to reduce
             eccentric loading?                                            ____   ____   ____

      9.     Has the width to height ratio of wedge packs been verified
             to fall within the limits given in the special provisions?    ____   ____   ____

      10.    If overhang brackets are attached to unstiffened girder
             webs, has the need for temporary bracing to prevent
             longitudinal girder distortion been investigated?             ____   ____   ____

      11.    Have beams and stringers with height/width ratios greater
             than 2.5:1 been checked for stability?                        ____   ____   ____

      12.    Have sloping falsework members that exert horizontal
             forces on the falsework been braced or tied to resist these
             loads?                                                        ____   ____   ____

      13.    If beams supporting cast-in-place concrete have cantilever
             spans, have the falsework plans been noted to require the
             main spans be loaded before loading the cantilever spans?     ____   ____   ____

      14.    Have timber headers set on shoring towers been checked
             for eccentric loads, and for shear and bending stresses
             produced by the eccentricity?                                 ____   ____   ____

I.           Highway and Railroad Traffic Openings (for falsework
             over or adjacent to highway or railroad traffic
             openings)

      1.     Do falsework plans satisfy construction clearances shown
             on the contract plans?                                        ____   ____   ____

      2.     Are posts designed for 150% of the calculated vertical
             loading and increased or readjusted for loads caused by
             prestressing forces?                                          ____   ____   ____

      3.     Are mechanical connections [9 kN (2,000 lbs.) minimum
             capacity] shown at the bottom of posts to footing
             connections?                                                  ____   ____   ____

      4.     Are mechanical connections [4.5 kN (1,000 lbs.) minimum
             capacity] shown at the top of the post to cap connections?    ____   ____   ____

      5.     Are beam tie downs [2.2 kN (500 lbs.) minimum capacity]
             shown for all beams?                                          ____   ____   ____

      6,     Are 16 mm (5/8") or larger diameter bolts used at
             connections for timber bracing?                               ____   ____   ____

      7.     Are temporary erection/removal bracing shown?                 ____   ____   ____



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                            108
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


J.           Additional Requirements for Railroad Traffic Openings

      1.     Do falsework plans show collision posts as shown on the
             contract plans?                                               ____   ____   ____

      2.     Do posts adjacent to the openings have a minimum section
             modulus of?

             a.      steel - 0.0002 m3 (9.5 in3)                           ____   ____   ____
             b.      timber - 0.004 m3 (250 in3)                           ____   ____   ____

      3.     Are soffit and deck overhang forming details shown?           ____   ____   ____

      4.     Are falsework bents within 6 meters (20 feet) of centerline
             of the track sheathed solid between 1 m and 5 m (3 ft. and
             17 ft.) above top of rail with 16 mm thick minimum plywood
             and properly blocked at the edges?                            ____   ____   ____

      5.     Is bracing on the bents within 6 meters (20 feet) of the
             centerline of the track adequate to resist the required
             assumed horizontal load or minimum 22.2 kN (5,000 lbs.),
             whichever is greater?                                         ____   ____   ____



_________________________ _________________
Designer’s Signature      Date




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                            109
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




            SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS


Comply with Section 00545 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00545.10 General - Replace the two bulleted items with the following bulleted items:

    Furnish Class 30 (4350) concrete for the end panel.                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


    Pipes, if shown under end panels, shall be:                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


         Class V reinforced concrete pipe meeting the requirements of 02410.20,              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Schedule 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM D
            1785, or
         Grade A or B galvanized steel pipe, STD weight class minimum, meeting the
            requirements of ASTM A 53, hot-dip galvanized according to AASHTO M 111
            (ASTM A 123).

Add the following bulleted items:

    Use pipe bedding, pipe zone material, and backfill meeting the requirements of           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       00405.12, 00405.13, and 00405.14.
    Use granular structure backfill meeting the requirements of 00510.13.


00545.10 General - Replace the first bulleted item with the following bulleted item:

        Furnish Class 30 (HPC4350) concrete for the end panel.

Add the following bulleted item:

        Use granular structure backfill meeting the requirements of 00510.13.


00545.30 Quality Control Personnel - Add the following bulleted item:

        CSTT - Concrete Strength Testing Technician

                                                                                              Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25"
00545.90 General – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

    Payment for tie detail is considered incidental and will be included in payment for the   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25"
    item “Reinforced Concrete Bridge End Panels”.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              110
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                        SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES


Comply with Section 00560 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00560.29 (b) (2) Non-Coated Weathering Steel Members – The second paragraph,                    Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
beginning “All fasteners shall be black. Do not use…” is replaced with the following:           Hidden
                                                                                                Formatted: No underline, Font color: Auto
All fasteners shall be AASHTO M164, Type 3 (ASTM Designation: A 325, Type 3). Do not            Formatted: No underline, Font color: Auto
use direct tension indicators for non-coated weathering steel connections.
                                                                                                Formatted: Font: Not Italic
                                                                                                Formatted: Left
00560.46 Erection - Add the following to the end of this subsection:
                                                                                                Formatted: Right

(j) Complete Bridge Superstructure Off Site – Complete bridge superstructure in the Off Site
Bridge Staging Area shown, including:
      Assemble all structural steel                                                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
      Place steel reinforcement according to 00530
      Place concrete end diaphragms and deck as shown according to 00540
      Construct bridge rails, including safety fencing, according to 00587 off site prior to
        installing bridge according to 00560.47

Provide at least one key to the Engineer for all locks placed by Contractor within the Off
Site Bridge Staging Area.

Add the following Subsection:
                                                                                                Formatted: Font: Not Bold
00560.47 Transport and Install Bridge

    (a) General – Lift, transport, and install entire span into final position according to     Formatted: No bullets or numbering
00560.46 and within the times established with the Union Pacific Railroad Company. After
bridge placement, remove all transport equipment from areas within the railroad right of way
that would require flagging before the expiration of the train free interval established with
the Union Pacific Railroad Company.

(b) Methods and Equipment – Before transporting bridge, submit a detailed work plan to
the Engineer for review identifying the method proposed and the amount and character of
equipment to be used. In addition to other requirements specified in these Special
Provisions, this work plan shall include but not be limited to a detailed time schedule of
planned operations, deflections monitoring methods, and contingency plans to address
potential malfunctions or interruptions in the work plan. This review shall not relieve the
Contractor of the responsibility for the safety of the method or equipment, or from carrying
out the work in full accordance with the plans and specifications. Do not perform work until
approval of work plan has been obtained.

Transport bridge superstructure with self propelled modular transport units or similar.
Transport units shall have sufficient redundancy to continue moving should any portion of
the system fail during transport.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               111
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Equipment used to raise bridge into permanent location shall be according to 00540.41,
00540.42, and 00540.52.

The bridge superstructure may only be supported/lifted at locations shown on the plans. All
steel girders shall be shimmed as necessary to bear uniformly on temporary lifting supports.
Temporary lifting supports shall have sufficient stiffness to meet differential movement
requirements provided in these specifications. Transport units shall have height adjustment
capabilities to maintain the bridge in a near level, stable position while moving.

Monitor bridge during transport and while being raised into permanent position to maintain
the constructed plane of the deck. No more than 1 inch of differential movement shall occur
between one corner of the bridge and the corner on the opposite end and side of the
bridge. At each end of the bridge, no more than ½” of differential deflection shall occur
between girders along the temporary lifting supports.

The bridge superstructure shall not be used to support construction equipment, vehicles, or
other loads during lift and transport operations.

Perform a geotechnical evaluation to determine load carrying capacity of the ground
adjacent to the railroad, and submit a work plan to stabilize or strengthen the ground to
support the transport units such that no settlement is imposed on the railroad tracks.
Transport units shall not impose loads onto railroad tracks or ties. Transport vehicles shall        Formatted: Not Highlight
not impose loads on the ground within 8 feet of the centerline of railroad tracks when               Formatted: Not Highlight
traveling along the railroad.                                                                        Formatted: Not Highlight

00560.70 Finish (Non-Coated Weathering Steel Only)

Add the following to the end of the paragraph that begins "Sandblast all exposed
surfaces...":

All steel shall be shop blast cleaned after fabrication and prior to shipping to the project site.


00560.80 General - The estimated quantity of structural steel is:

                                                                 Quantity
            Structure                                          (kg) (pounds)

    Bridge No. 20228                                              276,800
    Bridge No. __________

Add the following to the end of this subsection:

No measurement will be made for Transport and Install Bridge.

00560.90 General – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Payment for Transport and Install Bridge will be made at the Contract lump sum amount for
the item “Transport and Install Bridge”. Compensation for the transport and erection of the
bridge shall include all materials and work incidental to the preparation of a temporary



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    112
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

roadway over which the bridge shall be transported, including any shoring or temporary
cribbing or other materials for crossing the railroad, as well as removal of the temporary
roadway, removal of temporary drainage facilities, restoration of the area occupied by the
temporary roadway to the original ground contours, and disposal of excess materials.



                                 SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS


Comply with Section 00582 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00582.25(a) TFE Sliding Surfaces - In the first sentence of the paragraph that begins
"Design bearings so that…", change "25 MPa" to "24 MPa".
00582.90 General – Replace the paragraph that begins "No separate payment will be                 Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
made for…", with the following paragraph:                                                         Hidden
                                                                                                  Formatted: Right
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font: Bold
No separate payment will be made for elastomeric bearing pads, bearing plates, anchor
bolts, and other bearing hardware, as payment for furnishing and placing pads and
hardware is included in one or more pay items listed in the Schedule of Items.




                                SECTION 00585 - EXPANSION JOINTS


Comply with Section 00585 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

 585.40       Filled Expansion Joints – Add the following to the end of this subsection:          Formatted: Right
                                                                                                  Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
Joint seals for Bridge No. 20228 shall not be installed until at least 5 days after the last      Hidden
placement of concrete in the concrete bridge end panels.                                          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering



00585.42(b) Installation - In the second and third sentences of the third paragraph,
replace the English value "(4500)" with "(4350)".

00585.46(a)        General - In the fourth paragraph, change the English value from "(4500)" to
"(4350)".

00585.47(f) Installation - In the first bulleted item, change the English value from
"(4500)" to "(4350)".

00585.48 Coating - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the following:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  113
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Round or bevel all corners and edges of steel members at least 2 mm (3/32 inch). Grid
hardened edges back 3 mm (1/8 inch). Except for stainless steel, hot dip galvanize
expansion joint surfaces according to AASHTO M 11MM (ASTM A 123/A 123M).

The contact surfaces at all galvanized slip critical structural bolted connections shall meet
Class C (slip coefficient 0.33) surface preparation requirements.

00585.80 General - The estimated quantity of joints is:

                                                                           Quantity
            Structure                              Joint Type              (m) (foot)

    Bridge No. 20228                  Type “A” Preformed Polychloroprene      115
                                          Compression Joint Seals
    Bridge No. ________



                                    SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS


Comply with Section 00587 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00587.42(a) General – Add the following bullet after the last bullet:                           Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
                                                                                                Formatted: Right
        Concrete in bridge rails constructed on end panels of Bridge No. 20228 shall reach     Formatted: Left, Bulleted + Level: 1 + Aligned at:
         a compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 10 days.                                        0.25" + Tab after: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
                                                                                                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
00587.80 General - The estimated quantity of bridge rail is:

                                                                           Quantity
            Structure                               Rail Type              (m) (foot)

    Bridge No. 09520                                 F                        860               Formatted: Tab stops: 3", Left + Not at 2"
    Bridge No. 09520A                                F                        880               Formatted: Tab stops: 2.75", Left + 3", Left + Not
    Bridge No. 09521                                 F                       1060               at 2"
    Bridge No. 09521A                                F                       1340
    Bridge No. 09522                                 F                        450
    Bridge No. 09522A                                F                        410
    Bridge No. 09523                                 F                        400
    Bridge No. 09523A                                F                        400
    Bridge No. 09525                                 F                        420
    Bridge No. 09525A                                F                        470
    Bridge No. 09630                                 F                        600
    Bridge No. 09630A                                F                        600
    Bridge No. 09631                       Thrie Beam Rail Retrofit           320
    Bridge No. 09631A                      Thrie Beam Rail Retrofit           320
    Bridge No. 09632                                 F                        610
    Bridge No. 09632A                                F                        610
    Bridge No. 09635                                 F                       1090



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               114
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Bridge No. 09635A                                       F               1090
    Bridge No. 20228                                        F                320

                                                                                                 Formatted: Font: Italic
00587.90 General – Add the following to the end of this subsection:                              Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                 Hidden
Payment for joint seal replacement and modification at Bridge Nos. 09521, 09521A, 09630,
09630A, 09632, 09632A, 09635, and 09635A is considered incidental and will be included
in payment for “Type “F” Concrete Rail”.



            SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING STEEL STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00594 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00594.01(a)        Abbreviations - Add the following abbreviation:

    AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association

00594.01(c) References - In the paragraph that begins "In this Section...", replace "Steel
Structures Painting Manual" with "Painting Manual".

00594.03 Precoating Conference - Replace the sentence that begins "At this conference,
present..." with the following sentence and bullets:

Ten workdays before the precoating conference, submit a plan that identifies the methods
of operation to accomplish all phases of the work, including but not limited to the following:

        Personnel qualifications and training                                                   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Bulleted +
                                                                                                 Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.5" + Tab after: 0.75"
        Surface preparation
                                                                                                 + Indent at: 0.75", Tab stops: Not at 0.75"
        Coating materials
        Coating application
        Quality control inspections
        Containment and waste management


Add the following subsection:

00594.05 Containment - Contain work debris that is generated from paint removal
operations according to the Class 1A requirements of SSPC-Guide 6, with the following
revisions:


         Containment material                 (A1 rigid or A2 flexible)                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Support structure                    (C1 rigid or C2 flexible)
         Input air flow                       (G1 forced or G2 natural)
         Air pressure                         (H2 visual)



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                115
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




Add the following subsection:

00594.06 Lead or Zinc Chromate Paint - The existing coating includes a red lead or zinc
chromate system, which is considered a hazardous material, contain, recover, and properly
dispose of all waste, including hazardous waste, generated during surface preparation,
coating operations, and all other associated work on the structures. No spent abrasive,
removed coating, or applied coating shall be allowed to contaminate the environment.
Contain and collect waste material in an approved area in the same manner as if it were a
hazardous material. All on-site temporary storage, handling, and labeling shall be in
accordance with 40 CFR 262 and 40 CFR 265. Prevent the escape of dust or paint, which
may create a nuisance or hazard in the vicinity of the structure. At no time shall any debris
be allowed to fall into the water or on the surrounding ground in the vicinity of the Project.

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to be thoroughly knowledgeable with all pertinent
EPA/DEQ regulations and to comply with all requirements, as outlined in the attached
"Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous Coating Removal"
overview. This will include compliance with all Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) regulations found in 40 CFR 240 through 40 CFR 280. RCRA governs all activities
associated with hazardous waste from generation to final disposal.

Actual Contractor responsibilities, from the EPA/DEQ perspective, will depend on the
anticipated generator classification for the Project. The classification category will be
decided by the quantity of hazardous material generated on a monthly basis and the total
quantity of hazardous waste collected at any time on the Project Site. An overview of the
pertinent regulations, "Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous
Coating Removal" is included for reference.

Ensure that Work performed does not jeopardize the health and well-being of personnel
associated with the Project, other persons, or the community in the vicinity of the Project.
To prevent possible health-threatening exposure to hazardous material, comply with all
pertinent OSHA regulations to be found 29 CFR 1910; 29 CFR 1926; and in the Interim
Standard for Lead in Construction, 29 CFR 1926.62, as outlined in the attached
"Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous Coating Removal"
attachment.

If the Project has exposure levels above the Permissible Exposure Level (PEL), the
Contractor’s shall be responsible for, without limitation, the following:

    Written compliance program                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Exposure monitoring
    Respiratory protection program
    Protective clothing
    Housekeeping practices
    Hygiene facilities and practices including showers
    Medical surveillance
    Medical removal protection program
    Employee information and training
    Signing



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                116
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    Record keeping
    Observation of monitoring

Refer to OSHA publication No. 3126 for requirements found in OSHA Safety and Health
Standards (29 CFR Parts 1910/1926). Consultation services are also available for
assistance from OSHA (phone 503-378-3272).


00594.10 General - Provide the following coating materials:




00594.11(b) Manufacturing - In the bullet that begins "For top coating material...",add "or
Federal Standard 595b color #2422730045" after "ODOT Formula 317-74".

00594.11(d) Sampling and Testing - In the test and test method list, replace the line that
begins "Density Determination of Paints..."with the following:

    Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and Related Products ASTM D 1475

00594.11(e)        Specifications - Make the following changes to this subsection:

Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph that begins "The coatings on
steel-to-steel...":

Provide Manufacturer’s certification of conformance before use.

    (1) Coating New Steel (Other than Bridge Rails) - Modify this subsection as follows:

         b. Intermediate Coat - Replace the "Volume solids" value with "59% minimum".

         c. Topcoat - Replace the "Color" type with "ODOT Formula No. 317-74 or Federal
         Standard 595b Color No. 2422730045".

     (2) Coating New Steel for Bridge Rails - Modify this subsection as follows:

    Replace the subsection heading and paragraph b with the following:

    (2) Coating New Steel and New Galvanized Steel for Bridge Rails

         b. Topcoat - Replace the "Generic Type" entry with "TGIC-Polyester powder
         coating" with "TGIC-Polyester powder coating meeting the applicable performance
         requirements of AAMA 2604-98".

    (3) Recoating Existing Steel - Modify this subsection as follows:

         b. Intermediate Coat - Replace the "Volume solids" value with "59% minimum".




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              117
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         c. Topcoat - Replace the "Color" type with "ODOT Formula No. 317-74 or Federal
         Standard 595b Color No. 24227".

    (4) Rehabilitating Existing Steel - Modify this subsection as follows:

         b. Intermediate Coat - Replace the "Volume solids" value with "59% minimum".

         c. Topcoat - Replace the "Volume solids" value with "60% minimum". Replace the
         "Color" type with "ODOT Formula No. 317-74 or Federal Standard 595b Color
         No. 24227".

    (5) Non-Steel Metallic Substrates - Modify this subsection as follows:

    Add the following paragraph and list at the beginning of this subsection:

    On all galvanized surfaces to be coated, except those covered by 594.11(e-1),
    incorporate two coats of a single-component, moisture curing polyurethane system. On
    aluminum surfaces to be coated, incorporate a one coat of a single-component,
    moisture curing polyurethane system.        Apply according to the manufacturer’s
    recommendations.

         a. First Coat (Galvanized Surfaces)

         Generic Type:                Micaceous iron oxide-filled, single-component
                                      moisture-cured polyurethane
         Vehicle Type:                Moisture-cured polyurethane
         Volume Solids:               59% minimum
         Pigment:                     A minimum of 350 g/L (2.9 lb/gal) of micaceous iron oxide
         VOC:                         340 g/L (2.8 lb/gal) maximum
         Color:                       Tinted to distinguish from substrate and top coat

         a. Topcoat - Matt Finish - Replace the heading of this subsection with the
         following:

         b. Topcoat (Galvanized Surfaces) or Single Coat (Aluminum) - Matte Finish

         Replace the "Volume solids" value with "60% minimum". Replace the "Pigment"
         value with "a minimum of 350 g/L (2.9 lb/gal) of micaceous iron oxide".

         b. Topcoat - Semi-Gloss Finish - Replace the heading of this subsection with the
         following:

         c. Topcoat (Galvanized Surfaces) or Single Coat (Aluminum) - Semi-Gloss
         Finish

00594.41(b) Existing Steel Structures - Replace the second and third sentences of this
paragraph with the following:

The appearance of the blast-cleaned surface shall closely approximate Pictorial Standard
SP 6 of SSPC-Vis 1. No mill scale or paint will be allowed. Rust stains, paint stains or mill
scale stains will be allowed.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                         118
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




00594.41(e-1) Cleaning Methods - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (1) Cleaning Methods - Remove and dispose of the existing coating system according
    to one of the following:

    Abrasive blast the existing coating with a mineral slag combined with an approved
    additive to render the material non-hazardous. Obtain approval for the specific abrasive
    blast additive prior to use.
    Abrasive blast the existing coating utilizing a recyclable steel grit.

    Use methods specified in SSPC-SP 1, SSPC-SP 2, and SSPC-SP3 as necessary to
    augment blast-cleaning.

    Provide the Engineer a written description of the procedure and product to be used
    within 30 days of the award of the Contract. The recycling description shall enumerate
    how the material is to be recycled and the location of the facility where the process will
    take place.

00594.41(e-2) Abrasives - In the first                  sentence   of   the   first   paragraph,   replace
"ODOT TM 620" with "ASTM D 4417".

In the second sentence of the first paragraph, replace "ODOT TM 619" with
"ASTM D 4417".

In the second sentence of the third paragraph, add "and ASTM D 4940" after
"ODOT TM 616".

Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

The conductivity of the abrasive shall not exceed 250 microSiemen when tested according
to ASTM D4940.

00594.41(e-3) Air - In the last sentence of the paragraph, replace "ODOT TM 618" with
"ASTM D 4285".

00594.42(a)        Description - Add the following bullet to the bulleted list:

        The applicable portions of the SSPC-PA 2

00594.42(d) Coating Requirements - Make the following changes to this subsection:

         e. Galvanized Surfaces - Replace the heading of this subsection with the
         following:

         e. Aluminum Surfaces

Add the following subsection:

         f.   Galvanized Surfaces:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                             119
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                                                       Minimum Dry
              Coat                    Formula                         Film Thickness

              First Coat              Micaceous iron oxide-filled
                                      single-component, moisture-
                                      curing polyurethane             75 µm (3 mils)

              Topcoat                 Single-component, aliphatic,
                                      moisture-curing polyurethane    75 µm (3 mils)
                                                                      ____________
                                                            TOTAL     150 µm (6 mils)

In the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "Apply only a coating…", delete the word
"inorganic".

Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of this subsection:

Regardless of the primary method selected for applying the full coating system, use
brushes to ensure proper coverage of each coat around structural irregularities. Brush the
coating into:

        Gaps and crevices between steel members
        Back edges of steel members
        Lips around and back sides of rivets and bolts
        Connection areas to which access is difficult
        Areas where spraying does not adequately coat or penetrate crevices


00594.42(d-2) Stripe Coats - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (2) Stripe Coats - Precede the prime and intermediate coats by initial applications of
    stripe coats on all edges, corners, seams, crevices, interior angles, junctions of joining
    members, gaps and crevices between steel members, around rivet or bolt heads, nuts
    and threads, weld lines and similar surface irregularities. Apply each stripe coat
    separately and by brush only to ensure required coverage and penetration of all areas.
    Extend each stripe coat a minimum of one inch from the irregular surface. Each stripe
    coat shall be approximately 75 microns (3 mils) in thickness, and thick enough to
    completely cover and hide the substrate over which it is applied. Each stripe coat shall
    be independent of the full coat and include its own hold point. Do not proceed with
    application of the full coat prior to approval of the stripe coat. Do not use stripe coats to
    correct deficiencies in preceding or subsequent coats. Follow the stripe coat as soon
    as practicable with the application of the full prime, intermediate, or finish coat to its
    specified thickness.

    The full prime coat may be applied prior to the stripe coat to prevent flash rusting of the
    blast cleaned steel surfaces if approved by the Engineer, in which case the application
    of the full prime coat shall be accompanied by the use of brushes as described in the
    previous subsection.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   120
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00594.42(d-3) Coating Thickness and Coverage Requirements - In the first sentence of
the second paragraph, replace "ODOT TM 622" with "SSPC-PA2".

Add the following sentence after the first sentence of the second paragraph:

In addition to the requirements of SSPC-PA2, an additional three readings in each
connection area will be made. The average of the three readings at each connection shall
meet the minimum dry film thickness specified in 00594.42(d).

In the second sentence of the second paragraph, replace "ODOT TM 623" with
"ASTM D 4138".

In the third paragraph replace "ODOT TM 621" with "ASTM D 4414".

Add the following sentence to the end of the third paragraph:

On edges or other irregular surfaces visual inspection and a pencil (pull-off) gage will be
used to verify thickness.

Add the following paragraph after the third paragraph:

Each coat, whether a full, complete coat covering 100% of the steel surfaces, or a stripe
coat utilized on the described areas subject to premature failure, shall be a separate entity
meeting all specified thickness and coverage requirements. Do not use a preceding or
succeeding coat to remedy deficiencies in any other coat. Each coat shall meet all
applicable specifications, and shall completely cover the substrate to which it is applied.

00594.42(d-4) Additional Top Coat Requirements - Replace this paragraph with the
following:

    (4) Additional Top Coat Requirements - Apply the top coat, regardless of the total
    thickness of prime and intermediate coats, in sufficient thickness to achieve uniform and
    complete coverage and appearance and to achieve the minimum required topcoat
    thickness. The final topcoat shall be of a uniform appearance.

00594.42(e) Time of Application - Add the following to the last sentence of the fourth
paragraph:

Revision of recoat times requires approval of the Engineer prior to recoating.

00594.42(f) Sealing - Replace the list of bulleted items with the following:

        Coating materials where practicable

        Sealant, if the crevice or gap cannot be filled with coating materials. In areas that
         collect or channel water, apply sealant even if the coating fills the gap. Apply the
         sealant after complete application of the top coat.

        Backing material and sealant to fill crevices and gaps that exceed 6 mm (1/4 inch).
         Apply sealant over the backing material to form a watertight seal.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                121
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00594.42(g) Adhesion - in the second sentence, replace "ODOT TM 624" with
"ASTM D 4541".

00594.42(h) Environmental Conditions - In the first sentence, replace "ODOT TM 615"
with "ASTM E 337".

Add the following paragraph after the bulleted list:

Lengthy weather-related delays may be necessary. In scheduling the work, be aware of
weather conditions likely to be encountered.

00594.42(i) Stenciling - In the first sentence, replace "two locations" with "a location near
each end of each span".

00594.43 Inspection - Replace the test and test method list with the following list:

         Test                                                                  Test Method

         Measuring Humidity with a Psychrometer ................................ ASTM E 337
         Cleanliness of Abrasive Material .......................................... ODOT TM 616
         Conduct Metric Analysis of Water Soluble Ionic
               Contamination of Blasting Abrasives............................ ASTM D 4940
         Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air ............................ ASTM D 4285
         Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards .................................. SSPC-VIS 1
         Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel
               by Keane -Tator Comparator ........................................ ASTM D 4417
         Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel by Replica Tape....... ASTM D 4417
         Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages .................................... ASTM D 4414
         Dry Film Thickness by Magnetic Gauge.................................... SSPC-PA 2
         Dry Film Thickness by Tooke Gauge .................................... ASTM D 4138
         Pull-Off Strength by Elcometer Adhesion Tester .................. ASTM D 4541

00594.44(a)        Contaminated Surfaces - In the second sentence, replace "previous" with
"specified".

00594.60(b) Feathering of Repair Areas - In the first sentence of the second paragraph,
replace "in according to" with "according to".

Replace the last sentence of the second paragraph with the following sentence:

Roughen the existing coating in the feathered area to ensure proper adhesion of the repair
coats. Overlap the intact, still sound existing coating at least 50 mm (two inches).

00594.60(c) Coating Application in Repair Areas - Add the following paragraph before
the first paragraph:

Use the procedure in this subsection for all repairs.

Replace the last paragraph with the following paragraph:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                          122
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Maintain the thickness of the system in overlap areas within the specified total thickness
tolerances, and overlap the intact, sound existing coating at least 50 mm (2 inches).


Add the following subsection:


00594.75 Coating System Warranty - Unconditionally warrant to the Agency that all
coating work and the coating system(s), both above deck and below deck, performed and
applied on this Project are and shall be free of all defects for a period of 36 (12) months.
Provide a written 36 (12) month coating system warranty and related supplemental
warranty performance bond for Structure No. ____________. Use the Agency-supplied
warranty form. Copies of the coating system warranty and supplemental performance bond
are included near the front of the Special Provisions (also see 00130.40(a)).

For purposes of this warranty, coating system defects are defined as:

    Visible rust or rust breakthrough                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Blistering, cracking or alligatoring
    Chalking or fading
    Loss of adhesion
    Cohesive failure

Upon notification of defects, correct all defects at no additional cost to the Agency. The
Agency inspection of any portion of the work during the original Contract preparation and
during the coating system application will not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under
this warranty.

The period shall be for 36 months, starting after Project completion, also called Third
Notification. During this 36 month warranty period, the Agency will inspect the coating
system for defects three times, at 12, 24 and 36 months after Project completion. The
Contractor will be notified in advance of each inspection and will be permitted to
accompany the Agency inspector. Within 30 calendar days from the date of written
notification that defects were found, make repairs to the coating system that meet the
original Contract requirements.


The period shall be for 12 months, starting after Project completion, also called Third
Notification. During this 12 month warranty period, the Agency will inspect the coating
system for defects two times, at 6 and 12 months after Project completion. The Contractor
will be notified in advance of each inspection and will be permitted to accompany the
Agency inspector. Within 30 calendar days from the date of written notification that defects
were found, make repairs to the coating system that meet the original Contract
requirements.


Add the following subsection:

00594.90(c) Containment - Payment for containment of work debris will be made at the
contract lump sum amount for the item "Containment". Payment will be payment in full for



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                123
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

furnishing all material, equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to design, construct,
maintain, move, and remove the containment structure. Payment also includes collecting,
removing, and disposing of the waste material.


                                                                                                 Formatted: Left
                                 SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS


Comply with Section 00596 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00596.00 Scope - Add the following the end of this subsection:

A proprietary retaining wall, to be constructed at Station __________, may be selected from
the following list as an alternate to the retaining wall shown:

    __________________________________________________________________                          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       Retaining Wall, provided by _________________________________________,
       telephone: ____________________

    (Repeat as necessary.)                                                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


Select a proprietary Mechanically Stabilized Earth (MSE) retaining wall, to be constructed at
Station ___________the locations shown, from the following list:

        Retained EarthTM (Square Panel) Retaining Wall System, provided by Foster               Formatted: Font color: Auto
         Geotechnical, telephone: (619) 688-2400.                                                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


        Reinforced EarthTM (Cruciform Panel) Retaining Wall System, provided by The             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Reinforced Earth Company, telephone: (949) 587-3060.

        MSE PlusTM Retaining Wall System, provided by SSL, LLC, telephone: (831) 430-           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         9300.


Add the following subsection:

00596.01 Cost Reduction Proposals - Cost Reduction proposals according to 00140.70
will only be considered for retaining wall materials, products or proprietary retaining walls
that are approved by the ODOT Retaining Structures Program prior to advertising the
Project. A wall material, product, or proprietary retaining wall is considered approved by the
ODOT Retaining Structures Program if:

        The ODOT Retaining Structures Coordinator has issued a letter of approval for the
         wall material, product, or proprietary retaining wall, or




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                124
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         The wall material, product, or proprietary retaining wall is listed as "approved-
          prequalified", "approved-conditional", or "approved-experimental" in the ODOT
          Retaining Structures Manual.

Information about approved wall materials, products, and proprietary retaining walls is
available from the ODOT Retaining Structures Coordinator at (503) 986-4200.


Cost reduction proposals for proprietary retaining walls shall meet the following
requirements:

      Be a proprietary retaining wall for which the Contractor complies with the requirements       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         of 00596.04 and 00596.40(a) and meets all other specification requirements for this
         Project except as approved by the Engineer.

      The Contractor shall be responsible for, provide, and demonstrate the following:              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


          Evaluating external stability for the proposed proprietary retaining wall (including      Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
             sliding, overturning, bearing capacity, and global or deep seated stability) and        Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                     + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
             providing a complete, stamped set of plans.                                             Not at 0.5" + 1"
                                                                                                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
          Perform all additional geotechnical exploration and structural or geotechnical
                                                                                                     Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
             analysis that is necessary for the proposed proprietary retaining wall.                 Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                     + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
          Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the proposed proprietary             Not at 0.5" + 1"
             retaining wall will adequately perform all the functions of the structure it is being   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
             proposed to replace.                                                                    Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
                                                                                                     Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Tab after: 0.5"
                                                                                                     + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops: 0.75", List tab +
                                                                                                     Not at 0.5" + 1"
Cost reduction proposals for other wall materials and products shall meet the following
requirements:                                                                                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


                                                                                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




00596.10 General - Add the following:

(e)



00596.11(c) Gabion Retaining Walls - Replace "02330.10(b)" with "00390.11(b)".

00596.11(g) MSE Granular Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following                       Formatted: Right, Don't hyphenate
subsection:                                                                                          Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                     Hidden
00596.11(g) MSE Granular Backfill - Provide MSE granular backfill meeting the following
requirements:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    125
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    (1) Gradation - Gradation shall meet the following requirements of either a. or b. as the
    Contractor elects:

         a. Durable rock material, free from unsuitable materials and conforming to the
         following gradations as determined by AASHTO T 27 (Dry Sieve):

                                        Percent Passing, by Mass (Weight)

                                         Class A                Class B            Class C
                                       Inextensible            Extensible       Spread Footing
                Sieve Size            Tensile Reinf.          Tensile Reinf.   Foundation Zone

            100 mm (4 inch)                 100                    100              100
              50 mm (2 inch)              80 - 100                 100              100
          19.0 mm (3/4 inch)              50 - 100                 100             65 - 85
          12.5 mm (1/2 inch)              40 - 100               40 - 100          50 - 80
            4.75 mm (No. 4)               20 - 100               20 - 100          35 - 70
           2.00 mm (No. 10)               15 - 100               15 - 100          30 - 55
            425 m (No. 40)                10 - 60                10 - 60          15 - 35
           150 m (No. 100)                5 - 35                 5 - 35           5 - 15
            75 m (No. 200)                0 - 15                 0 - 15           0 - 15

         The Uniformity Coefficient, Cu, the ratio of D60 to D10, shall exceed 1.5. D60 and D10
         are the soil diameters at which 60% and 10% of the soil mass (weight) is finer.

         b. Either 25.0 mm - 0 (1" - 0) or 19.0 mm - 0 (3/4" - 0) base aggregate as the
         Contractor elects conforming to the requirements of 02630.10(a) through
         02630.10(c). Test the MSE granular backfill at the frequency specified in the MFTP
         for aggregate base material.

    (2) Other Requirements - The MSE granular backfill shall meet the following
    requirements:

         Material Passing 75 m (No. 200) Sieve - The percent passing (by Mass) the 75                Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
            m (No 200) sieve shall not exceed 15% when tested according to                            Formatted: Right
            AASHTO T 27 (Dry Sieve).                                                                   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted + Level: 1
                                                                                                       + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1",
             Plasticity Index - The plasticity index of the MSE granular backfill material            Tab stops: Not at 1"

              passing the 425 m (No. 40) sieve shall not exceed 6 when tested according to            Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted + Level: 1
                                                                                                       + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1",
              AASHTO T 90.
                                                                                                       Tab stops: Not at 1"

             Electrochemical Properties - The electrochemical properties shall conform to             Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted + Level: 1
              the following requirements:                                                              + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" + Indent at: 1",
                                                                                                       Tab stops: Not at 1"

                      Property                       Limits            Test Procedures

                         pH                       4.5 - 9.5             AASHTO T 289
                      Resistivity             5000 -cm (min.)          AASHTO T 288




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                        126
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

              MSE granular backfill material with resistivities of less than 5000 -cm but
              greater than 3000 -cm may be accepted if they meet the following additional
              requirements:

                      Property                       Limits    Test Procedures

                      Chlorides               100 PPM (max.)   AASHTO T 291
                      Sulfates                200 PPM (max.)   AASHTO T 290

             Organic Content Requirements - The organic content shall meet one of the          Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", Bulleted +
              following conditions:                                                             Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.75" + Tab after: 1" +
                                                                                                Indent at: 1", Tab stops: Not at 1"

                  Organic content as computed according to AASHTO T 267 for material finer
                   than the 2.00 mm (No. 10) does not exceed 1%.

                  The ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the mass (weight) of organic
                   material (as determined by AASHTO T 267) to the mass (weight) of the total
                   sample does not exceed 0.75%.

    Submit samples for all other tests listed above to the ODOT Salem Materials
    Laboratory. Submit samples at a frequency of 1 per 5000 Mg (5,000 tons) per source,
    with a minimum of 1 per wall per source.

00596.13(e) MSE Retaining Wall Precast Concrete Facing Panels - Revise this
subsection as follows:

     (1) Portland Cement Concrete - Replace the sentence with the following:

    Use Class 28 - 37.5 or 19.0 (Class 4000 - 1 1/2 or 3/4) concrete.

    (1) Portland Cement Concrete - Replace the sentence with the following:

    Use Class 28 - 37.5 or 19.0 (Class 4000 - 1 1/2 or 3/4) concrete except for the ARES
    Retaining Wall System. Use Class 31 - 37.5 or 19.0 (Class 4500 - 1 1/2 or 3/4)
    concrete for the ARES Retaining Wall System.


    (3) Curing - Replace the sentence with the following:

    Fully support and do not strip the forms from the units until the concrete reaches a
    minimum compressive strength of 7 MPa (1000 psi).


    (3) Curing - Replace the sentence with the following:

    Fully support and do not strip the forms from the units until the concrete reaches a
    minimum compressive strength of 7 MPa (1000 psi). For ARES Retaining Wall
    System, fully support and do not strip the forms from the units until the concrete
    reaches a minimum compressive strength of 10 MPa (1500 psi).




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                127
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00596.16(c-1) Geotextile - For proprietary designs, provide a geotextile according to the
proprietor’s and the manufacturer’s specifications and preapproved for the proprietary
system selected.

00596.16(c-1) Geotextile - For designs shown on the plans (i.e., non-proprietary designs),
provide retaining wall geotextile meeting the following property values:

                                                                Minimum Retaining Wall
          Geotextile Property                   Test Method        Geotextile Values

         Wide-Width strip tensile               ASTM D 4595       ____ kN/m (____ lb/in)
         Puncture Strength                      ASTM D4833            335 N (75 lb)
         Trapezoidal Tear                       ASTM D 4533           225 N (50 lb)
         Apparent opening size                  ASTM D 4751     425 m (No. 40) maximum
         (AOS), U.S. Std Sieve
         Permittivity                           ASTM D 4491              0.05 s-1
         Ultraviolet Stability                  ASTM D 4355       70% retrained strength


00596.16(c-2) Geogrid - For proprietary designs provide a geogrid according to the
proprietor’s and the manufacturer's specifications and preapproved for the proprietary
system selected.


00596.16(c-2) Geogrid - For designs shown on the plans, provide retaining wall geogrid
meeting the following values:

                                         Ultimate Strength     Long-Term Pullout Resistance
    Retaining Wall Geogrid               ASTM 6637 (TULT)     Strength (Tal)  Factor F*




00596.30 Quality Control Personnel - Add the following certified technician to the bullet
list:

        CDT

 00596.41(b) Testing - Under the Density bullet, add the following bullet to the end of the      Formatted: Right
list:                                                                                            Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden

    When base aggregate is used as MSE backfill according to 00596.11(g-1-b), compact           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
      the backfill material to 100% of relative maximum density as determined by
      AASHTO T 99 Standard Proctor Method D, with coarse particle correction according
      to AASHTO T 224.

00596.80 General - The estimated quantities, for estimating purposes only, of listed
materials are as follows:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  128
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


         Structure
          Number                          Material          Estimated Quantities

                             Excavation                       ____ m32700 yd3
                             Shoring                           ____ m2 206 ft2
                             Granular Wall Backfill           ____ m3 ____ yd3
                             Granular Structure Backfill      ____ m3 ____ yd3
                             MSE Granular Backfill            ____ m3 5710 yd3
                             Concrete                         ____ m3 ____ yd3
                             Steel Reinforcement              ____ kg ____ lbs
                             Rock Gabions                     ____ m3 ____ yd3
                             Level Pad Concrete                    26 yd3
                             Coping Concrete                       30 yd3
                             Coping Reinforcement                 1920 lbs




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                          129
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                    SECTION 00640 - AGGREGATE BASE AND SHOULDERS

                                                                                       Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange
Comply with Section 00640 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:.         Formatted: Right
                                                                                       Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange, Hidden
00640.10 General – Aggregate for base shall be ¾” – 0 size.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                        130
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

        SECTION 00744 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) PAVEMENT                                  Formatted: Hidden
                                                                                                    Formatted: Left

Comply with Section 00744 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00744.10(a)        Soundness - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Soundness - Provide coarse and fine aggregate with a weighted loss not exceeding
12% when subjected to five cycles of the soundness test using sodium sulfate solution
according to AASHTO T 104.

00744.10(b) Durability - Under the "Aggregates/Coarse" column next to "Sediment
height", replace "(3")" with "(3.0")". Under the "Aggregates/Fine" column next to "Sediment
height", replace "(4")" with "(4.0")".

00744.11(a)        Asphalt Cement - Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:

Use PG 64-28 or PG 70-28 asphalt on this Project.

00744.13 Job Mix Formula (JMF) Requirements - Replace this subsection with the
following:

00744.13 Job Mix Formula (JMF) Requirements - Provide a JMF for the project meeting
the criteria set forth below that was either developed or verified within 5 years of the date
the contract was advertised. The JMF shall have been developed according to the ODOT
Contractor Mix Design Guidelines for Asphalt Concrete or verified according to the ODOT
Mix Design Verification process. Submit the proposed JMF and supporting data to the
Engineer for review at least 10 calendar days prior to anticipated use. If acceptable, written
acceptance will be provided. Perform a new TSR if the source of asphalt cement changes.

                                                     METRIC

                                      Level 1               Level 2          Level 3

    Design Method                     Marshall              Superpave        Superpave
    Compaction Level                  50 Blow               75 Gyrations     100 Gyrations
    Air Voids, %                      3.5                   4.0              4.0
    VMA, % minimum                    12.5 mm - 14.0        19 mm - 13.0     19 mm - 13.0
                                      9.5 mm - 15.0         12.5 mm - 14.0   12.5 mm - 14.0
                                                            9.5 mm - 15.0    9.5 mm - 15.0
    P75 μm/ Eff AC ratio              0.8 to 1.6            0.8 to 1.6       0.8 to 1.6
    TSR, % minimum                    80                    80               80
    VFA, %                            70 - 80               65 - 78          65 - 75
    N initial *                                             < 90.5%          < 89.0%

    * Percent of Theoretical Maximum Density

                                                    ENGLISH




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     131
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                      Level 1               Level 2        Level 3

    Design Method                     Marshall              Superpave      Superpave
    Compaction Level                  50 Blows              75 Gyrations   100 Gyrations
    Air Voids, %                      3.5                   4.0            4.0
    VMA, % minimum                    1/2" - 14.0           3/4" - 13.0    3/4" - 13.0
                                      3/8" - 15.0           1/2" - 14.0    1/2" - 14.0
                                                            3/8" - 15.0    3/8" - 15.0
    P No. 200/ Eff AC ratio           0.8 to 1.6            0.8 to 1.6     0.8 to 1.6
    TSR, % minimum                    80                    80             80
    VFA, %                            70 - 80               65 - 78        65 - 75
    N initial *                                             < 90.5%        < 89.0%

    * Percent of Theoretical Maximum Density

00744.16 HMAC Acceptance - Replace this subsection with the following:

00744.16 HMAC Acceptance - A CAT-1 shall perform a minimum of one asphalt content,
gradation, mix moisture, and Maximum Specific Gravity (AASHTO T 209) test per day and
provide results to the Engineer by the middle of the following work shift. The Contractor
shall also provide split samples to the Engineer when requested. Testing may be waived
upon written notice and accepted visually by the Engineer according to Section 4(B) of the
MFTP.

When three or more tests are performed on a project, a price adjustment will be calculated
according to 00744.95.

Add the following subsection:

00744.17 Small Quantity Acceptance - When less than three test results are obtained on
a project and testing has not been waived by the Engineer, the HMAC will be accepted
according to the following:

(a) Within Specification Limits - If all sublot sample test results are within specification
limits for all constituents (including compaction) the material will be accepted and the full bid
price will be paid for the material represented by that test.

(b) Outside Specification Limits - If a sublot sample test result for any constituent is
outside the specification limit the Engineer will have the backup sample tested.

    (1) Backup Within Specifications - If the backup sample test results for all
    constituents are within specification, the material will be accepted and the full bid price
    will be paid for the material represented by that test.

    (2) Backup Out of Specifications - If the backup sample test results are out of
    specification, the Contractor may choose to accept the price adjustment calculated
    according to 00744.95 or may choose to sample the in-place material for further testing.
    The price adjustments will be computed using all original test results as well as all
    backup test results. (If there are less than three tests, average the two tests you have
    and use the average as the third test result). In no case will the composite pay factor
    (CPF) be greater than 1.0.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   132
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


    (3) In-Place Samples - If the in-place material is sampled, the Engineer will select and
    sample from three random locations from the area represented by the lot in question.
    Those samples will be tested and if found to be within specification the material will be
    accepted and paid for at the full bid price. If the material proves to be outside of the
    specification limits, the material will be accepted and paid for at an adjusted price
    according to 00744.95. In no case will the CPF be above 1.0.

Add the following subsection:

00744.30 Quality Control Personnel - Provide certified technicians in the following fields:

        CAgT
        CAT-1
        CDT

00744.44 Tack Coat - This subsection does not apply.                                               Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
                                                                                                   Hidden
00744.49 Compaction - Replace this subsection with the following:                                  Formatted: Right


00744.49 Compaction - Immediately after the HMAC has been spread, struck off, and
surface irregularities and other defects remedied, roll it uniformly with rollers meeting the
requirements of 00744.24 until compacted to a minimum of 91% of MAMD. Perform finish
rolling and continue until all roller marks are eliminated. Determine the density of each
sublot by averaging five QC tests performed at random locations by a CDT with the nuclear
gauge operated in the backscatter mode according to WAQTC TM 8. Calculate MAMD
according to ODOT TM 305. When less than three sublot test results are obtained on a
project, the HMAC will be accepted according to 00744.17. Perform a minimum of one
sublot density test per day. The Engineer may waive compaction testing upon written
notice.

00744.80 General - Delete the third paragraph of this subsection.

00744.90 General - Delete the paragraph that begins "No separate payment will be
made…".

00744.95 HMAC Price Adjustments - The Composite Pay Factor (CPF), calculated
according to 00165.40 will be applied to the Contract unit price for the pay items of
00744.90 and to the applicable lot quantities. The CPF will be made available to the
Contractor within 24 hours of receipt of the required quality control test results. If less than
three samples are tested, the CPF will be computed as outlined in 00744.17. The
maximum CPF for any case will be 1.0.

Use the following table to determine price adjustments in the CPF for constituents of
HMAC.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  133
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                                               Dense Graded HMAC Type
                 Gradation Constituents                           Weighting Factor (f)

                  All Aggregate Passing                     19 mm     12.5 mm    9.5 mm
                                                             (3/4")    (1/2")     (3/8")
                           25 mm (1")                           1
                        19 mm (3/4")                            1        1
                      12.5 mm (1/2")                            1        1          1
                        9.5 mm (3/8")                                             1
                     4.75 mm (No. 4)                            5        5          5
                     2.36 mm (No. 8)                            5        6          6
                     600 m (No. 30)                            3        3          3
                     75 m (No. 200)                           10       10         10

                 Other Constituents
                     Asphalt Content                          26        26         26
                     Moisture Content                          8         8          8
                     Compaction                               40        40         40

Those HMAC constituents statistically evaluated will be eligible for a maximum PF of 1.00
(see 00165.50(b-1)), unless otherwise specified.

If these specifications do not require measurement of a constituent, its individual PF will be
considered 1.00 in calculating the CPF according to 00165.40.

A price adjustment will be determined by the following formula:

         (CPF - 1) x HMAC Unit Price x (LQ) = ____

    Where: LQ is the quantity of mixture in the lot



                 SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC)


Comply with Section 00745 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00745.00 Scope - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Lime treatment of new aggregate is required on this Project.

00745.03 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) Material - In the paragraph that begins
"Reclaimed HMAC pavement...", replace the last two sentences with the following three
sentences:

No more than 30% RAP will be allowed in Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 HMAC and Level 4
base courses. No more than 20% RAP will be allowed in Level 4 wearing courses. RAP
material will not be permitted in open graded HMAC.


SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  134
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


00745.10(a-1) Separated Sizes - In the paragraph that begins "Advise the Engineer...",
add the following sentence after the first sentence:

A minimum of one coarse aggregate and one fine aggregate stockpile is required.

00745.10(a-4) Durability - Under the "Aggregates" heading, below the "Coarse" column
and next to "Sediment height" row, replace "(3")" with "(3.0")". Also under the "Aggregates"
heading, remove the "Fine" column in its entirety.

00745.10(a-4) Durability - Under the "Aggregates" heading, remove the "Fine" column in
its entirety.

00745.10(a-5) Fractured Faces - In the paragraph that begins "Provide crushed
aggregate...", replace "WAQTC TM 1" with "AASHTO TP 61".

00745.10(b-3) Grading - In the sentence that begins "Establish the target values...",
replace "two shifts have" with "10 percent of planned stockpile quantity has".

In the Metric Separated Sizes table, replace the entire 9.5 mm row with the following row
and add the following footnote to the end of the table:

                 9.5 mm *                                             8

         * Report percent passing sieve when no tolerance is listed.


In the English Separated Sizes table, replace the entire 3/8" row with the following row and
add the following footnote to the end of the table:

                     3/8" *                                           8

         * Report percent passing sieve when no tolerance is listed.

00745.10(c-5) Blend Sand - In the paragraph that begins "Do not blend more than...", add
the following sentence before the first sentence:

Determine sieve analysis according to AASHTO T 27 and AASHTO T 11.

Also, in the same paragraph, remove the word "fine" from the sentence that begins
"Provide a means of...".

00745.10(f) Aggregate Production Quality Control - In the sentence that begins
"Statistically evaluate the...", add "and the MFTP" after "00165".

00745.11(a) Asphalt Cement - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

PG 64-22 or PG 64-28 asphalt cement may be substituted for the grade of asphalt cement
specified in the Contract for guardrail flares, mailbox turnouts, road approaches, driveways,
and non-travel lane areas that are less than 2.4 m (8 feet) wide. Use of a substitute asphalt
cement for these areas will not require a new JMF.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               135
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Add the following subsection:

00745.11(d) Aggregate Treatment - Latex Polymer - A latex polymer aggregate
treatment material may be used to treat new crushed aggregates instead of lime if Tensile
Strength Ratio test results on the mixture with the latex polymer treatment at the JMF meet
the minimum criteria in 00745.13(b).

    (1) General:

         a. Provide a system to automatically meter the latex emulsion at the proper rate
         and apply the emulsion uniformly to the aggregate prior to the addition of the asphalt
         cement. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations to set up, adjust and calibrate the
         equipment.

         b. Demonstrate to the Engineer’s satisfaction that the required application rate of
         latex solids is being met. If it is not, take corrective action. Document and notify the
         Engineer of the corrective action.

    (2) Material - Use latex polymer emulsion concentrate meeting the following:

                                                   Minimum   Maximum      Test Method

         Solids Percent                               66.0    71.0        ASTM D 1417
         Residual Styrene, PPM                         ─      1000        ASTM D 1417
         pH                                           9.75    11.25       ASTM D 1417
         Brookfield Viscosity                          ─      2000        ASTM D 1417
         Spindle 2, 20 RPM, cPs
         Mooney Viscosity, ML4                         90      130        ASTM D 1417
         Mechanical Stability,                         ─       0.10       ASTM D 1417
         G/100 ml, 10 minutes

    Provide a quality compliance certificate for the polymer latex emulsion concentrate to
    the Engineer according to 00165.35.

    (3) Application Rate - Apply the latex emulsion to achieve a minimum of 0.375 kg of
    latex solids per Mg (0.75 pounds of latex solids per ton) of new aggregate (0.0375%) for
    dense graded mixtures and a minimum of 0.25 kg of latex solids per Mg (0.50 pounds of
    latex solids per ton) of aggregate (0.025%) for open-graded mixtures. Higher
    application rates may be required to meet minimum TSR limits. Determine application
    rate during mix design testing.

    (4) Treatment During HMAC Production:

         a. Adjust aggregate moisture content to meet manufacturer’s recommendation for
         emulsion application. Apply the latex emulsion at the minimum rate specified above
         or at a higher rate if TSR testing indicates a higher rate is required.

         b. Apply the latex emulsion to the aggregate just prior to entry into dryer drum. Mix
         aggregate with the emulsion in a pugmill or in the dryer drum prior to application of




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   136
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         asphalt cement. Heat aggregates to at least 120° C (250 °F) after treatment and
         prior to addition of asphalt cement.


Add the following subsection:

00745.11(d) Fiber Stabilizing Additive - Add one of the following fiber types to the
open-graded HMAC:

    (1) Mineral Fibers - Mineral fiber shall be made from virgin basalt, diabase, or slag.
    The fiber shall be added at a rate of 0.3% to 0.4% by mass (weight) of the total mix.
    Mineral fibers shall meet the following:

    Size Analysis:

         Average Fiber Length 1                            6 mm (1/4 inch) maximum                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Maximum Fiber Thickness 2                            0.005 mm (0.0002 inch)
         Minimum Fiber Thickness                           0.0005 mm (0.00002 inch)

    Shot Content (ASTM C612 and ASTM C1335) 3:

         Retained on 250 m (No. 60) sieve                   15% maximum by mass (weight)         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Retained on 63 m (No. 230) sieve                   35% maximum by mass (weight)
    1
        The fiber length is determined according to the Bauer McNett fractionation.
    2
        The fiber diameter is determined by measuring at least 200 fibers in a phase contrast
        microscope.
    3
        Shot content is a measure of non-fibrous material. Shot is material that cannot be
        brushed or mechanically shaken through the specified sieves. Test according to
        ASTM C1335 using the sieves specified above.

    (2) Cellulose Fibers - Cellulose fibers shall be added at a rate of 0.3% to 0.4% by
    mass (weight) of the total mix. Cellulose fibers shall meet the following properties:

    Sieve Analysis:

         Method A - Alpine Sieve 1 Analysis:

         Fiber Length                                      6 mm (1/4 inch) maximum                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Passing 150 m (No. 100) sieve                    60 - 80%

         Method B - Mesh Screen 2 Analysis:

         Fiber Length                                      6 mm (1/4 inch) maximum                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         Passing 850 m (No. 20)sieve                      80 - 95%
         Passing 425 m sieve (No. 40)                     55 - 75%
         Passing 106 m sieve (No. 140)                    20 - 40%

    Ash Content 3                     13 - 23% non-volatiles




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                    137
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    pH 4                              6.5 - 8.5

    Oil Absorption 5                  4.0 - 6.0 times fiber mass (weight)

    Moisture Content 6                5.0% maximum
    1
        This test is performed using an Alpine Air Jet Sieve (Type 200LS). A representative
        five gram sample of fiber is sieved for 14 minutes at a controlled vacuum of 75 kPa of
        water. The portion remaining on the screen is weighed.
    2
        This test is performed using standard No. 850, 425, 250, 180, 150, 106 m (No. 20,
        No. 40, No. 60, No. 80, No. 100, No 140) sieves, nylon brushes and a shaker. A
        representative 10 gram sample of fiber is sieved, using a shaker and two nylon
        brushes on each screen. The amount retained on each sieve is weighed and the
        percentage passing calculated.
    3
        A representative 2 - 3 gram sample is placed in a tared crucible and heated between
        595° C (1,100 °F) and 650° C (1,200 °F) for not less than two hours. The crucible and
        ash are cooled in a desiccator and weighed.
    4
        Five grams of fiber is added to 100ml of distilled water, stirred and let sit for
        30 minutes. The pH is determined with a probe calibrated with pH 7.0 buffer.
    5
        Five grams of fiber is accurately weighed and suspended in an excess of mineral
        spirits for not less than five minutes to ensure total saturation. It is then placed in a
        screen mesh strainer (approximately 0.5 square millimeter hole size) and shaken on a
        wrist action shaker for ten minutes (approximately 32 mm (1 1/4 inch) motion at
        240 shakes/minute). The shaken mass is then transferred without touching, to a tared
        container and weighed. Results reported as the amount (number of times its own
        weight) the fibers are able to absorb.
    6
        Ten grams of fiber is weighed and placed in a 121° C (250 °F) forced air oven for two
        hours. The sample is then reweighed upon removal from the oven.


00745.13(b) JMF Requirements - Replace the Dense Graded Mixture table with the
following:
                                          METRIC
                                   Dense Graded Mixture

                                 Level 1               Level 2          Level 3          Level 4

Design Method                    50 Blow Marshall      Superpave        Superpave        Superpave
Compaction Level                 50 Blows              75 Gyrations     100 Gyrations    125 Gyrations
Air Voids, %                     3.5                   4.0              4.0              4.0
VMA, % minimum                   12.5 mm - 14.0        19.0 mm - 13.0   19.0 mm - 13.0   25 mm - 12.0
                                 9.5 mm - 15.0         12.5 mm - 14.0   12.5 mm - 14.0   19.0 mm - 13.0
                                                       9.5 mm - 15.0    9.5 mm - 15.0    12.5 mm - 14.0
                                                                                         9.5 mm - 15.0
P75 m/ Eff AC ratio             0.8 to 1.6            0.8 to 1.6       0.8 to 1.6       0.8 to 1.6
TSR, % minimum                   80                    80               80               80
VFA, %                           70 - 80               65 - 78          65 - 75          65 - 75
N initial, % of AASHTO T209         ─                  < 90.5           < 89.0           < 89.0




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                           138
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                                           ENGLISH
                                                      Dense Graded Mixture

                                 Level 1               Level 2           Level 3           Level 4

Design Method                    50 Blow Marshall      Superpave         Superpave         Superpave
Compaction Level                 50 Blows              75 Gyrations      100 Gyrations     125 Gyrations
Air Voids, %                     3.5                   4.0               4.0               4.0
VMA, % minimum                   1/2 inch - 14.0       3/4 inch - 13.0   3/4 inch - 13.0   1 inch - 12.0
                                 3/8 inch - 15.0       1/2 inch - 14.0   1/2 inch - 14.0   3/4 inch - 13.0
                                                       3/8 inch - 15.0   3/8 inch - 15.0   1/2 inch - 14.0
                                                                                           3/8 inch - 15.0
P No. 200 / Eff AC ratio         0.8 to 1.6            0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6
TSR, % minimum                   80                    80                80                80
VFA, %                           70 - 80               65 - 78           65 - 75           65 - 75
N initial, % of AASHTO T209         ─                  < 90.5            < 89.0            < 89.0

Add the following subsection:

00745.13(d) Rut Susceptibility Testing - For each dense graded Level 3 wearing course
mix design and each dense graded Level 4 mix design submitted for review, perform the
following in addition to the performance testing required by 00745.13(c).

Test laboratory batched samples of each JMF in an Asphalt Pavement Analyzer according
to ODOT TM 320. This requirement also applies to mix designs submitted for use
according to the "transfer" policy in the ODOT Contractor Mix Design Guidelines for Asphalt
Concrete if this test has not been previously conducted. Submit test results in the format
required by ODOT TM 320 to the Engineer within 30 days of submitting the mix design for
review.

00745.14 Tolerances and Limits - Add the following sentence to the end of the sentence
that begins "When a JMF tolerance...":

Full tolerance will be given for RAP content even if it exceeds the limits established in
00745.03.

00745.16(a-1) Personnel Requirements - Add the following bullet to the end of the bullet
list:

        Providing at least one CAT-1 full-time at each plant site when producing mixture for
         the Project.

00745.16(a-4) Testing Frequency - Delete the paragraph that begins "After the Mix
Design..." in its entirety.

Add the following subsection:

00745.16(a-5) Plant Calibration - Calibrate all meters and belt scales at the HMAC mixing
plant according to ODOT TM 322 prior to beginning production.

00745.16(b-1) MDV Quality Control - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                              139
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


    (1) MDV Quality Control:

         a. General - Perform MDV testing on projects with Level 2, Level 3, or Level 4
         dense graded HMAC. Perform MDV tests on every sublot and as required at start
         up according to 00745.16(b-1-c) and the MFTP. Perform gradation and asphalt
         content testing with each MDV test. Calculate the following values for each MDV
         test.

                  Air Voids
                  Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
                  Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA)
                  P 75 μm (P No. 200) / Effective AC (Pbe) Ratio

         The running averages of four MDV results shall be within the limits given below:

                                                    Average of              Limit

              Air Voids                             4 samples    JMF Target 1.0%
              VMA                                   4 samples    11.5 - 18.0 (25 mm (1") - Mix)
                                                                 12.5 - 18.0 (19 mm (3/4") - Mix)
                                                                 13.5 - 18.0 (12.5 mm (1/2") - Mix)
                                                                 14.5 - 18.0 (9.5 mm (3/8") - Mix)
              VFA                                   4 samples    65 - 75 (Level 3 and Level 4)
                                                                 65 - 78 (Level 2)
              P 75 μm (P No. 200) / Pbe             4 samples    0.80 - 1.60

         The CDT shall provide the results from the initial control strip to the CAT II for
         evaluation and comparison with the MDV results. If the MDV and density test
         results are contradictory, initiate an investigation. The CAT II shall recommend a
         plan to the Engineer for resolving the discrepancy based on the results of the
         investigation.

         Take corrective action when required by the MDV start-up process of
         00745.16(b-1-c). After the requirements of 00745.16(b-1-c) have been met, take
         corrective action if the MDV test results show that two consecutive running average
         of four samples are outside the above limits for air voids, VMA, VFA, or P 75 μm
         (No. 200) / Pbe ratio. Document the corrective action and notify the Engineer. If
         test results continue to be outside the tolerance, stop production and make
         adjustments. Restart production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed
         adjustments. If the MDV test results are outside tolerance, but the mixture meets
         the current requirements for gradation and asphalt content, an adjustment to the
         JMF targets is required. Do not start a new lot as a result of the adjustment.

         A request for an adjustment to the JMF targets may be made to the Engineer by the
         Contractor’s CAT-II. The requested change will be reviewed and documented by
         the Engineer. If acceptable, a revised JMF will be allowed. Clearly document the
         sublot test for which the adjusted targets are in effect. Adjustments for gradation
         shall not exceed the tolerances specified for the original JMF limits. Adjustments for
         AC content shall be within 0.5% of the original JMF. The JMF asphalt content may



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                       140
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         only be reduced if the production VMA meets or exceeds the above requirements.
         Adjustments for RAP content shall be within 5% of the original JMF, but shall not
         exceed the requirements of 00745.03. Regardless of these tolerances, the adjusted
         JMF shall be within the mixture specification control points of 00745.12. If a
         redesign of the mixture becomes necessary, submit a new JMF according to the
         requirements of these specifications.

         Perform a Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) test (AASHTO T 283) on a sample obtained
         during the first two days of production after QC test results verify that HMAC
         constituents with a weighting factor greater than one according to 00745.95 are in
         tolerance. Provide test results to the Engineer within four working days of obtaining
         the sample. Stop production and make adjustments if the TSR is less than 70.
         Restart production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed adjustments.

         b. Laboratory Compactor Selection - Use a Gyratory compactor for MDV when a
         Gyratory compactor is used to develop the JMF. For all other cases, use a Gyratory
         compactor or Marshall compactor, as selected by the Contractor.

         c. MDV Requirements at Start-Up - Perform MDV testing at the start-up of the
         JMF production according to the following process:

              1. Obtain a sample during the first 100 Mg (100 tons) of production and
                 immediately perform MDV testing.

              2. If air voids and VMA are within tolerance, then continue remaining MDV
                 testing at the established random QC sublot interval. If not, then go to step
                 "3".

              3. If air voids and/or VMA are out of tolerance according to 00745.16(b-1-a),
                 then make adjustments and immediately obtain another sample and perform
                 MDV testing. Go to step "4".

              4. If air voids and VMA from the MDV testing in step "3" are within tolerance,
                 then continue remaining MDV testing at the established random QC sublot
                 interval. If not, go to step "5".

              5. If air voids from step "3" are more than plus or minus 1.5% from the target,
                 then stop production immediately and make adjustments. If they are not,
                 then go to step "6". Obtain approval of the Engineer before restarting
                 production. Begin MDV testing again at step "1".

              6. If air voids from step "3" are out of tolerance and 1.5% or less from the
                 target, or the VMA from step "3" is out of tolerance, then make adjustments
                 and immediately obtain another sample and perform MDV testing. Go to
                 step "4".

         The initial MDV sample shall be used as the first random QC sublot test.
         Subsequent MDV samples required due to failure of start-up criteria will be used for
         a sublot QC test if the sample is taken within 100 Mg (100 tons) of the scheduled
         random QC sample location. If not, the MDV testing shall be performed separate




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 141
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

         from, and not included in, the random QC testing program. Any required MDV
         testing will be completed at the Contractor’s expense.

Add the following subsection:

00745.16(b-3) MDV for Open Graded HMAC - Adjust asphalt content and gradation
targets for open graded HMAC during production as directed. The Engineer will document
the sublot test for which the adjusted targets are in effect.

00745.17 Small Quantity Acceptance - Replace the paragraph that begins "When less
than three tests..." with the following paragraph:

When the quantity of HMAC in a lot is less than 2500 Mg (2,500 tons), the Engineer may
accept the HMAC according to Section 4(B) of the MFTP or by test results according to the
following:

00745.20(a) Pug Mill - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Provide a system for adding water to the pug mill if necessary to achieve aggregate that is
in SDC. This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if the stockpiled aggregates are
watered to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

00745.24(a) Steel-Wheeled               Rollers - Replace      this     subsection    with   the   following
subsection:

(a) Steel-Wheeled Rollers - Provide steel-wheeled rollers with a minimum gross static
mass (weight) as follows:

                                  Level 1 and Level 2                 Level 3            Level 4
    Breakdown and
    Intermediate                       7 Mg (8 ton)             9 Mg (10 ton)        10.9 Mg (12 ton)
    Finish                            5.4 Mg (6 ton)            7 Mg (8 ton)          9 Mg (10 ton)

00745.24(b) Vibratory Rollers - Replace the fourth bullet of the first group of bullets and
replace the first bullet of the second group of bullets with the following bullet:

        Have a minimum gross static mass (weight) meeting the requirements of
         00745.24(a).

00745.40 Season and Temperature Limitations - Replace the table column headings
with the following column headings:

                                        All            Level 1 and
Nominal Compacted                     Levels             Level 2                Level 3 and Level 4
Thickness of Individual
Lifts and Courses as                                                      Travel Lane          All Other
shown on the typical                                   All Courses       Wearing Course        Courses
section of the plans
                                   Surface              From To             From To            From To
                                 Temperature*            Inclusive           Inclusive          Inclusive




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                               142
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

In the table, for Surface Temperature of Dense Graded Mixes 40 to 65 mm (1 1/2" to
2 1/2"), replace "10° C (50° F)" with "5° C (40° F)".

00745.42 Preparation of Underlaying Surfaces - In the paragraph that begins "The
pavement surface shall...", replace the sentence that begins "Remove existing traffic
buttons..." with the following sentence:

Remove existing pavement markers, including recessed markers, prior to paving.

00745.46 Control of Line and Grade - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this
subsection:

(The Engineer will) Establish references at reasonable intervals for line and grade control
of placement operations for the following:
     Before placing each leveling lift
     Before placing the top base course for new construction

Line and grade for the top base course of new construction and top leveling lift shall be
within 15 mm (1/2 inch) of design line and grade.


00745.48(b) Depositing - Replace the paragraph that begins "Deposit HMAC from..." with
the following paragraph:

Deposit HMAC from the hauling vehicles so segregation is prevented. Do not deliver the
HMAC directly into the paving machine for wearing courses where the continuous length of
the panel is greater than 150 m (500 feet). Deliver the HMAC to the paving machine by
either a windrow pick-up machine or an end-dump transfer machine.

00745.48(c) Placing – In the paragraph that begins “Place the mixture…”, delete the              Formatted: Font: Italic, Font color: Orange,
sentence that reads “Do not exceed a compacted thickness of 100 mm (4 inches) for any            Hidden
lift”.

00745.49(b-1) General - In the paragraph that begins "Compliance with the density...",
replace the sentence that begins "Use the MAMD method..." with the following sentence:

Use the MAMD method of compaction measurement.

Replace the paragraph that begins "For Level 3 and Level 4..." with the following two
paragraphs:

For Level 2, Level 3, and Level 4 mixes, construct a control strip at the beginning of work on
each JMF on the project according to ODOT TM 306. The purpose of the control strip is to
determine the maximum density that can be achieved for the JMF, paving conditions, and
equipment on the project. Additional control strips are necessary when there is a change in
compaction equipment or when JMF targets are adjusted according to 00745.16(b-1-a).
The Engineer may waive the control strip for irregular areas or areas too small to establish
a reasonable roller pattern.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                143
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Stop paving if three consecutive control strips fail to achieve the specified density. Take all
actions necessary to resolve compaction problems. Do not resume paving until allowed by
the Engineer.

00745.49(b-2-b) Core Correlations of                        Nuclear   Gauge   Readings - Replace   this
subsection with the following subsection:

    b. Core Correlations of Nuclear Gauge Readings - Correlate each nuclear gauge on
    the Project when requested or required. New correlations are required if the aggregate
    source or the asphalt cement source changes. Apply correlation factors to all nuclear
    gauge readings for all dense graded mixtures placed on the Project. Cut the required
    cores and patch the core holes with dense graded HMAC. Determine the core
    correlation factor according to WAQTC TM 8 and ODOT TM 327.

    Perform core correlation of nuclear gauge readings for each new lift when requested by
    the Engineer or Contractor. The costs of coring and lab testing of cores will be paid by
    the requesting party. The costs of nuclear gauge testing performed by each party will
    be paid by each party.

00745.49(b-3) Moving Average Maximum Density (MAMD) Method - At the bottom of
the table, replace the note that begins " *If any part of a..." with the following note:

    * If any part of the width of a lift at a station requires 91.0%, then the entire width of that
      lift at that station shall be 91.0%

Delete the paragraph that begins "When using the MAMD method..." in its entirety.

00745.49(b-4) Control Strip Method - Delete this subsection in its entirety.

00745.49(b-5) Test Results - Renumber this subsection to b-4.

00745.49(c) Thin Pavement - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

(c) Thin Pavement - Compaction to a specified density will not be required for leveling,
patches, or where the nominal compacted thickness of a course of dense graded mixtures
will be less than 50 mm (2 inches). Perform breakdown and intermediate rolling until the
entire surface has been compacted by at least four coverages of the roller(s). Perform
additional coverages, as directed, to obtain finish rolling of the HMAC.

00745.50 Temporary Surfacing Course - Replace the sentence that begins "The
Contractor is responsible..." with the following sentence:

The Contractor is responsible for the quality of material furnished according to Section
00165 and for maintaining the surface in a condition appropriate for the facility.

00745.60 Correction of Defects - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

00745.60 Correction of Defects - Correct any defects in materials and work, as directed,
at the Contractor’s expense as follows:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                          144
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

(a) Fouled Surfaces - Immediately repair, clean and retack fouled surfaces that would
prevent full bond between successive lifts of mixture.

(b) Boils, Slicks, and Oversized Material - Immediately replace boils, slicks, and
oversized materials with fresh mixture.

(c) Segregation - Take immediate corrective measures when segregation or non-uniform
surface texture is occurring in the finished mat. If segregation continues to occur, stop
production until a plan for providing uniform surface texture is approved by the Engineer.

(d) Roller Damage to the Surface - Immediately correct surface damage from rollers with
additional fresh mixture or by other means approved by the Engineer.

(e) Longitudinal Joints - Take immediate corrective measures when open longitudinal
joints are being constructed or when the elevation of the two sides of a longitudinal joint
does not match. If problems with the longitudinal joint continue to occur, stop production
until a plan for providing tight, equal elevation longitudinal joints is approved by the
Engineer.

(f) Nonspecification Compaction - Take immediate corrective measures when the
specified compaction density is not being achieved.

(g) Other Defects - Remove and replace any HMAC that:

        Is loose, broken, or mixed with dirt
        Shows visually too much or too little asphalt
        Is defective in any way

Add the following subsection:

00745.70(d) Shoulders and Paved Medians - Test the base and wearing course with the
3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge parallel to and perpendicular to the centerline for shoulders and
paved medians where permanent traffic barriers will be located. The pavement surface
shall not vary by more than 6 mm (1/4 inch).

00745.75(a-2) Wearing Course - Replace the bullet that begins "Profile to a maximum
depth..." with the following bullet:

        Profile to a maximum depth of 7 mm (0.3 inch) with abrasive grinder(s) equipped
         with a cutting head comprised of multiple diamond blades and apply an emulsified
         asphalt fog coat as directed

00745.70 Pavement Smoothness - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

00745.70 Pavement Smoothness - Construct the pavement wearing surface of travel
lanes to a profile that does not deviate from longitudinal and transverse smoothness more
than the specified limits set forth in 00745.73.

Perform smoothness testing under the supervision of the Engineer with equipment
furnished and operated by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Complete all




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                145
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

required smoothness testing no later than seven calendar days following final completion of
all travel lane paving on the Project. The Contractor accepts the risk that the smoothness
may be affected by exposure to traffic between the date the travel lanes are paved and the
date the smoothness testing is completed. If the Contractor elects to perform smoothness
measurements on a day other than the day the pavement is placed, additional traffic control
required for smoothness measurement, and not required for other work, will be at the
Contractor's expense.

Add the following subsection:

00745.72 Smoothness Testing Equipment - Furnish all equipment and supplies for
determining smoothness.

(a) Straightedge - Provide one 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge.

(b) Profilometer - Provide a profiling device that employs an accelerometer established
inertial profiling reference and a laser height sensing instrument to produce a true profile of
the pavement surface. The device shall be capable of reporting elevations with a resolution
of 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) or finer at an interval of 150 mm (6 inches) or less. The unit must
also be able to generate the equivalent California-type profilograph plot and values
according to ODOT TM 770 as well as the locations and heights of bumps and dips as
required in this specification. The profilometer shall be calibrated, in good working
condition, and ready for operation prior to performing smoothness measurements.

Provide competent and experienced operator(s) for the equipment. The profilometer
operator shall meet with the Engineer at a mutually agreed upon time prior to beginning
smoothness measurements to discuss all aspects of smoothness measurement on the
project.

Add the following subsection:

00745.73 Smoothness Testing and Surface Tolerances - Test according to the
following.

(a) General - Test the base course with a 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge as directed. Test
the wearing course with the selected profilometer and provide a profilogram trace according
to ODOT TM 770. Price adjustment for smoothness will be made according to 00745.96.

Before performing smoothness measurements on the Project, verify horizontal and vertical
calibration of the profilometer according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and run
the machine twice over a 200 m (0.1 mile) section of pavement with repeating results. The
calibration shall be considered acceptable when the difference in Profile Index between
consecutive test runs is 5 mm/km (0.3 inches per mile) or less. Provide documentation to
the Engineer verifying that the calibration and test runs have been successfully completed.
After starting paving, perform horizontal and vertical calibration checks at the frequency
recommended by the manufacturer.

(b) Base Course Surface Test:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 146
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    (1) Transverse - Test with the 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge perpendicular to the
    centerline, as directed. The pavement surface shall not vary by more than 6 mm
    (1/4 inch).

    (2) Longitudinal - Test with the 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge parallel to the centerline,
    as directed. The pavement surface shall not vary by more than 6 mm (1/4 inch).

(c) Wearing Course Surface Test:

    (1) Transverse - Test with the 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge perpendicular to the
    centerline, as directed. The pavement surface shall not vary by more than 6 mm
    (1/4 inch).

    (2) Longitudinal - Run the profiling device over traffic lanes for the full length of the
    Project and 15 m (50 feet) beyond the Project ends to provide a complete graphic
    profile.

    Obtain profiles on the pavement surface in the right-hand wheelpath of the travel lane
    along a line parallel to centerline. Take the profile on transition areas of entrance and
    exit ramps, as close to the right hand wheelpath of the through travel lane as practical.

    Profiles shall initially be analyzed by the Contractor according to 00745.73(d), and the
    profiles and results given to the Engineer no later than eight calendar days following
    final completion of all travel lane paving on the Project. Individual deviations exceeding
    9 mm (0.03 foot) shall be addressed according to 00745.75(c).

    In addition, when a profilometer is used, provide an electronic copy of all raw profile
    data files for the Project on a floppy disk to the Engineer at the conclusion of the
    Project. This data will be used for smoothness specification research purposes.

    (3) Transverse Joints - Test with the 3.6 m (12 foot) straightedge parallel to the
    centerline, as directed. The pavement surface shall not vary by more than 6 mm
    (1/4 inch).

(d) Determination of the Profile Index:

    (1) General - Determine the profile index in 200 m (0.1 mile) segments and partial
    segments. Segments shall begin 4 m (13 feet) into the Project and run consecutively in
    either the direction of travel or the direction of HMAC placement, as determined by the
    Engineer. A segment will end as a partial segment and a new segment will begin when
    the segment sequence is interrupted by stage construction or by profiled areas
    excluded from the smoothness requirements.

    The following profiled areas of pavement are excluded from smoothness requirements:

             Profiles extending beyond the Project ends
             Bridge decks and bridge panels
             First and last 4 m (13 feet) at the Project ends and bridge end panels
             Pavement on horizontal curves with radii less than 290 m (950 feet)
             Ramps and auxiliary lanes



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                147
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

             Utility appurtenances adjusted by others
             Continuous portions of travel lanes with less than 100 meters (0.05 mile)
              between excluded areas
             Portions of the Project with posted speed limits less than 45 mph

    The party responsible for Project surveying shall locate excluded areas prior to
    smoothness measurement. Areas excluded from longitudinal profile measurement shall
    meet the straightedge requirements of Section 00745.73(b-2).

    (2) Method of Analysis - Determine the profile index and individual deviations
    exceeding 9 mm (0.03 foot) by analyzing the profile charts according to ODOT TM 770
    and provide the profile charts and results to the Engineer for review.

    Partial segments less than 100 m (0.05 mile) in length shall be combined with the
    immediately preceding full segment for profile index determination. Partial segments
    100 m (0.05 mile) in length or greater shall be analyzed separately.

    (3) Profile Index - The profile index is the mm/km (inch per mile) in excess of the 5 mm
    (0.2 inch) blanking band reported to the nearest whole number. The formula for
    converting counts to profile index is:

                                                      METRIC
                                                   Total Count (mm) x 1000 m/km
       Profile Index =
                              Length (m) of Full 200 m Segment or of Partial          *    m Segment

                   * Report to the nearest whole m

                                                       ENGLISH
                                                         Total Count x 0.10
       Profile Index =
                             Length of Full 0.10 Mile Segment or of Partial       *       Mile Segment

                   * Report to the nearest 0.01 mile

(e) Utility Appurtenances - If the Contractor is required to construct or adjust utility
appurtenances, such as manhole covers and valve boxes, the tolerances stated in
00745.73(c-3) apply.

00745.75 Correction of Pavement Roughness - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

00745.75 Correction of Pavement Roughness - Should testing described in 00745.73
show the pavement does not conform to the prescribed limits of deviation, the following
shall apply:

(a) General - The Contractor is responsible for locating areas that require corrective work.

(b) Base Course - If the requirements of 00745.73(b) are not met, correct according to one
of the following and retest.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                              148
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    (1) Cold Plane Removal - Profile with equipment meeting the requirements of Section
    00620.20 to a maximum depth of 10 mm (0.4 inch).

    (2) Grinder - Profile with abrasive grinder(s), equipped with a cutting head comprised
    of multiple diamond blades to a maximum depth of 10 mm (0.4 inch).

(c) Wearing Course - After the Contractor has located and staked all individual deviations
exceeding 9 mm (0.03 foot), the Engineer and the Contractor shall meet at a mutually
agreed upon time and drive the Project together. Each deviation will be evaluated during
the drive-through to determine if corrective work will be required. Disagreements will be
resolved by the Engineer.

Correct all individual deviations identified for corrective work during the drive-through and
any transverse joint that exceeds the requirements of 00745.73(c-3) by one of the methods
listed below to the specified limits.

    (1) Remove and Replace - Remove and replace the wearing surface lift. Removal
    and replacement is required when the Profile Index is greater than or equal to
    400 mm/km (25 inches per mile).

    (2) Grind - Profile with abrasive grinder(s) equipped with a cutting head comprised of
    multiple diamond blades to a maximum depth of 7 mm (0.3 inch) and apply an emulsion
    fog seal as directed.

Under the observation of the Engineer, retest each location requiring corrective work
according to 00745.73 with a profiling device to verify that the deviation has been corrected
to within the 9 mm (0.03 foot) tolerance. The Contractor may retest according to 00745.73
the entire length of all segments requiring corrective work, under the observation of the
Engineer. Perform all corrective work and profiling at the Contractor's expense, including
traffic control.

(d) Time Limit - Complete correction of all surface roughness within 14 calendar days
following notification, unless otherwise directed.

00745.80 General - The quantities of HMAC shown in the Schedule of Items were
computed on the basis of aggregates having a Specific Gravity of 2.0 .

Replace the paragraph that begins "The accepted quantities of HMAC..." with the following
paragraph:

The accepted quantities of HMAC will be measured by the Mg (ton) according to Section
00190. No separate measurement will be made for asphalt cement used in the mixture.
No deduction will be made for lime or any other additive used in the mixture.

Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph that begins "When RAP materials
are used...":

For non-RAP mixtures, measurement of the total asphalt quantity will be based on quality
control tests averaged to the nearest 0.01% when the Engineer determines that payment by
invoice and tank sticking is impractical.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               149
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00745.90 General - Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph that begins "In
item (b)...":

Substituted asphalt cement described in 00745.11(a) will be paid for under the asphalt
specified in the Schedule of Items.

00745.90 General - No separate payment will be made for asphalt cement used in the
mixture.

00745.93 Other Items - Delete the fifth bullet.

Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Antistripping additives will be paid for at the Contractor’s actual documented costs with no
percentage allowance or markup allowed.


Add the following subsection:

00745.96 Smoothness Price Adjustment - No separate or additional payment will be
made for smoothness testing, as it will be paid for as part of the work under this Section.

(a) General - A price adjustment based on the results of the Profile Index (PI) will be made
for each 200 m (0.1 mile) segment or partial segment of HMAC requiring PI measurement
according to 00745.73. The price adjustment made will be applied to all wearing course
material placed in the travel lane(s) subject to PI measurement

    (Fill in the blanks with the appropriate pay item names.)

The price adjustment will be applied to the Contract unit price for the Pay item(s)
"___________________" and "_____________________" for the quantity of material
described above according to the following:

                                                     METRIC
                  Profile Index (mm/km)                Contract Unit Price Adjustment

                          45 or less                               + 5.0%
                           46 to 75                         + 0.1613 x (76 - PI)%
                          76 to 110                                 None
                         111 to 399                         0.0865 x (110 - PI)%
                        400 or greater                      Remove and Replace

                                                    ENGLISH
                 Profile Index (inch/mile)            Contract Unit Price Adjustment

                         3.0 or less                              + 5.0%
                         3.1 to 4.9                         + 2.500 x (5.0 - PI)%
                         5.0 to 7.0                                None
                         7.1 to 24.9                         1.396 x (7.0 - PI)%
                       25.0 or greater                      Remove and Replace




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               150
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

00745.96(b) will apply when corrective action is taken by the Contractor and the corrected
areas are remeasured according to 00745.75.

(b) Adjustments for Sections Requiring Corrective Work - Segments or partial
segments corrected and retested according to 00745.75(c) will be subject to the price
adjustments described in 00745.96(a) except that no price adjustment will be due to the
Contractor for any retested sections with a PI of 110 mm/km (7 inches per mile) or less.
Segments or partial segments where one or more individual deviations are selected for
corrective work according to 00745.75(c) will not be eligible for price adjustment. Segments
or partial segments where no individual deviations are selected for corrective work
according to 00745.75(c) will be eligible for price adjustment.


        SECTION 00755 - CONTINUOUSLY REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT


Comply with Section 00755 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:.

00755.11 Classes of Concrete – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Concrete shall reach a compressive strength of 3,000 psi within 24 hours of placement of
last concrete, or prior to opening to traffic.


00755.16(a) General – Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

00755.16(a) General – Acceptance of concrete will be based on the results of the
Contractor’s quality control testing according to Section 00165 and the MFTP.                  Formatted: Not Highlight



00755.16(b) Aggregate – Replace the sentence that begins “Acceptance will be based
on…” with the following:

Acceptance will be based on the Contractor’s quality control testing, if verified by the
Agency according to Section 00165 and the MFTP.                                                Formatted: Not Highlight




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              151
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL


Comply with Section 00810 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00810.11 Optional Posts - Delete the paragraph that begins "The use of steel posts...".

00810.80 Metal Guardrail, Metal Median Barrier and Guardrail Anchors - In the first
sentence of the first paragraph, replace the word "measures" with the word "measured".

00810.80(a)        Count Method - Remove the words "to the nearest 0.1 m (0.3 foot),".

00810.85 Guardrail            Terminals - Replace           "Slotted   rail   terminals"   with   "Guardrail
terminals".



            SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS


Comply with Section 00840 of the Standard Specifications. supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


00840.14 Object Markers - Use Type "Y-1" object markers (MUTCD Type 3). Furnish
galvanized support post for object markers meeting the requirements of 02850.10.


00840.43 Object Markers - Install object markers according to the MUTCD, Section 3C, in
pairs at the following locations:

                                                                                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


Attach the object markers to support posts as shown or as directed.




               SECTION 00861 - PAINTED PERMANENT PAVEMENT STRIPING


Comply with Section 00861 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00861.00 Scope - In the first sentence, replace the words "in accordance to the ODOT
Traffic Line Manual" with "in compliance with the MUTCD".

00861.40 General - Replace the first sentence of this subsection with the following:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                               152
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


Before striping, prepare the surface according to the paint manufacturer's
recommendations. Apply striping to the lines and locations shown, or as directed.

00861.42 Application - Replace the paragraphs that begin " Apply painted stripes at..."
and "When striping over..." with the following paragraph and bullets:

Apply painted stripes as follows:

        Apply two separate applications of painted stripes.
        Retrace the second application directly over the first application.
        Apply each painted stripe application at a thickness of 380 µm (15 mils) (wet),
         equivalent to 40 L/kl (17 gallons per mile) for a 100 mm (4 inch) wide solid stripe.
        Apply traffic beads to each application at a rate of 0.6 kg/L (5 pounds per gallon) of
         paint. Embed the traffic paint beads in the paint to a depth of 40% to 60% of their
         diameter.
        For stripe lines that delineate opposing traffic, retrace the first painted stripe with the
         second painted stripe in the reverse direction of the first application. For all other
         painted stripes, retrace in the same direction of the first application.
        Apply the second application after 2 hours but within 48 hours of the first application
         or as recommended by the manufacturer.

00861.45 Placement Tolerance - In the list of allowable tolerances, replace "Side to side"
with "Lateral location on roadway". Replace the "Length of skips" bulleted item with the
following three bulleted items:

        Length of 3.00 m (10 foot) skip stripe - ± 50 mm (2 inches)
        Length of 0.90 m (3 foot) skip stripe - ± 19 mm (3/4 inch)
        Length of 0.60 m (2 foot) skip stripe - ± 12 mm (1/2 inch)

Replace the "End to end on skips" bulleted item with the following four bulleted items:

        Length of 9.2 m (30 foot) gap - ± 50 mm (2 inches)
        Length of 2.70 m (9 foot) gap - ± 25 mm (1 inch)
        Length of 1.80 m (6 foot) gap - ± 19 mm (3/4 inch)
        Skip cycle - A tolerance of 1/10 of the skip line length will be allowed on the first
         skip line of a run, but it shall be on cycle within one skip

Add the following bulleted item:

        Line thickness - +130 m / -70 m (+ 5 mils / - 3 mils)

00861.90 General - Replace "by the meter (foot) or" with "length basis or".


                                                                                                       Formatted: Font color: Orange




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                      153
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                          SECTION 00940 - SIGNS


Comply with Section 00940 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00940.00 Scope - Add the following:

Paint the backs of aluminum substrate signs, and all metal sign supports, according to
Section 00937.

00940.01(a) Color - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use sign background colors…"
with the following paragraph:

Use sign background colors conforming to the Federal Highway Administration "Color
Specifications for Retroreflective Sign and Pavement Marking Materials". Non-reflective,
reflective, and retroreflective sheeting shall conform to Section 02910.

00940.02 Types of Signs - Replace sign types "B" through "YG" with the following sign
types:

"B" Blue Type III or Type IV sheeting background with silver-white Type III or Type IV
permanent or removable legend, or silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting overlaid with
blue transparent paste background, with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on
extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"B1" Blue Type I enclosed lens reflective sheeting background with silver-white Type III or
Type IV permanent or removable legend with retroreflective silver-white screened legend
on extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"B2" Blue Type III or Type IV sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX
permanent or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet aluminum.

"B3" Blue Type IX sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX permanent or
removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet aluminum.

"C" Brown Type III or Type IV sheeting background with silver-white Type III or Type IV
permanent or removable legend, or silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting overlaid with
brown transparent paste background, with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on
extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"C1" Brown Type III or Type IV sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX
permanent or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet aluminum.

"C2" Brown Type IX sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX permanent or
removable legend or white Type IX sheeting overlaid with brown transparent paste
background, with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on extruded aluminum panels
or sheet aluminum.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              154
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

"F" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background overlaid with red and blue
transparent paste background, with retroreflective silver-white screened legend or
silver-white Type III or Type IV permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"F1" White Type IX sheeting background overlaid with red and blue transparent paste
background with white Type VII or Type IX permanent legend on sheet aluminum.

"G" Green Type III or Type IV sheeting background with silver-white Type III or Type IV
permanent or removable legend, or silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background
overlaid with green transparent paste background with retroreflective silver-white screened
legend on extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"G1" Green Type III or Type IV sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX
removable legend on extruded aluminum panels.

"G2" Green Type III or Type IV sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX
permanent legend on sheet aluminum.

"G3" Green Type IX sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX permanent
legend, or white Type IX sheeting background overlaid with green transparent paste
background with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on sheet aluminum.

"G4" Green Type IX sheeting background with white Type VII or Type IX removable
legend on extruded aluminum panels.

"O" Orange Type I sheeting background with black nonreflective permanent or removable
legend on extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"OO" Orange Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective legend on
extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"O3" Orange Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective permanent
legend and red retroreflective symbol on sheet aluminum or plywood. (Stop or Yield Ahead
Symbol sign)

"O4" Fluorescent orange Type VII, Type VIII, Type IX or Type X sheeting background with
black nonreflective permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"O5" Fluorescent orange Type VII, Type VIII, Type IX or Type X sheeting background with
black nonreflective removable legend on extruded aluminum panels.

"R" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background overlaid with red transparent
paste background with silver-white Type III or Type IV permanent legend on sheet
aluminum or plywood. (Stop Sign, Wrong-Way, Do Not Enter, etc.)

"R1" White Type IX sheeting background overlaid with red transparent paste background
with white Type VII or Type IX permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"R2" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background overlaid with screened red
transparent paste triangle and legend or red Type III or Type IV triangle and permanent
legend on sheet aluminum or plywood. (Yield Sign)



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                              155
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


"R3" White Type IX sheeting background overlaid with screened red transparent paste
triangle and permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"R4" Rubber STOP flap made of natural rubber with a red background and white lettering.

"W1" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective
screened, cut-out permanent, or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels, sheet
aluminum, or plywood.

"W2" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with a screened black
nonreflective legend overlaid with a screened red transparent paste circle and continuous
diagonal bar on sheet aluminum or plywood. (Prohibition)

"W3" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with transparent brown
screened legend or brown Type III or Type IV cut-out permanent legend on sheet aluminum
or plywood.

"W4" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with transparent red screened
legend or red Type III or Type IV cut-out permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"W5" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with green transparent
screened legend or green Type III or Type IV cut-out permanent legend on sheet aluminum
or plywood.

"W6" White Type IX sheeting background with a screened or cut-out black nonreflective
legend overlaid with a screened red transparent paste circle and continuous diagonal bar
on sheet aluminum. (Prohibition sign overhead)

"W7" White Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective screened or cut-out
permanent legend on sheet aluminum.

"W8" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with blue transparent screened
legend or blue Type III or Type IV cut-out permanent legend on sheet aluminum or
plywood.

"W9" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with fluorescent orange Type IX
border and OTIA logo permanent legend on plywood. Lower legend is black nonreflective
screened or cut-out permanent legend.

"W10" White Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective removable legend on
extruded aluminum panels.

"W11" Silver-white Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective
screened or cut-out permanent legend with red Type III or Type IV symbol on sheet
aluminum or plywood. (Bicycle Stop or Bicycle Yield symbol signs)

"Y1" Yellow Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective screened,
cut-out permanent, or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or
plywood.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                            156
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

"Y2" Yellow Type III or Type IV sheeting background with a screened or cut-out black
nonreflective legend and red and green Type III or Type IV circles on sheet aluminum or
plywood. The center yellow circle shall be part of the background sheeting. (Signal Ahead
Symbol Sign)

"Y3" Yellow Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective screened, cut-out
permanent or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet aluminum.

"Y4" Yellow Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective screened or
cut-out permanent legend and red Type III or Type IV symbol on sheet aluminum or
plywood. (Stop or Yield Ahead Symbol Sign)

"Y5" Fluorescent yellow Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective screened,
cut-out permanent, or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet aluminum.

"Y6" Fluorescent yellow Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective screened or
cut-out permanent legend and red and green Type IX circles on sheet aluminum. The
center yellow circle shall be part of the background sheeting. (Signal Ahead Symbol Sign
overhead)

"Y7" Fluorescent yellow Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective screened or
cut-out permanent legend and red Type VII or Type IX symbol on sheet aluminum. (Stop or
Yield Ahead Symbol Sign)

"Y8" Yellow Type III or Type IV sheeting background with black nonreflective screened or
cut-out permanent legend and silver-white Type III or Type IV symbol on sheet aluminum or
plywood. (Speed Reduction Symbol Sign)

"YG" Fluorescent yellow-green Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective
screened or cut-out permanent legend on sheet aluminum.

"YGW" Fluorescent yellow-green Type IX sheeting background with black nonreflective
screened or cut-out permanent legend and silver-white Type III or Type IV symbol with
black nonreflective screened or cut-out permanent legend and red Type III or Type IV
symbol on sheet aluminum. (In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Symbol Sign)

00940.03 Drawings - Replace the sentence that begins "Standard signs called for..." with
the following sentence:

Standard signs called for in the Contract Documents shall be constructed using drawings
available in FHWA’s "Standard Highway Signs" (FHWA English Version) or ODOT’s "Sign
Policy and Guidelines for the State Highway System".

Add the following subsection:

00940.04 Construction - All components of each individual sign shall be fabricated with
sheeting from the same supplier, to ensure that all components are compatible, and are
warrantable by the manufacturer. Removable legend does not have to be fabricated with
sheeting from the same supplier as the background sheeting on the sign panels.

00940.10 General - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this subsection:



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                            157
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


The use of reinforced sheet aluminum signs is not allowed.

The use of medium-density overlay (MDO) plywood for permanent signs is not allowed.

00940.11 Alternative materials - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the
following:

The use of alternate materials will be allowed as specified. Alternate materials may be
used interchangeably throughout the Project.

00940.40 General - Add the following paragraph below the table on acceptable substrate
materials:

Street name signs mounted on signal pole mast-arms, and EXIT ONLY panels riveted to
extruded aluminum panels, may exceed the width limit of 1.2 m (4 feet) for sheet aluminum
substrate.

00940.41(b) Extruded Aluminum - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with
the following:

Each panel of extruded aluminum panel signs shall be a continuous section.
Apply the sign sheeting to the extrusion a sufficient distance around the edge to ensure that
no aluminum surface is visible on the face of the sign.

00940.45(c) Border Sizes - In the paragraph that begins "The corner radii shall...", replace
the first sentence with the following two sentences:

The corner radii shall be approximately one-eighth of the least dimension of the sign. The
corner radii shall be determined by rounding this approximate value to the nearest of the
following values:

    37.5 mm, 75 mm, 150 mm, 225 mm, or 300 mm (1 1/2 inches, 3 inches, 6 inches,
    9 inches, or 12 inches).

00940.80 General - In the paragraph that begins "The quantities for signs...", replace the
first sentence with the following sentence:

The quantity of signs measured will be the area, to the nearest 0.01 m2 (0.1 square foot),
computed by multiplying height and width, using the dimensions shown.

00940.90 General – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Payment for aluminum sign panels for splash boards is considered incidental and will be
included in payment for the item “8 Ft Type C Protective Fence”.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               158
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                        SECTION 01030 - SEEDING


Comply with Section 01030 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

01030.13(a) Label - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the following
subsection:

Deliver all seed in standard, sealed containers meeting the requirements of the Oregon
Seed law. See ORS 633.520 and OAR 630-56 for specific labeling requirements.

In addition to the labeling requirements of the Oregon Seed Law, label all native seed
containers with the date and location of where the original stock seed originated. Seed
whose origin cannot be traced may not meet the definition of "native". For native seed
collected for direct use on a Project, label containers with the date and field location of
collection of each seed type.


01030.13(b) Quality - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Furnish "Oregon Certified Seed" for seed types in the mix listed with an asterisk (*) in
01030.13(f).

01030.13(f) Types of Seed Mixes - Provide the following seed mix formulas:                      Formatted: Font color: Orange
                                                                                                Formatted: Right
        Permanent Seeding:

         Botanical Name             PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =         Amount
         (Common Name)            (kg/ha)  (minimum)    (minimum)               (kg/ha)
                                 (lb/acre)                                     (lb/acre)
         Agropyron riparium, “Sodar”
         (Sodar Streambank
         Wheatgrass)                 11       ____         ____                    ____

         Agropyron dasystachyum, “Critana”
         (Critana Thickspike
         Wheatgrass)               13                       ____   ____            ____

         Agropyron cristatum, “Ephraim”
         (Ephraim Crested
         Wheatgrass)                 9                      ____   ____            ____

         Festuca ovina, “Covar”
         (Covar Sheep Fescue)                  5            ____   ____            ____

         Poa ampla, “Sherman”
         (Sherman Big Bluegrass)               2            ____   ____            ____


    Lawn Seeding:                                                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 159
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


         Name                                PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =   Amount
                                           (kg/ha)  (minimum)    (minimum)         (kg/ha)
                                          (lb/acre)                               (lb/acre)

         Fine Fescue**                      ____            ____     ____          ____
         Perennial Ryegrass**               ____            ____     ____          ____
         Kentucky Bluegrass**               ____            ____     ____          ____
         Colonial Bentgrass**               ____            ____     ____          ____

         ** Acceptable varieties (All of these varieties are trademarked):

         Fine Fescues:
            Creeping Red Fescue: Fortress, Ensylva
            Chewings Fescue: Banner, Highlight, Koket, and Jamestown. Pennlawn and
            Cascade are acceptable only in Eastern Oregon.

         Perennial Ryegrass:
            Citation, Derby, Diplomat, Manhattan, Omega, Pennfine, Regal, and
            Yorktown II.  Only Manhattan and Pennfine are acceptable east of the
            Cascades.

         Kentucky Bluegrass:
            Adelphi, Baron, Ben-Sun, Birka, Bonnieblue, Fylking, Galaxy, Glade, Majestic,
            Merion, Monopoly, Primo, Sydsport, and Victa.

         Colonial Bentgrass:
            Highland, Astoria, Exeter, and Holfior.

01030.14(b) Type of Fertilizer - Add the following subsection to the end of this subsection:

    (4) Organic Fertilizer - Furnish organic fertilizer that analyzes __% nitrogen, __%
    phosphoric acid, and __% soluble potash. Furnish fertilizer that has no toxicity to sites
    where it will be applied


01030.15 Mulch - Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph:                         Formatted: Hidden


Furnish mulch for seeding according to the following:

Furnish straw mulch for all roadside erosion control seeding except hydromulch may be
used under the following conditions:

    Spring planting west of the Cascades between March 1 and May 15                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Slopes are steeper than 1V to 1.5H and longer than 5 m (16 feet)
    Residential or commercial sites with low erosion potential such as sidewalk, median, or
        parking lot planter strips

Projects that have variable slopes may include straw mulch and hydromulch when
approved.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                 160
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


01030.44(b) Low-phosphorous - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
subsection:

Use low-phosphorous fertilizer within 15 meters (50 feet) of water.


Add the following subsection:

01030.44(c) Organic Fertilizer - Apply organic fertilizer at a rate of ___ kg/ha (___ lbs/ac)
at the following locations:


01030.48(a-1) Hydroseeding operation - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

    (1) Hydroseeding Operation - Perform hydroseeding according to the following:

         a. One-Step Operation - Use the one-step method only for the following
         applications:

              When seeding in conjunction with erosion control matting, apply seed, fertilizer,   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted +
                and tracer in a one step application before installing the erosion control         Level: 1 + Aligned at: 1.88" + Tab after:
                                                                                                   2.13" + Indent at: 2.13", Tab stops: Not at
                matting.                                                                           2.13"
                                                                                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
              When 01030.48(e) is included in these special provisions for the optional
                                                                                                   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted +
                seeding of small areas. When the one-step process is used for small areas,         Level: 1 + Aligned at: 1.88" + Tab after:
                double the amount of seed.                                                         2.13" + Indent at: 2.13", Tab stops: Not at
                                                                                                   2.13"
         b. Two-Step Operation - Except for the one-step method, use the two-step method           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
         for all other hydroseeding applications. Apply according to the following:

                Step 1 - Apply seed, fertilizer, and hydromulch tracer (separately or together).   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted +
                  Apply tracer at the rate of 560 kg/ha (500 lbs/ac).                              Level: 2 + Aligned at: 0" + Tab after: 0.25" +
                                                                                                   Indent at: 0.25", Tab stops: Not at 0.25"

                Step 2 - Apply mulch and tackifier. The 560 kg/ha (500 lbs/ac) of mulch used       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                  for tracer may be included as part of the specified rate per hectare (acre) of   Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Bulleted +
                  mulch.                                                                           Level: 2 + Aligned at: 0" + Tab after: 0.25" +
                                                                                                   Indent at: 0.25", Tab stops: Not at 0.25"

01030.48(a-4-a) Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Replace this subsection with the following           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

subsection:

    a. Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the emulsion with water at a rate of one part
    emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate of 8100 L/ha
    (865 gallons per acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of
    application.


Add the following subsection:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  161
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

01030.48(e) Optional Temporary and/or Permanent Seeding - Upon approval, the
following method may be used to stabilize disturbed areas that are 500 m2 (1,640 square
feet) or less and totaling no more than 0.25 ha (0.6 acre):

    (1) Seed - Seed the disturbed area with _____________ at a rate of 1 kg/100 m2
    (2 pounds per 1,000 square feet). Seed may be applied by mechanical spreader
    according to 01030.48(b-1-c).

    (2) Cover - Cover the seeded area using one of the following:

         Mulch the seeded area with straw mulch at a rate of 45 kg/100 m2 (100 pounds per                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
            1,000 square feet). Spread the mulch uniformly over the seeded area by hand
            or by machine. Apply commercial mulch tackifier sufficient to hold it in place.
         Mulch the seeded area with bark mulch, at an approximate depth of 13 mm
            (1/2 inch). Well decomposed bark mulch is preferred for this seed mulching.
         Cover the seeded area with erosion control matting. Install the matting according
            to the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.
         The one step hydromulch specified in 01030.48(a).

Fertilizer is not required when using this option.

01030.60 General - Replace the bullet that begins "Permanent, Wildflower, and..." with the
following two bullets:

        Permanent Seeding - 90% coverage of ground surface.

        Wildflower and Wetland Seeding - 70% coverage of ground surface.


Add the following sentence to the last bullet:

The minimum living plant coverage for ______________ is ____ % of ground surface.


01030.80 General - Add the following paragraph after the first bullet:

Approximately _____ ha (4.5 acre ) of temporary and permanent seeding is required on this
Project.


01030.80 General - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

No separate measurement will be made for bonded fiber matrix hydraulically applied
seeding and fertilizing.


01030.90 General - Add the following pay item:

               (k) Temporary Seeding ................................................... Lump Sum




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                           162
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


01030.90 General - Add the following paragraph(s) to the end of this subsection:


When temporary seeding, applied according to 01030.41, is later accepted as permanent
seeding according to 01030.42, payment will be made only one time under the permanent
seeding pay item. No separate payment will be made for initial temporary seeding.


No separate payment will be made for bonded fiber matrix hydraulically applied seeding
and fertilizing. Payment is included in payment made for the matting item according to
00280.90.


The amount paid for permanent seeding items will be as follows:

                   At completion of seeding ........................................... 70%
                   At completion of the establishment period ................ 30%



                                         SECTION 01050 - FENCES


Comply with Section 01050 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:


01050.43(c) Intermediate End Posts - Contrary to the details shown on Standard
Drawing RD810, the maximum spacing for intermediate end posts shall be 100 meters
(300 feet).

01050.43(a)        General - Add the following sentence:

For bridge protective fence only, set all metal end posts, intermediate end posts, and chain
link fence posts as shown on the plans.

01050.45(c)        Chain Link Fence Fabric and Wire - Add the following sentence:

For bridge protective fence only, assemble and install chain link fence fabric and wire
according to paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this subsection.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                     163
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                        SECTION 02001 - CONCRETE


Comply with Section 02001 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02001.01 Abbreviations and Definitions - Add the following abbreviations and definition:

    cm          - Cementitious Materials (portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, ground
                  granulated blast furnace slag)

    GGBFS - Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag

High Performance Concrete (HPC) - Structural concrete, with enhanced durability and
strength characteristics, for use in structures where improved durability and performance is
required.

02001.10 General - Replace the "Modifiers" reference with the following:

              Modifiers (fly ash, silica fume, latex, GGBFS)……………………02030

02001.30(a)        Structural Concrete - Add the following after the parenthesis:

"or when high performance concrete (HPC) is specified"

02001.30(d)        Classes - Add the following paragraph before Table 02001-1:

HPC is required when the letters "HPC" precede the ƒ'c. For example, Class HPC30 - 19.0
(Class HPC4400 - 3/4) indicates high performance concrete with an ƒ'c of 30 MPa
(4400 psi) with a nominal maximum size aggregate of 19.0 mm (3/4 inch).

Add the following to Table 02001-1:

                                                        METRIC
                                      Maximum                     Test      Aggre-    Aggre-
                              Minimum           Trial                                           Certified
       Type                            Water                     Records     gate      gate
                              Cement-          Batch                                             Techni-
         of         Class             Cement-                      for      Source    Quality
                               itious         for New                                             cians
      Concrete                         itious                    Existing   Quality   Control
                              Content         Designs                                           Required
                                       Ratio                     Designs     Tests    Testing
                    HPC25               2           2
                               340 kg        0.40
                     MPa
                   HPC30                2           2                                            QCT
      Structural               370 kg        0.40
                     MPa                                Required Required Required Required      CCT
      Concrete
                   HPC35                                                                         CAgT
                                        2           2
                   MPa and     390 kg        0.40
                    above




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                   164
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

                                                        ENGLISH

                                       Maximum                     Test      Aggre-    Aggre-
                               Minimum           Trial                                           Certified
         Type                           Water                     Records     gate      gate
                               Cement-          Batch                                             Techni-
           of        Class             Cement-                      for      Source    Quality
                                itious         for New                                             cians
        Concrete                        itious                    Existing   Quality   Control
                               Content         Designs                                           Required
                                        Ratio                     Designs     Tests    Testing
                                         2          2
                   HPC3600      570 lb       0.40
                                                                                                  QCT
        Structural HPC4350 630 lb 2          0.40
                                                    2
                                                         Required Required Required Required      CCT
        Concrete
                                                                                                  CAgT
                   HPC5000          2               2
                             660 lb          0.40
                   and above

      2
          All cementitious material (portland cement, fly ash, and silica fume). Fly ash shall
          be 30% by mass (weight) of the total cementitious materials. Silica fume shall be
          4% by mass (weight) of the total cementitious materials.

02001.41(b)        Fly Ash - Replace this subsection with the following:

(b) Fly Ash - Except for HPC, fly ash may be used in concrete to replace a portion of the
cement and as an additive to increase the total amount of cementitious materials. As a
replacement for cement, fly ash may comprise up to 20% of the minimum specified cement
content.

Additionally, the maximum allowable percent of fly ash shall be 35% of the total
cementitious materials, provided that the mix design contains at least 80% of the minimum
specified cement content as shown in Table 02001-1.

02001.41(d)        Chemical Admixtures - Add the following paragraph after the first
paragraph:

Use high range water reducing admixtures (HRWRA) in all HPC. Add other water reducing
admixtures (WRA) as needed.

02001.41(e)        Coarse Aggregates - Add the following bullet to the end the bulleted list:

         Proportion all HPC to include a minimum course aggregate solid volume of
          0.40 m3/m3 (cubic yard per cubic yard) of concrete.

02001.42 New Mix Designs - In the sentence that begins "Structural concrete on
projects...", add the following after the parentheses:

"and all structural concrete, Class HPC"

02001.42(a)        Trial Batch Method - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Trial Batch Method - Make at least one trial batch for each class of mixture, except for
CGC. Prepare and test the trial batch using the same ingredients and proportions that will
be used on the Project. In order to ensure proper workability on site, simulate the haul time
and mixing conditions that are forecast to occur on the Project. Cast, cure and test three or
more cylinders for compressive strength. Notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                                    165
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

of when trial batches will be performed. The Engineer may witness the preparation and
testing.

02001.42(b) Plastic Concrete - Replace all references of "water-cement ratio" with
"water-cementitious ratio".

02001.45(h-1) Tests on Plastic Concrete - Replace "cement content and water-cement
ratio" to "cementitious content and "water-cementitious ratio".

Add the following subsections:

02001.45(i)        Latex - Identify the:

        Manufacturer or Brand
        Type

02001.45(j)        Silica Fume - Identify the:

        Manufacturer or Brand
        Trade name
        Type - slurry or dry densified

02001.50 Concrete Mix Tolerances and Limits General - Modify Table 02001-3 as
follows:

Under the Limits column, replace "75 mm - 200 mm (3" - 4")" with "75 mm - 200 mm
(3" - 8")".

In the last row of the table, replace "Maximum Water-Cement Ration express as w/(c+p)"
with "Maximum water-cementitious ratio express as w/cm", and replace "Water-cement
ratio may not exceed the values in Table 02001-1" with "Water-cementitious ratio may not
exceed the values in Table 02001-1".



                                SECTION 02010 - PORTLAND CEMENT


Comply with Section 02010 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02010.20 Blended Hydraulic Cement - In the paragraph that begins with "Blended
Hydraulic Cement...", replace the words "Type SM slag-modified portland cement" with the
words "Type I(SM) slag-modified portland cement".

02010.20 Blended Hydraulic Cement - Replace the second bulleted item with the
following bullet:

        The pozzolan constituent of the blended cement shall be a fly ash conforming to
         02030.10 or GGBFS conforming to 02030.40.



SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                           166
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                       SECTION 02030 - MODIFIERS


Comply with Section 02030 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02030.00 Scope - Replace this subsection with the following:

02030.00 Scope - This Section includes the requirements and tolerances for fly ash, silica
fume, latex and ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) used in portland cement
concrete.


02030.20 Microsilica Admixture - Replace this subsection with the following:

02030.20 Silica Fume:

(a) Types - Provide the silica fume admixture as a slurry containing silica fume, water and
a high range water reducer, or as a densified powder. The silica fume portion shall conform
to AASHTO M 307, including Table 1a, Optional Chemical Requirements.

(b) Acceptance - Silica fume will be accepted for immediate use if accompanied by a test
results certificate according to 00165.35. If the silica fume admixture is supplied as a slurry,
the certificate shall indicate the silica fume content of the slurry as a percent by mass
(weight). If the silica fume is supplied as a densified powder, do not allow the packaging to
enter the concrete mixture.


02030.40 Granulated Ground Blast Furnace (GGBF) Slag - Replace this subsection
with the following:

02030.40 Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS) - GGBFS shall meet the
requirements of AASHTO M 302.



                                SECTION 02050 - CURING MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02050 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02050.00 Scope - Replace this subsection with the following:

02050.00 Scope - This Section includes the requirements for liquid compounds,
evaporation reducers, polyethylene films and curing blankets used to cover concrete and
other surfaces to retain moisture and to cure.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  167
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Add the following subsections:

02050.30 Curing Blankets - Furnish curing blankets from the QPL.

02050.40 Liquid Evaporation Reducer Compounds - Furnish evaporation reducer
compounds from the QPL.



                 SECTION 02190 - PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF TIMBER


Comply with Section 02190 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02190.10 General - Add the following bulleted item to the end of the bullet list:

        Copper Naphthenate

02190.20 Drying Time - In the sentence that begins with "During the 30 calendar day...",
replace the word "posts", in two places, with the words "treated items".

In the sentence that begins with "Collect all spacers...", replace the word "post" with the
word "wood".



         SECTION 02210 - COATING MATERIALS FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE


Comply with Section 02210 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02210.00 Scope - Replace the first sentence with the following:

This Section includes the general requirements for coating materials used on timber and
concrete.

02210.20 Coating Materials for Timber - Use the following when installing ________ .

02210.30(b-1) System One Primer - Replace the "Color" lines with the following:

              Color:        Close conformance to ODOT Formula 100-82 or Federal Standard
                            595B #26357, concrete gray. Color chips are available from the
                            ODOT Materials Laboratory.

02210.30(c) Water-Based Coating Materials for Concrete - Replace the line "Color:
Formula 100-82" with the following:

              Color:        ODOT Formula 100-82 or Federal Standard 595B #26357




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                             168
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving




                                  SECTION 02320 - GEOSYNTHETICS


Comply with Section 02320 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02320.20 Geotextile Property Values - In the metric and English tables 02320-1, replace
the "Test Method" for the "Burst Strength, Diaphragm method" with ASTM D 3786 and
remove footnote number 2.




                                 SECTION 02440 - JOINT MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02440 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02440.30 Poured Joint Filler - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

02440.30 Hot Poured Joint Filler - Use hot poured joint filler from the QPL and
conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M 324 Type II (ASTM D 6690 Type II).



                         SECTION 02520 - STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES


Comply with Section 02520 of the Standard Specifications. supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02520.10(b) Steel Pipe Piles - Add the following:

Provide cutting shoes conforming to the following:

                        METRIC                                     ENGLISH

           ASTM A 27M, Grade 450 - 240                      ASTM A 27, Grade 65 - 35
           ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 250                      ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 36
           ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 275                      ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 40
           ASTM A 148M, all grades                          ASTM A 148, all grades


02520.10(c) Steel H Piles - Replace the paragraph that begins "Reinforce tips of steel
H-piles..." with the following:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                               169
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

Reinforce the tips of steel H-piles with approved cast steel points from the QPL. In addition,
cast steel points shall meet the following:

    The cast steel points shall conform to the following:                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


                           METRIC                                 ENGLISH

              ASTM A 27M, Grade 450 - 240                   ASTM A 27, Grade 65 - 35
              ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 250                   ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 36
              ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 275                   ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 40
              ASTM A 148M, all grades                       ASTM A 148, all grades

    Each cast steel point shall have a mass (weight) not less than 30% of the mass                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       (weight) of a 0.3 m (1 foot) section of the H-pile to which it will be attached.

    Legibly mark or tag each cast steel point delivered to the Project site with the heat or      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       lot number. If the heat or lot number cannot be read or if the mark or tag is missing,
       the point will be rejected. Submit certified mill test reports showing the physical and
       chemical properties of each heat or lot number.

The Engineer may randomly sample from each heat or lot number, at least one pile tip or
up to 10% of the tips for larger projects, of the pile tips delivered for incorporation into the
Project.

The selected tip(s) shall be nondestructively tested as follows:

    Determine the mass (weight) of the tip(s)                                                     Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Grind five smooth spots on each randomly selected tip

The Engineer will test each smooth spot on each tip with an ODOT portable hardness
tester. The hardness reading of each spot shall be greater than or equal to 74 on the "B"
scale.

Three or more spots with a "B" scale reading below 74, will be cause for rejection of the
tested tip and may result in rejection of the entire lot. Replace rejected tips with new tips
and rejected lots with new lots at Contractor's expense. New tips and new lots may also be
tested according to the requirements above.

Install cast steel points according to manufacturer’s recommendations but with no less than
an 8 mm (5/16 inch) fillet weld full width of each flange.

No other cast steel points will be accepted unless the following conditions are met at the
Contractor's expense:

    Install proposed cast steel points on three piles                                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    Drive the piles to ultimate capacity
    Pull piles and examine the points
    No damage to the cast steel points is discernible




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  170
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving


                                SECTION 02530 - STRUCTURAL STEEL


Comply with Section 02530 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02530.20 Structural Steel for Non-Bridge Structures - In the paragraph that begins
"Notch toughness of all plates…", insert "structural steel members and" between the words
"all" and "plates".



                                 SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE


Comply with Section 02630 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02630.10(b) Fracture of Rounded Rock - In the first sentence, replace "WAQTC TM1"
with "AASHTO TP 61".

02630.10(c) Durability - Under the "Requirements" column next to "Sediment Height"
replace "(3")" with "(3.0")".


02630.11(a) Grading - In the first sentence, delete "shall be uniformly graded from
course to fine and".

02630.11(b)        Fracture of Rounded Rock - Add the following before the first sentence:

Fracture of rounded rock will be determined according to AASHTO TP 61.




                                  SECTION 02910 - SIGN MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02910 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02910.20 Reflective Sheeting (Enclosed Lens) - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

02910.20 Reflective and Retroreflective Sheeting:

(a) General - Use reflective sheeting Type l and retroreflective sheeting Type III, Type IV,
Type VII, Type Vlll, Type lX, and Type X from the QPL and the following:




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                171
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

    (1) Perforation - If required for application, the sheeting may be pre-perforated with
    holes not greater than 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) in diameter. The perforations shall be
    approximately 10 mm (0.4 inch) apart in rows approximately 40 mm (1.5 inches) apart.

    (2) Surface - The sheeting and adhesive shall be compatible with non-reflective
    permanent cut-out legend.

(b) Acceptance - Provide quality compliance certification according to 00165.10(b).

02910.30 Reflective Sheeting (Encapsulated Lens) - Delete this subsection in its
entirety.

02910.31 Retroreflective Sheeting (Wide-Angle, Prismatic) - Delete this subsection in
its entirety.

02910.32 Reflectorized Removable Legend - Change the heading of this subsection to
"Retroreflective Removable Legend".

02910.32(b) Reflective Sheeting Legend - Change the heading of this subsection to
"Retroreflective Sheeting Legend".

Replace the paragraph that begins "The white letters, numerals, symbols…", with the
following paragraph:

The silver-white or white letters, numerals, symbols and borders shall be of adhesive-
coated retroreflective sheeting permanently adhered to a flat aluminum frame. The white
retroreflective sheeting shall consist of Type VII or Type IX sheeting conforming to
02910.20. The silver-white retroreflective sheeting shall consist of Type III or Type IV
sheeting conforming to 02910.20.

Add the following subsection:

02910.32(c) Sampling and Testing - Sample and test removable legend according to the
following:

    (1) Sampling - Submit sample letters of each size of removable legend used on the
    Project to the Engineer for testing. The number of samples submitted shall equal 5% of
    the letters of each size with a minimum of two letters of each size of removable legend
    submitted. Submit two samples of each size border material used on the Project. The
    letters submitted shall be letters used on the signs for the Project.

    (2) Testing - Substitute sample letters for actual letters used on the Project signs. The
    Engineer will test the letters removed from the sign according to 02910.32(b). Failure of
    one letter or border sample will result in the rejection of the sign from which it came. If a
    sign is rejected, the Engineer may require the testing of all the remaining signs on the
    Project that contain removable legend. If additional testing is required, the Engineer will
    specify the letters to be tested from each sign. No more than two letters of each size of
    removable legend will be tested from each sign. Furnish the additional letters to the
    Agency at the Contractor’s expense.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   172
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

02910.33(c) Reflectorized Silver Cut-out Legend - Replace this subsection with the
following subsection:

(c) Retroreflective Cut-out Legend - The material used for retroreflective cut-out legend
shall conform to the requirements of 02910.20.

02910.60(h) Warranty - Delete this subsection in its entirety.

Add the following subsection:

02910.75 Manufacturer's Warranty - Furnish a Warranty, for Warranty periods stated
below, from the Manufacturer and signed by a Manufacturer's Representative, conforming
to the following requirements:

For retroreflective Type III, Type IV, and Type VII sheeting, provide a Warranty, for a
Warranty period of 10 years, for restoring sign panels and replacing sheeting if the sheeting
has failed as defined below.

For retroreflective Type IX sheeting, provide a Warranty, for a Warranty period of 12 years,
for restoring sign panels and replacing sheeting if the sheeting has failed as defined below.

For electronic cuttable films used with Type III, Type IV, and Type VII sheeting, provide a
Warranty, for a Warranty period of 10 years, for restoring sign panels and replacing
sheeting with cuttable film if the composite sheeting and cuttable film has failed as defined
below.

For electronic cuttable films used with Type IX, sheeting, provide a Warranty, for a
Warranty period of 12 years, for restoring sign panels and replacing sheeting with cuttable
film if the composite sheeting and cuttable film has failed as defined below.

For purposes of the Warranty, the retroreflective sheeting will be deemed to have failed if it
has deteriorated due to natural weathering or defects in materials or workmanship to the
extent that:

        The sign shows discoloration, cracking, delamination, loss of adhesion, or
        The coefficient of retroreflection is less than the following:

             80% of minimum coefficient of retroreflection for designated sheeting or cuttable
              film according to ASTM D 4956 for the first 7 years of the Warranty period

             70% of minimum coefficient of retroreflection for designated sheeting or cuttable
              film according to ASTM D 4956 for the remaining 3 years of the Warranty period
              for Type III, Type IV, and Type VII sheeting and remaining 5 years of the
              Warranty period for Type IX sheeting

All coefficient of retroreflection measurements will be made after signs are cleaned.

The Warranty shall recite that, upon written notification by the Agency that the supplied
sheeting or supplied sheeting with applied cuttable film, used according to the
Manufacturer's recommendations, has failed, the Manufacturer shall repair or replace the




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                  173
I-84: Pendleton – North Powder
Grading, Structures & Paving

sheeting, or sheeting with applied electronic cuttable film, within 6 months of the written
notification according to the following:

        During the first seven years, the Manufacturer shall restore the sign panel to its
         original effectiveness at no cost to the Agency, including removal and reinstallation if
         necessary

        For the remaining three years, (five years for Type IX sheeting) the Manufacturer
         shall furnish replacement sheeting required to restore the sign panel to its original
         effectiveness at no cost to the Agency

When the Agency makes written notification to the Manufacturer of sheeting failure, the
Warranty period will stop for the effected signs until required repairs or replacements are
made and accepted.

All repaired or replaced signs and sheeting shall meet current sheeting specifications and
be warranted for the remaining Warranty period.

The Agency will date all approved signs at the time of inspection at the Agency's material
laboratory. That date is the start of the Warranty period.




SPS14027, Pendleton – North Powder Section, Final, 2/7/06                                   174

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:5
posted:11/26/2012
language:Latin
pages:264